Az-104 605 Q&a

Get
Success in Passing Your
Certification Exam at first attempt!
Copyright © CertBus.com, All Rights Reserved.
All our exam practice questions and answers are only for our product buyers to get prepared for their
coming certification examinations. Any unauthorized sharing is forbidden. It may cause the suspending
of ones account, membership and product update if there is a violation of this rule.
Congratulations! You can visit www.certbus.com
and use the Coupon code: CertBus to enjoy 20% off
on Next Order.
Vendor: Microsoft
Exam Code: AZ-104
Exam Name: Microsoft Azure Administrator
Q&As: 605 (There are 8 parts in the dump, 605 questions in total.)
Testlet 1
Case study
This is a case study. Case studies are not timed separately. You can use as much exam time as you
would like to complete each case. However, there may be additional case studies and sections on this
exam. You must manage your time to ensure that you are able to complete all questions included on this
exam in the time provided.
To answer the questions included in a case study, you will need to reference information that is provided in
the case study. Case studies might contain exhibits and other resources that provide more information
about the scenario that is described in the case study. Each question is independent of the other questions
in this case study.
At the end of this case study, a review screen will appear. This screen allows you to review your answers
and to make changes before you move to the next section of the exam. After you begin a new section, you
cannot return to this section.
To start the case study

To display the first question in this case study, click the Next button. Use the buttons in the left pane to
explore the content of the case study before you answer the questions. Clicking these buttons displays
information such as business requirements, existing environment, and problem statements. If the case
study has an All Information tab, note that the information displayed is identical to the information
displayed on the subsequent tabs. When you are ready to answer a question, click the Question button to
return to the question.
Overview
Litware, Inc. is a consulting company that has a main office in Montreal and two branch offices in Seattle
and New York.
The Montreal office has 2,000 employees. The Seattle office has 1,000 employees. The New York office
has 200 employees.
All the resources used by Litware are hosted on-premises.
Litware creates a new Azure subscription. The Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant uses a domain
named litware.onmicrosoft.com. The tenant uses the P1 pricing tier.
Existing Environment
The network contains an Active Directory forest named litware.com. All domain controllers are configured
as DNS servers and host the litware.com DNS zone.
Litware has finance, human resources, sales, research, and information technology departments. Each
department has an organizational unit (OU) that contains all the accounts of that respective department. All
the user accounts have the department attribute set to their respective department. New users are added
frequently.
Litware.com contains a user named User1.
All the offices connect by using private connections.
Litware has data centers in the Montreal and Seattle offices. Each office has a firewall that can be
configured as a VPN device.
All infrastructure servers are virtualized. The virtualization environment contains the servers in the following
table.
Litware uses two web applications named App1 and App2. Each instance on each web application
requires 1 GB of memory.
The Azure subscription contains the resources in the following table.
The network security team implements several network security groups (NSGs)
Requirements
Planned Changes
Litware plans to implement the following changes:
1. Deploy Azure ExpressRoute to the Montreal office.

2. Migrate the virtual machines hosted on Server1 and Server2 to Azure.
3. Synchronize on-premises Active Directory to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD).
4. Migrate App1 and App2 to two Azure web apps named WebApp1 and WebApp2.
Technical Requirements
Litware must meet the following technical requirements:
1. Ensure that WebApp1 can adjust the number of instances automatically based on the load and can
scale up to five instances.
2. Ensure that VM3 can establish outbound connections over TCP port 8080 to the applications servers in
the Montreal office.
3. Ensure that routing information is exchanged automatically between Azure and the routers in the
Montreal office.
4. Enable Azure Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) for the users in the finance department only.
5. Ensure that webapp2.azurewebsites.net can be accessed by using the name app2.litware.com.
6. Connect the New York office to VNet1 over the Internet by using an encrypted connection.
7. Create a workflow to send an email message when the settings of VM4 are modified.
8. Create a custom Azure role named Role1 that is based on the Reader role.
9. Minimize costs whenever possible.
QUESTION 1
You need to ensure that VM1 can communicate with VM4. The solution must minimize the administrative
effort.
What should you do?
A. Create an NSG and associate the NSG to VM1 and VM4.

B. Establish peering between VNET1 and VNET3.
C. Assign VM4 an IP address of 10.0.1.5/24.
D. Create a user-defined route from VNET1 to VNET3.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Explanation/Reference:
We need a VPN site-to-site to communicate between Azure and on-premises.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/tutorial-site-to-site-portaloft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-
gateway/tutorial-site-to-site-portal
QUESTION 2
You discover that VM3 does NOT meet the technical requirements. You need to verify whether the issue
relates to the NSGs.
What should you use?
A. Diagram in VNet1
B. the security recommendations in Azure Advisor
C. Diagnostic settings in Azure Monitor
D. Diagnose and solve problems in Traffic Manager Profiles
E. IP flow verify in Azure Network Watcher
Correct Answer: E
Explanation
Scenario: Litware must meet technical requirements including:
Ensure that VM3 can establish outbound connections over TCP port 8080 to the applications servers in the
Montreal office.
IP flow verify checks if a packet is allowed or denied to or from a virtual machine. The information consists
of direction, protocol, local IP, remote IP, local port, and remote port. If the packet is denied by a security
group, the name of the rule that denied the packet is returned. While any source or destination IP can be
chosen, IP flow verify helps administrators quickly diagnose connectivity issues from or to the internet and
from or to the on-premises environment.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/network-watcher/network-watcher-ip-flow-verify-overview
QUESTION 3
You need to meet the technical requirement for VM4.
What should you create and configure?
A. an Azure Notification Hub

B. an Azure Event Hub
C. an Azure Logic App
D. an Azure services Bus
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Scenario: Create a workflow to send an email message when the settings of VM4 are modified. You can
start an automated logic app workflow when specific events happen in Azure resources or third-party
resources. These resources can publish those events to an Azure event grid. In turn, the event grid pushes
those events to subscribers that have queues, webhooks, or event hubs as endpoints. As a subscriber,
your logic app can wait for those events from the event grid before running automated workflows to
perform tasks - without you writing any code.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/event-grid/monitor-virtual-machine-changes-event-grid- logic-app
QUESTION 4
You need to recommend a solution to automate the configuration for the finance department users. The
solution must meet the technical requirements.
What should you include in the recommendation?
A. Azure AP B2C
B. Azure AD Identity Protection
C. an Azure logic app and the Microsoft Identity Management (MIM) client
D. dynamic groups and conditional access policies
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Scenario: Ensure Azure Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) for the users in the finance department only.
The recommendation is to use conditional access policies that can then be targeted to groups of users,
specific applications, or other conditions.
Technically, The finance department needs to migrate their users from AD to AAD using AADC based on
the finance OU, and need to enforce MFA use. This is conditional access policy. Employees also often get
promotions and/or join other departments and when that occurs, the user's OU attribute will change when
the admin puts the user in a new OU, and the dynamic group conditional access exception (OU=
[Department Name Value]) will move the user to the appropriate dynamic group on next AADC delta sync.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/howto-mfa-userstates
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/enterprise-users/groups-dynamicmembership
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/conditional-access/overview
QUESTION 5
HOTSPOT
You need to the appropriate sizes for the Azure virtual for Server2.
What should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Create a Recovery Services vault
Create a Recovery Services vault on the Azure Portal.
Box 2: Install the Azure Site Recovery Provider

Azure Site Recovery can be used to manage migration of on-premises machines to Azure.
Scenario: Migrate the virtual machines hosted on Server1 and Server2 to Azure.
Server2 has the Hyper-V host role.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/site-recovery/migrate-tutorial-on-premises-azure
QUESTION 6
HOTSPOT
You need to implement Role1.
Which command should you run before you create Role1? To answer, select the appropriate options in the
answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/az.resources/getazroledefinition?view=azps-5.9.0
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/tutorial-custom-rolepowershell
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/microsoft.powershell.utility/converttojson?
view=powershell-7.1
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/azuread/getazureaddirectoryrole?view=azureadps-2.0
QUESTION 7
HOTSPOT
You need to meet the connection requirements for the New York office.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Create a virtual network gateway and a local network gateway.
Azure VPN gateway. The VPN gateway service enables you to connect the VNet to the on-premises
network through a VPN appliance. For more information, see Connect an on-premises network to a
Microsoft Azure virtual network. The VPN gateway includes the following elements:
1. Virtual network gateway. A resource that provides a virtual VPN appliance for the VNet. It is responsible
for routing traffic from the on-premises network to the VNet.
2. Local network gateway. An abstraction of the on-premises VPN appliance. Network traffic from the
cloud application to the on-premises network is routed through this gateway.
3. Connection. The connection has properties that specify the connection type (IPSec) and the key shared
with the on-premises VPN appliance to encrypt traffic.
4. Gateway subnet. The virtual network gateway is held in its own subnet, which is subject to various
requirements, described in the Recommendations section below.
Box 2: Configure a site-to-site VPN connection

On premises create a site-to-site connection for the virtual network gateway and the local network
gateway.
Scenario: Connect the New York office to VNet1 over the Internet by using an encrypted connection.
Incorrect Answers:
Azure ExpressRoute: Established between your network and Azure, through an ExpressRoute partner.
This connection is private. Traffic does not go over the internet.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/reference-architectures/hybrid-networking/vpn
QUESTION 8
HOTSPOT
You implement The planned changes for NSG1 and NSG2.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
NSG2 blocks RDP to VM2
Box 2: Yes
ICMP is not blocked
Box 3: No
NSG2 blocks RDP from VM2
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/network-security-group-how-it-works
Testlet 1
Humongous Insurance
Overview Existing Environment
Huongous Insurance is an insurance company that has three offices in Miami, Tokoyo, and Bankok.
Each has 5000 users.
Active Directory Environment

Humongous Insurance has a single-domain Active Directory forest named humongousinsurance.com.
The functional level of the forest is Windows Server 2012.
You recently provisioned an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant.
Network Infrastructure
Each office has a local data center that contains all the servers for that office. Each office has a dedicated
connection to the Internet.
Each office has several link load balancers that provide access to the servers.
Active Directory Issue

Several users in humongousinsurance.com have UPNs that contain special characters.
You suspect that some of the characters are unsupported in Azure AD.
Licensing Issue
You attempt to assign a license in Azure to several users and receive the following error message:
"Licenses not assigned. License agreement failed for one user."
You verify that the Azure subscription has the available licenses.
Requirements
Planned Changes
Humongous Insurance plans to open a new office in Paris. The Paris office will contain 1,000 users who
will be hired during the next 12 months. All the resources used by the Paris office users will be hosted in
Azure.
Planned Azure AD Infrastructure

The on-premises Active Directory domain will be synchronized to Azure AD.
All client computers in the Paris office will be joined to an Azure AD domain.
Planned Azure Networking Infrastructure

You plan to create the following networking resources in a resource group named All_Resources:
1. Default Azure system routes that will be the only routes used to route traffic
2. A virtual network named Paris-VNet that will contain two subnets named Subnet1 and Subnet2
3. A virtual network named ClientResources-VNet that will contain one subnet named ClientSubnet
4. A virtual network named AllOffices-VNet that will contain two subnets named Subnet3 and Subnet4
You plan to enable peering between Paris-VNet and AllOffices-VNet. You will enable the Use remote
gateways setting for the Paris-VNet peerings.
You plan to create a private DNS zone named humongousinsurance.local and set the registration network
to the ClientResources-VNet virtual network.
Planned Azure Computer Infrastructure

Each subnet will contain several virtual machines that will run either Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows
Server 2016, or Red Hat Linux.
Department Requirements
Humongous Insurance identifies the following requirements for the company's departments:
•Web administrators will deploy Azure web apps for the marketing department. Each web app will be
added to a separate resource group. The initial configuration of the web apps will be identical.
The web administrators have permission to deploy web apps to resource groups.
•During the testing phase, auditors in the finance department must be able to review all Azure costs from
the past week.
Authentication Requirements
Users in the Miami office must use Azure Active Directory Seamless Single Sign-on (Azure AD Seamless
SSO) when accessing resources in Azure.
QUESTION 1
DRAG DROP
You need to prepare the environment to ensure that the web administrators can deploy the web apps as
quickly as possible.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence?
To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in
the correct order.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Scenario:
1. Web administrators will deploy Azure web apps for the marketing department.
2. Each web app will be added to a separate resource group.
3. The initial configuration of the web apps will be identical.
4. The web administrators have permission to deploy web apps to resource groups.
Steps:
1 --> Create a resource group, and then deploy a web app to the resource group.
2 --> From the Automation script blade of the resource group , click Add to Library.
3 --> From the Templates service, select the template, and then share the template to the web
administrators
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/templates/quickstart-createtemplates-
use-the-portal
QUESTION 2
Which blade should you instruct the finance department auditors to use?
A. invoices
B. partner information
C. cost analysis
D. External services
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Cost analysis: Correct Option
In cost analysis blade of Azure, you can see all the detail for custom time span. You can use this to
determine expenditure of last few day, weeks, and month. Below options are available in Cost analysis
blade for filtering information by time span: last 7 days , last 30 days, and custom date range. Choosing the
first option (last 7 days) auditors can view the costs by time span.
Cost analysis shows data for the current month by default. Use the date selector to switch to common date
ranges quickly. Examples include the last seven days, the last month, the current year, or a custom date
range. Pay-as-you-go subscriptions also include date ranges based on your billing period, which isn't
bound to the calendar month, like the current billing period or last invoice. Use the <PREVIOUS and
NEXT> links at the top of the menu to jump to the previous or next period, respectively. For example,
<PREVIOUS will switch from the Last 7 days to 8-14 days ago or 15-21 days ago .
Invoice: Incorrect Option
Invoices can only be used for past billing periods not for current billing period, i.e. if your requirement is to
know the last week's cost then that also not filled by invoices because Azure generates invoice at the end
of the month. Even though Invoices have custom timespan, but when you put in dates for a week, the pane
would be empty.
Resource Provider: Incorrect Option
When deploying resources, you frequently need to retrieve information about the resource providers and
types. For example, if you want to store keys and secrets, you work with the Microsoft.KeyVault resource
provider. This resource provider offers a resource type called vaults for creating the key vault. This is not
useful for reviewing all Azure costs from the past week which is required for audit.
Payment method: Incorrect Option
Payment methods is not useful for reviewing all Azure costs from the past week which is required for audit.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cost-management-billing/costs/quick-acm-cost-analysis
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cost-management-billing/manage/download-azure-invoice-daily-
usage-date
QUESTION 3
You need to prepare the environment to meet the authentication requirements.
Which two actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE Each correct selection is worth one point.
A. Azure Active Directory (AD) Identity Protection and an Azure policy

B. a Recovery Services vault and a backup policy
C. an Azure Key Vault and an access policy
D. an Azure Storage account and an access policy
Correct Answer: BD
Explanation
D: Seamless SSO works with any method of cloud authentication - Password Hash Synchronization or
Pass-through Authentication, and can be enabled via Azure AD Connect.
B: You can gradually roll out Seamless SSO to your users. You start by adding the following Azure AD
URL to all or selected users' Intranet zone settings by using Group Policy in Active Directory:
https://autologon.microsoftazuread-sso.com Incorrect Answers:
A: Seamless SSO needs the user's device to be domain-joined, but doesn't need for the device to be
Azure AD Joined.
C: Azure AD connect does not port 8080. It uses port 443.
E: Seamless SSO is not applicable to Active Directory Federation Services (ADFS). Scenario: Users in the
Miami office must use Azure Active Directory Seamless Single Sign-on (Azure AD Seamless SSO) when
accessing resources in Azure.
Planned Azure AD Infrastructure include: The on-premises Active Directory domain will be synchronized to
Azure AD.
References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/connect/active-directory- aadconnect-
sso-quick-start
QUESTION 4
You need to define a custom domain name for Azure AD to support the planned infrastructure.
Which domain name should you use?
A. Join the client computers in the Miami office to Azure AD.

B. Add http://autologon.microsoftazuread-sso.com to the intranet zone of each client computer in the
Miami office.
C. Allow inbound TCP port 8080 to the domain controllers in the Miami office.
D. Install Azure AD Connect on a server in the Miami office and enable Pass-through Authentication
E. Install the Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS) role on a domain controller in the Miami office.
Correct Answer: BD
Explanation
Every Azure AD directory comes with an initial domain name in the form of domainname.onmicrosoft.com.
The initial domain name cannot be changed or deleted, but you can add your corporate domain name to
Azure AD as well. For example, your organization probably has other domain names used to do business
and users who sign in using your corporate domain name. Adding custom domain names to Azure AD
allows you to assign user names in the directory that are familiar to your users, such as
'alice@contoso.com.' instead of 'alice@domain name.onmicrosoft.com'.
Scenario:
Network Infrastructure: Each office has a local data center that contains all the servers for that office. Each
office has a dedicated connection to the Internet. Humongous Insurance has a single-domain Active
Directory forest named humongousinsurance.com Planned Azure AD Infrastructure: The on-premises
Active Directory domain will be synchronized to Azure AD.
References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/add-custom- domain
QUESTION 5
You need to resolve the Active Directory issue.
What should you do?
A. From Active Directory Users and Computers, select the user accounts, and then modify the User
Principal Name value.
B. Run idfix.exe, and then use the Edit action.
C. From Active Directory Domains and Trusts, modify the list of UPN suffixes.
D. From Azure AD Connect, modify the outbound synchronization rule.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
IdFix is used to perform discovery and remediation of identity objects and their attributes in an on-
premises Active Directory environment in preparation for migration to Azure Active Directory. IdFix is
intended for the Active Directory administrators responsible for directory synchronization with Azure Active
Directory.
Scenario: Active Directory Issue
Several users in humongousinsurance.com have UPNs that contain special characters.
You suspect that some of the characters are unsupported in Azure AD.
References: https://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=36832
QUESTION 6
Which blade should you instruct the finance department auditors to use?
A. invoices
B. partner information
C. cost analysis
D. External services
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Cost analysis: Correct Option
In cost analysis blade of Azure, you can see all the detail for custom time span. You can use this to
determine expenditure of last few day, weeks, and month. Below options are available in Cost analysis
blade for filtering information by time span: last 7 days, last 30 days, and custom date range. Choosing the
first option (last 7 days) auditors can view the costs by time span.
Cost analysis shows data for the current month by default. Use the date selector to switch to common date
ranges quickly. Examples include the last seven days, the last month, the current year,
or a custom date range. Pay-as-you-go subscriptions also include date ranges based on your billing
period, which isn't bound to the calendar month, like the current billing period or last invoice. Use
the <PREVIOUS and NEXT> links at the top of the menu to jump to the previous or next period,
respectively. For example, <PREVIOUS will switch from the Last 7 days to 8-14 days ago or 15-21 days
ago.
Invoice: Incorrect Option
Invoices can only be used for past billing periods not for current billing period, i.e. if your requirement is to
know the last week's cost then that also not filled by invoices because Azure generates invoice at the end
of the month. Even though Invoices have custom timespan, but when you put in dates for a week, the pane
would be empty. Below is from Microsoft document:
Resource Provider: Incorrect Option
When deploying resources, you frequently need to retrieve information about the resource providers and
types. For example, if you want to store keys and secrets, you work with the Microsoft.KeyVault
resource provider. This resource provider offers a resource type called vaults for creating the key vault.
This is not useful for reviewing all Azure costs from the past week which is required for audit.
Payment method: Incorrect Option
Payment methods is not useful for reviewing all Azure costs from the past week which is required for audit.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cost-management-billing/costs/quick-acm-cost-analysis
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cost-management-billing/manage/download-azure-invoicedaily-
usage-date
QUESTION 7
You need to define a custom domain name for Azure AD to support the planned infrastructure.
Which domain name should you use?
A. ad.humongousinsurance.com
B. humongousinsurance.onmicrosoft.com
C. humongousinsurance.local
D. humongousinsurance.com
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Every Azure AD directory comes with an initial domain name in the form of domainname.onmicrosoft.com.
The initial domain name cannot be changed or deleted, but you can add your corporate domain name to
Azure AD as well. For example, your organization probably has other domain names used to do business
and users who sign in using your corporate domain name. Adding custom domain names to Azure AD
allows you to assign user names in the directory that are familiar to your users, such as
'alice@contoso.com.' instead of 'alice@domain name.onmicrosoft.com'.
Scenario:
Network Infrastructure: Each office has a local data center that contains all the servers for that office. Each
office has a dedicated connection to the Internet. Humongous Insurance has a single-domain Active
Directory forest named humongousinsurance.com Planned Azure AD Infrastructure: The on-premises
Active Directory domain will be synchronized to Azure AD.
References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/add-custom- domain
QUESTION 8
You need to prepare the environment to meet the authentication requirements. Which two actions should
you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
A. Allow inbound TCP port 8080 to the domain controllers in the Miami office.
B. Add http://autogon.microsoftazuread-sso.com to the intranet zone of each client computer in the Miami
office.
C. Join the client computers in the Miami office to Azure AD.
D. Install the Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS) role on a domain controller in the Miami office.
E. Install Azure AD Connect on a server in the Miami office and enable Pass-through Authentication.
Correct Answer: BE
Explanation
B: You can gradually roll out Seamless SSO to your users. You start by adding the following Azure AD
URL to all or selected users' Intranet zone settings by using Group Policy in Active Directory:
https://autologon.microsoftazuread-sso.com E: Seamless SSO works with any method of cloud
authentication - Password Hash Synchronization or Pass-through Authentication, and can be enabled via
Azure AD Connect.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/hybrid/how-to-connect-sso-quick-start
QUESTION 9
You need to resolve the licensing issue before you attempt to assign the license again.
What should you do?
A. From the Groups blade, invite the user accounts to a new group.
B. From the Profile blade, modify the usage location.
C. From the Directory role blade, modify the directory role.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Scenario: Licensing Issue
1. You attempt to assign a license in Azure to several users and receive the following error message:
"Licenses not assigned. License agreement failed for one user."
2. You verify that the Azure subscription has the available licenses.
Solution:
License cannot be assigned to a user without a usage location specified.
Explanation:
Some Microsoft services aren't available in all locations because of local laws and regulations. Before you
can assign a license to a user, you must specify the Usage location property for the user. You can specify
the location under the User > Profile > Settings section in the Azure portal.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/users-groups-roles/licensing-groupsresolve-
problems
QUESTION 10
HOTSPOT
You are evaluating the name resolution for the virtual machines after the planned implementation of the
Azure networking infrastructure.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Statement 1: Yes
All client computers in the Paris office will be joined to an Azure AD domain.
A virtual network named Paris-VNet that will contain two subnets named Subnet1 and Subnet2.
Microsoft Windows Server Active Directory domains, can resolve DNS names between virtual networks.
Automatic registration of virtual machines from a virtual network that's linked to a private zone with auto-
registration enabled. Forward DNS resolution is supported across virtual networks that are linked to the
private zone.
Statement 2: Yes
A virtual network named ClientResources-VNet that will contain one subnet named ClientSubnet You plan
to create a private DNS zone named humongousinsurance.local and set the registration network to the
ClientResources-VNet virtual network.
As this is a registration network so this will work.
Statement 3: No
Only VMs in the registration network, here the ClientResources-VNet, will be able to register hostname
records. Since Subnet4 not connected to Client Resources Network thus not able to register its hostname
with humongoinsurance.local
QUESTION 11
HOTSPOT
You are evaluating the connectivity between the virtual machines after the planned implementation of the
Azure networking infrastructure.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Once the VNets are peered, all resources on one VNet can communicate with resources on the other
peered VNets. You plan to enable peering between Paris-VNet and AllOffices-VNet. Therefore VMs on
Subnet1, which is on Paris-VNet and VMs on Subnet3, which is on AllOffices-VNet will be able to connect
to each other.
All Azure resources connected to a VNet have outbound connectivity to the Internet by default. Therefore
VMs on ClientSubnet, which is on ClientResources-VNet will have access to the Internet; and VMs on
Subnet3 and Subnet4, which are on AllOffices-VNet will have access to the Internet.
Testlet 1
Case study
in this case study.

Overview
Contoso, Ltd. is a manufacturing company that has offices worldwide. Contoso works with partner
organizations to bring products to market.
Contoso products are manufactured by using blueprint files that the company authors and maintains.
Currently, Contoso uses multiple types of servers for business operations, including the following:
1. File servers
2. Domain controllers
3. Microsoft SQL Server servers
Your network contains an Active Directory forest named contoso.com. All servers and client computers are
joined to Active Directory.
You have a public-facing application named App1. App1 is comprised of the following three tiers:
1. A SQL database
2. A web front end
3. A processing middle tier
Each tier is comprised of five virtual machines. Users access the web front end by using HTTPS only.
Requirements
Planned Changes
Contoso plans to implement the following changes to the infrastructure:
1. Move all the tiers of App1 to Azure.

2. Move the existing product blueprint files to Azure Blob storage.
3. Create a hybrid directory to support an upcoming Microsoft Office 365 migration project.
Contoso must meet the following technical requirements:
1. Move all the virtual machines for App1 to Azure.

2. Minimize the number of open ports between the App1 tiers.
3. Ensure that all the virtual machines for App1 are protected by backups.
4. Copy the blueprint files to Azure over the Internet.
5. Ensure that the blueprint files are stored in the archive storage tier.
6. Ensure that partner access to the blueprint files is secured and temporary.
7. Prevent user passwords or hashes of passwords from being stored in Azure.
8. Use unmanaged standard storage for the hard disks of the virtual machines.
9. Ensure that when users join devices to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD), the users use a mobile
phone to verify their identity.
10. Minimize administrative effort whenever possible.
User Requirements
Contoso identifies the following requirements for users:
1. Ensure that only users who are part of a group named Pilot can join devices to Azure AD.
2. Designate a new user named Admin1 as the service admin for the Azure subscription.
3. Admin1 must receive email alerts regarding service outages.
4. Ensure that a new user named User3 can create network objects for the Azure subscription.
QUESTION 1
You need to meet the user requirement for Admin1.
What should you do?
A. From the Subscriptions blade, select the subscription, and then modify the Properties.
B. From the Subscriptions blade, select the subscription, and then modify the Access control (IAM)
settings.
C. From the Azure Active Directory blade, modify the Properties.
D. From the Azure Active Directory blade, modify the Groups.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Scenario:
1. Designate a new user named Admin1 as the service admin for the Azure subscription.
2. Admin1 must receive email alerts regarding service outages.
Follow these steps to change the Service Administrator in the Azure portal.
1. Make sure your scenario is supported by checking the limitations for changing the Service
Administrator.
2. Sign in to the Azure portal as the Account Administrator.
3. Open Cost Management + Billing and select a subscription.
4. In the left navigation, click Properties.
5. Click Service Admin.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/classic-administrators
QUESTION 2
You need to move the blueprint files to Azure.
What should you do?
A. Generate a shared access signature (SAS). Map a drive, and then copy the files by using File Explorer.
B. Use the Azure Import/Export service.
C. Generate an access key. Map a drive, and then copy the files by using File Explorer.
D. Use Azure Storage Explorer to copy the files.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Azure Storage Explorer is a free tool from Microsoft that allows you to work with Azure Storage data on
Windows, macOS, and Linux. You can use it to upload and download data from Azure blob storage.
Scenario:
Planned Changes include: move the existing product blueprint files to Azure Blob storage. Technical
Requirements include: Copy the blueprint files to Azure over the Internet.
References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/machine-learning/team-data-science- process/move-

data-to-azure-blob-using-azure-storage-explorer
QUESTION 3
You need to implement a backup solution for App1 after the application is moved.
What should you create first?
A. a recovery plan
B. an Azure Backup Server
C. a backup policy
D. a Recovery Services vault
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
A Recovery Services vault is a logical container that stores the backup data for each protected resource,
such as Azure VMs. When the backup job for a protected resource runs, it creates a recovery point inside
the Recovery Services vault.
Scenario:
There are three application tiers, each with five virtual machines.
Move all the virtual machines for App1 to Azure.
Ensure that all the virtual machines for App1 are protected by backups.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/quick-backup-vm-portal
QUESTION 4
HOTSPOT
You need to recommend a solution for App1. The solution must meet the technical requirements.
What should you include in the recommendation? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer
area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
This reference architecture shows how to deploy VMs and a virtual network configured for an N-tier
application, using SQL Server on Windows for the data tier.
Scenario: You have a public-facing application named App1. App1 is comprised of the following three tiers:
1. A SQL database
2. A web front end
Technical requirements include:

1. Move all the virtual machines for App1 to Azure.
2. Minimize the number of open ports between the App1 tiers.
References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/reference-architectures/n-tier/n- tier-sql-

server
QUESTION 5
HOTSPOT
You need to configure the Device settings to meet the technical requirements and the user requirements.
Which two settings should you modify? To answer, select the appropriate settings in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Selected
Only selected users should be able to join devices
Box 2: Yes
Require Multi-Factor Auth to join devices.
From scenario:
Ensure that only users who are part of a group named Pilot can join devices to Azure AD Ensure that when
users join devices to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD), the users use a mobile phone to verify their
identity.
QUESTION 6
You need to recommend an identify solution that meets the technical requirements.
What should you recommend?
A. federated single-on (SSO) and Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS)
B. password hash synchronization and single sign-on (SSO)
C. cloud-only user accounts
D. Pass-through Authentication and single sign-on (SSO)
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Active Directory Federation Services is a feature and web service in the Windows Server Operating
System that allows sharing of identity information outside a company's network.
Scenario: Technical Requirements include:
Prevent user passwords or hashes of passwords from being stored in Azure. References: https://
www.sherweb.com/blog/active-directory-federation-services/
QUESTION 7
You are planning the move of App1 to Azure.
You create a network security group (NSG).
You need to recommend a solution to provide users with access to App1.
A. Create an outgoing security rule for port 443 from the Internet. Associate the NSG to all the subnets.
B. Create an incoming security rule for port 443 from the Internet. Associate the NSG to all the subnets.
C. Create an incoming security rule for port 443 from the Internet. Associate the NSG to the subnet that
contains the web servers.
D. Create an outgoing security rule for port 443 from the Internet. Associate the NSG to the subnet that
contains the web servers.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
As App1 is public-facing we need an incoming security rule, related to the access of the web servers.
Scenario: You have a public-facing application named App1. App1 is comprised of the following three tiers:
a SQL database, a web front end, and a processing middle tier. Each tier is comprised of five virtual
machines. Users access the web front end by using HTTPS only.
Incoming and the web server subnet only, as users access the web front end by using HTTPS only.
Note Scenario: You have a public-facing application named App1. App1 is comprised of the following three
tiers:
1. A SQL database
2. A web front end
QUESTION 8
HOTSPOT
You need to identify the storage requirements for Contoso.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Statement 1: Yes
Contoso is moving the existing product blueprint files to Azure Blob storage which will ensure that the
blueprint files are stored in the archive storage tier.
Use unmanaged standard storage for the hard disks of the virtual machines. We use Page Blobs for these.
Statement 2: No
Azure Table storage stores large amounts of structured data. The service is a NoSQL datastore which
accepts authenticated calls from inside and outside the Azure cloud. Azure tables are ideal for storing
structured, non-relational data. Common uses of Table storage include:
1. Storing TBs of structured data capable of serving web scale applications
2. Storing datasets that don't require complex joins, foreign keys, or stored procedures and can be
denormalized for fast access
3. Quickly querying data using a clustered index
4. Accessing data using the OData protocol and LINQ queries with WCF Data Service .NET Libraries
Statement 3: No
File Storage can be used if your business use case needs to deal mostly with standard File extensions like
*.docx, *.png and *.bak then you should probably go with this storage option.
Testlet 1
Case study
in this case study.

Overview
General Overview
Contoso, Ltd. is a consulting company that has a main office in Montreal and branch offices in Seattle and
New York.
Environment
Contoso has an Azure subscription named Sub1 that is linked to an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)
tenant. The network contains an on-premises Active Directory domain that syncs to the Azure AD tenant.
The Azure AD tenant contains the users shown in the following table.
Sub1 contains two resource groups named RG1 and RG2 and the virtual networks shown in the following
table.
User1 manages the resources in RG1. User4 manages the resources in RG2.
Sub1 contains virtual machines that run Windows Server 2019 as shown in the following table
No network security groups (NSGs) are associated to the network interfaces or the subnets.
Sub1 contains the storage accounts shown in the following table.
Requirements
Planned Changes
Contoso plans to implement the following changes:
1. Create a blob container named container1 and a file share named share1 that will use the Cool storage
tier.
2. Create a storage account named storage5 and configure storage replication for the Blob service.
3. Create an NSG named NSG1 that will have the custom inbound security rules shown in the following
table.
1. Associate NSG1 to the network interface of VM1.

2. Create an NSG named NSG2 that will have the custom outbound security rules shown in the following
table.
Associate NSG2 to VNET1/Subnet2.
Contoso must meet the following technical requirements:
1. Create container1 and share1.

2. Use the principle of least privilege.
3. Create an Azure AD security group named Group4.
4. Back up the Azure file shares and virtual machines by using Azure Backup.
5. Trigger an alert if VM1 or VM2 has less than 20 GB of free space on volume C.
6. Enable User1 to create Azure policy definitions and User2 to assign Azure policies to RG1.
7. Create an internal Basic Azure Load Balancer named LB1 and connect the load balancer to VNET1/
Subnet1
8. Enable flow logging for IP traffic from VM5 and retain the flow logs for a period of eight months.
9. Whenever possible, grant Group4 Azure role-based access control (Azure RBAC) read-only
permissions to the Azure file shares.
QUESTION 1
You need to ensure that you can grant Group4 Azure RBAC read-only permissions to all the A2ure file
shares.
What should you do?
A. On storagel and storage4, change the Account kind type to StorageV2 (general purpose v2).
B. Recreate storage2 and set Hierarchical namespace to Enabled.
C. On storage2, enable identity-based access for the file shares.
D. Create a shared access signature (SAS) for storagel, storage2, and storage4.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Azure Files supports identity-based authentication over Server Message Block (SMB) through on-premises
Active Directory Domain Services (AD DS) and Azure Active Directory Domain Services (Azure AD DS).
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-files-active-directory-overview
QUESTION 2
HOTSPOT
You need to create container1 and share1.
Which storage accounts should you use for each resource? To answer, select the appropriate options in
the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/storage-blob-storage-tiers
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-account-overview
QUESTION 3
HOTSPOT
You need to create storage5. The solution must support the planned changes.
Which type of storage account should you use, and which account should you configure as the destination
storage account? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/object-replication-configure?tabs=portal
QUESTION 4
HOTSPOT
You need to ensure that User1 can create initiative definitions, and User4 can assign initiatives to RG2.
The solution must meet the technical requirements.
Which role should you assign to each user? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/governance/policy/overview
Mix Questions A
QUESTION 1
Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question
in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets
might have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these
questions will not appear in the review screen.
You have an Azure Directory (Azure AD) tenant named Adatum and an Azure Subscription named
Subscription1. Adatum contains a group named Developers. Subscription1 contains a resource group
named Dev.
You need to provide the Developers group with the ability to create Azure logic apps in the Dev resource
group.
Solution: On Dev, you assign the Contributor role to the Developers group.
Does this meet the goal?
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
The Contributor role can manage all resources (and add resources) in a Resource Group.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/overview
QUESTION 2
Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the
series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more
than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
After you answer a question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions
will not appear in the review screen.
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named Adatum and an Azure Subscription named
named Dev.
group.
Solution: On Dev, you assign the Logic App Contributor role to the Developers group.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
The Logic App Contributor role lets you manage logic app, but not access to them. It provides access to
view, edit, and update a logic app.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/built-in-roles
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/logic-apps/logic-apps-securing-a-logic-app
QUESTION 3
named Dev.
group.
Solution: On Subscription1, you assign the DevTest Labs User role to the Developers group.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
DevTest Labs User role only lets you connect, start, restart, and shutdown virtual machines in your Azure
DevTest Labs.
You would need the Logic App Contributor role.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/logic-apps/logic-apps-securing-a-logic-app
QUESTION 4
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains the resources shown in the following
table.
VM1 connects to a virtual network named VNET2 by using a network interface named NIC1.
You need to create a new network interface named NIC2 for VM1.
Solution: You create NIC2 in RG2 and West US.
A. Yes
B. NO
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
The virtual machine you attach a network interface to and the virtual network you connect it to must exist in
the same location, here West US, also referred to as a region.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-network-network-interface
QUESTION 5
table.
Solution: You create NIC2 in RG2 and Central US.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
References:
QUESTION 6
This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario. Each question in the series
contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might have more than one
correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution.
table.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
References:
QUESTION 7
You have a computer named Computer1 that has a point-to-site VPN connection to an Azure virtual
network named VNet1. The point-to-site connection uses a self-signed certificate.
From Azure, you download and install the VPN client configuration package on a computer named
Computer2.
You need to ensure that you can establish a point-to-site VPN connection to VNet1 from Computer2.
Solution: You modify the Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) authentication policies.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Instead export the client certificate from Computer1 and install the certificate on Computer2.
Note:
Each client computer that connects to a VNet using Point-to-Site must have a client certificate installed.
You generate a client certificate from the self-signed root certificate, and then export and install the client
certificate. If the client certificate is not installed, authentication fails.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-certificates-point-to-site
QUESTION 8
Computer2.
Solution: You export the client certificate from Computer1 and install the certificate on Computer2.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
References:
QUESTION 9
Computer2.
Solution: On Computer2, you set the Startup type for the IPSec Policy Agent service to Automatic.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Instead export the client certificate from Computer1 and install the certificate on Computer2. Note: Each
client computer that connects to a VNet using Point-to-Site must have a client certificate installed. You
generate a client certificate from the self-signed root certificate, and then export and install the client
References:
QUESTION 10
You have an Azure subscription that contains the resources in the following table.
VM1 and VM2 are deployed from the same template and host line-of-business applications.
You configure the network security group (NSG) shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)
You need to prevent users of VM1 and VM2 from accessing websites on the Internet over TCP port 80.
What should you do?
A. Associate the NSG to Subnet1.

B. Disassociate the NSG from a network interface.
C. Change the DenyWebSites outbound security rule.
D. Change the Port_80 inbound security rule.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
You can associate or dissociate a network security group from a network interface or subnet. The NSG
has the appropriate rule to block users from accessing the Internet. We just need to associate it with
Subnet1.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/manage-network-security-group
QUESTION 11
You have Azure virtual machines that run Windows Server 2019 and are configured as shown in the
following table.
You create a public Azure DNS zone named adatum.com and a private Azure DNS zone named
contoso.com.
For controso.com, you create a virtual network link named link1 as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit
tab.)
You discover that VM1 can resolve names in contoso.com but cannot resolve names in adatum.com. VM1
can resolve other hosts on the Internet.
You need to ensure that VM1 can resolve host names in adatum.com.
What should you do?
A. Update the DNS suffix on VM1 to be adatum.com.

B. Create an SRV record in the contoso.com zone.
C. Configure the name servers for adatum.com at the domain registrar.
D. Modify the Access control (IAM) settings for link1.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Adatum.com is a public DNS zone. The Internet top level domain DNS servers need to know which DNS
servers to direct DNS queries for adatum.com to. You configure this by configuring the name servers for
adatum.com at the domain registrar.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/dns-getstarted-portal
QUESTION 12
You have an azure subscription named Subscription that contains the resource groups shown in the
following table.
In RG1, you create a virtual machine named VM1 in the East Asia location.
You plan to create a virtual network named VNET1.
You need to create VNET, and then connect VM1 to VNET1.
What are two possible ways to achieve this goal? Each correct answer presents a complete a solution.
A. Create VNET1 in RG2, and then set East Asia as the location.
B. Create VNET1 in a new resource group in the West US location, and then set West US as the location.
C. Create VNET1 in RG1, and then set East Asia as the location
D. Create VNET1 in RG1, and then set East US as the location.
E. Create VNET1 in RG2, and then set East US as the location.
Correct Answer: AC
Explanation
A network interface can exist in the same, or different resource group, than the virtual machine you attach
it to, or the virtual network you connect it to. The virtual machine you attach a network interface to and the
virtual network you connect it to must exist in the same location, also referred to as a region. Note,
Resource groups can span multiple Regions, but VNets only can hold resources (VMs, Network Adapters)
that exists in the same region.
So in this scenario, you need to create VNET1 in any RG and set location as East Asia.
Reference:
QUESTION 13
You have an Azure subscription that contains a storage account named account1.
You plan to upload the disk files of a virtual machine to account1 from your on-premises network. The on-
premises network uses a public IP address space of 131.107.1.0/24.
You plan to use the disk files to provision an Azure virtual machine named VM1. VM1 will be attached to a
virtual network named VNet1. VNet1 uses an IP address space of 192.168.0.0/24.
You need to configure account1 to meet the following requirements:
1. Ensure that you can upload the disk files to account1.

2. Ensure that you can attach the disks to VM1.
3. Prevent all other access to account1.
A. From the Firewalls and virtual networks blade of account1, add the 131.107.1.0/24 IP address range.
B. From the Firewalls and virtual networks blade of account1, select Selected networks.
C. From the Firewalls and virtual networks blade of acount1, add VNet1.
D. From the Firewalls and virtual networks blade of account1, select Allow trusted Microsoft services to
access this storage account.
E. From the Service endpoints blade of VNet1, add a service endpoint.
Correct Answer: AB
Explanation
By default, storage accounts accept connections from clients on any network. To limit access to selected
networks, you must first change the default action.
Azure portal
1. Navigate to the storage account you want to secure.
2. Click on the settings menu called Firewalls and virtual networks.
3. To deny access by default, choose to allow access from 'Selected networks'. To allow traffic from all
networks, choose to allow access from 'All networks'.
4. Click Save to apply your changes.
Grant access from a Virtual Network
Storage accounts can be configured to allow access only from specific Azure Virtual Networks. By
enabling a Service Endpoint for Azure Storage within the Virtual Network, traffic is ensured an optimal
route to the Azure Storage service. The identities of the virtual network and the subnet are also transmitted
with each request.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-network-security
QUESTION 14
Your company has an Azure subscription named Subscription1. The company also has two on-premises
servers named Server1 and Server2 that run Windows Server 2016. Server1 is configured as a DNS
server that has a primary DNS zone named adatum.com.
Adatum.com contains 1,000 DNS records.
You manage Server1 and Subscription1 from Server2. Server2 has the following tools installed:
1. The DNS Manager console

2. Azure PowerShell
3. Azure CLI 2.0
You need to move the adatum.com zone to Subscription1. The solution must minimize administrative
effort.
A. Azure PowerShell
B. Azure CLI
C. the Azure portal
D. the DNS Manager console
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Azure DNS supports importing and exporting zone files by using the Azure command-line interface (CLI).
Zone file import is not currently supported via Azure PowerShell or the Azure portal.
References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/dns-import-export
QUESTION 15
You have an Azure subscription.
Users access the resources in the subscription from either home or from customer sites. From home,
users must establish a point-to-site VPN to access the Azure resources. The users on the customer sites
access the Azure resources by using site-to-site VPNs.
You have a line-of-business-app named App1 that runs on several Azure virtual machine. The virtual
machines run Windows Server 2016.
You need to ensure that the connections to App1 are spread across all the virtual machines.
What are two possible Azure services that you can use? Each correct answer presents a complete
solution.
A. a public load balancer

B. Traffic Manager
C. an Azure Content Delivery Network (CDN)
D. an internal load balancer
E. an Azure Application Gateway
Correct Answer: DE
Explanation
Line-of-business apps means custom apps. Generally these are used by internal staff members of the
company.
Azure Application Gateway is a web traffic load balancer that enables you to manage traffic to your web
applications.
Internal Load Balancer provides a higher level of availability and scale by spreading incoming requests
across virtual machines (VMs) within the virtual network.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-overview https://docs.microsoft.com/
en-us/azure/application-gateway/overview
QUESTION 16
You have an azure subscription that contain a virtual named VNet1. VNet1. contains four subnets named
Gatesway, perimeter, NVA, and production. The NVA contain two network virtual appliance (NVAs) that
will network traffic inspection between the perimeter subnet and the production subnet.
You need to implement an Azure load balancer for the NVAs. The solution must meet the following
requirements:
1. The NVAs must run in an active-active configuration that uses automatic failover.
2. The NVA must load balance traffic to two services on the Production subnet.
3. The services have different IP addresses
Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents parts of the solution.
A. Add two load balancing rules that have HA Ports enabled and Floating IP disabled.
B. Deploy a standard load balancer.
C. Add a frontend IP configuration, two backend pools, and a health prob.
D. Add a frontend IP configuration, a backend pool, and a health probe.
E. Add two load balancing rules that have HA Ports and Floating IP enabled.
F. Deploy a basic load balancer.
Correct Answer: BCE

Explanation
A standard load balancer is required for the HA ports. -Two backend pools are needed as there are two
services with different IP addresses. -Floating IP rule is used where backend ports are reused.
Incorrect Answers:
F: HA Ports are not available for the basic load balancer.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-standard-overview
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-multivip-overview
The following diagram presents a hub-and-spoke virtual network deployment.

The spokes force- tunnel their traffic to the hub virtual network and through the NVA, before leaving the
trusted space.
The NVAs are behind an internal Standard Load Balancer with an HA ports configuration.
All traffic can be processed and forwarded accordingly.
When configured as show in the following diagram, an HA Ports load-balancing rule additionally provides
flow symmetry for ingress and egress traffic.
Reference :
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-overview
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-multivip-overview
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-ha-ports-overview#a-single-floating-ip-
direct-server-return-ha-ports-configuration-on-an-internal-standard-load-balancer
QUESTION 17
You have an Azure subscription that contains a user account named User1.
You need to ensure that User1 can assign a policy to the tenant root management group.
What should you do?
A. Assign the Owner role for the Azure Subscription to User1, and then modify the default conditional
access policies.
B. Assign the Owner role for the Azure subscription to User1, and then instruct User1 to configure access
management for Azure resources.
C. Assign the Global administrator role to User1, and then instruct User1 to configure access
D. Create a new management group and delegate User1 as the owner of the new management group.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The following chart shows the list of roles and the supported actions on management groups.
Note:
Each directory is given a single top-level management group called the "Root" management group. This
root management group is built into the hierarchy to have all management groups and subscriptions fold
up to it. This root management group allows for global policies and Azure role assignments to be applied at
the directory level. The Azure AD Global Administrator needs to elevate themselves to the User Access
Administrator role of this root group initially. After elevating access, the administrator can assign any Azure
role to other directory users or groups to manage the hierarchy. As administrator, you can assign your own
account as owner of the root management group.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/governance/management-groups/overview
QUESTION 18
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.onmicrosoft.com.
The User administrator role is assigned to a user named Admin1.
An external partner has a Microsoft account that uses the user1@outlook.com sign in.
Admin1 attempts to invite the external partner to sign in to the Azure AD tenant and receives the following
error message: “Unable to invite user user1@outlook.com – Generic authorization exception.”
You need to ensure that Admin1 can invite the external partner to sign in to the Azure AD tenant.
What should you do?
A. From the Roles and administrators blade, assign the Security administrator role to Admin1.
B. From the Organizational relationships blade, add an identity provider.
C. From the Custom domain names blade, add a custom domain.
D. From the Users blade, modify the External collaboration settings.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
References:
https://techcommunity.microsoft.com/t5/Azure-Active-Directory/Generic-authorization-exception- inviting-
Azure-AD-gests/td-p/274742
QUESTION 19
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contosocloud.onmicrosoft.com.
Your company has a public DNS zone for contoso.com.
You add contoso.com as a custom domain name to Azure AD.
You need to ensure that Azure can verify the domain name.
Which type of DNS record should you create?
A. PTR
B. TXT or MX
C. NSEC3
D. RRSIG
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
TXT or MX : Correct
You can use either a TXT or MX record to verify the custom domain in the Azure AD. MX records can
serve the purpose of TXT records
SRV : Incorrect
SRV records are used by various services to specify server locations. When specifying an SRV record in
Azure DNS
DNSKEY : Incorrect Choice
This will verify that the records are originating from an authorized sender.
NSEC : Incorrect Choice
This is Part of DNSSEC. This is used for explicit denial-of-existence of a DNS record. It is used to prove a
name does not exist.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/dns-web-sites-custom-domain https://docs.microsoft.com/en-
us/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/add-custom-domain#verify- your-custom-domain-name https://
www.cloudflare.com/dns/dnssec/how-dnssec-works/#:~:text=DNSKEY%20%2D%20Contains%20a%
20public%20signing,s)%20in%20the%20parent %20zone.
QUESTION 20
You have an Azure subscription that contains a resource group named TestRG.
You use TestRG to validate an Azure deployment.
TestRG contains the following resources:

You need to delete TestRG.
What should you do first?
A. Modify the backup configurations of VM1 and modify the resource lock type of VNET1.
B. Turn off VM1 and delete all data in Vault1.
C. Remove the resource lock from VNET1 and delete all data in Vault1.
D. Turn off VM1 and remove the resource lock from VNET1.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
You can't delete a vault that contains backup data. You must remove the delete locks before trying to
delete a resource group.When you delete a resource group, all of its resources are also deleted. Deleting a
resource group deletes all of its template deployments and currently stored operations.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/management/delete-resource-group?
tabs=azure-powershell
QUESTION 21
You have an Azure policy as shown in the following exhibit:
What is the effect of the policy?
A. You can create Azure SQL servers in ContosoRG1 only.

B. You are prevented from creating Azure SQL servers anywhere in Subscription 1.
C. You are prevented from creating Azure SQL Servers in ContosoRG1 only.
D. You can create Azure SQL servers in any resource group within Subscription 1.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
You are prevented from creating Azure SQL servers anywhere in Subscription 1 with the exception of
ContosoRG1
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/governance/policy/concepts/definition-structure
QUESTION 22
You have an Azure virtual machine named VM1.
Azure collects events from VM1.
You are creating an alert rule in Azure Monitor to notify an administrator when an error is logged in the
System event log of VM1. You need to specify which resource type to monitor.
Which target resource should you monitor in the alert rule?
A. metric alert
B. Azure Log Analytics workspace
C. virtual machine
D. virtual machine extension
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Azure Monitor can collect data directly from your Azure virtual machines into a Log Analytics workspace for
analysis of details and correlations. Installing the Log Analytics VM extension for Windows and Linux
allows Azure Monitor to collect data from your Azure VMs. Azure Log Analytics workspace is also used for
on-premises computers monitored by System Center Operations Manager.
For the first step to create the new alert tule, under the Create Alert section, you are going to select your
Log Analytics workspace as the resource, since this is a log based alert signal.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/storage/storage-spaces/configure-azure-monitor
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/learn/quick-collect-azurevm
QUESTION 23
You have two Azure virtual machines named VM1 and VM2. You have two Recovery Services vaults
named RSV1 and RSV2.
VM2 is protected by RSV1.
You need to use RSV2 to protect VM2.
A. From the RSV1 blade, click Backup items and stop the VM2 backup.
B. From the RSV1 blade, click Backup Jobs and export the VM2 backup.
C. From the RSV1 blade, click Backup. From the Backup blade, select the backup for the virtual machine,
and then click Backup.
D. From the VM2 blade, click Disaster recovery, click Replication settings, and then select RSV2 as the
Recovery Services vault.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
The Azure Site Recovery service contributes to your disaster recovery strategy by managing and
orchestrating replication, failover, and failback of on-premises machines and Azure virtual machines
(VMs).
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/site-recovery/azure-to-azure-quickstart https://docs.microsoft.com/
en-us/azure/site-recovery/azure-to-azure-tutorial-enable-replication
QUESTION 24
You have an Azure subscription that contains the resources shown in the following table.
All virtual machines run Windows Server 2016.
On VM1, you back up a folder named Folder1 as shown in the following exhibit.
You plan to restore the backup to a different virtual machine.
You need to restore the backup to VM2.
A. From VM2, install the Microsoft Azure Recovery Services Agent

B. From VM1, install the Windows Server Backup feature
C. From VM2, install the Windows Server Backup feature
D. From VM1, install the Microsoft Azure Recovery Services Agent
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-azure-restore-windows-server
QUESTION 25
You plan to create an Azure virtual machine named VM1 that will be configured as shown in the following
exhibit.
The planned disk configurations for VM1 are shown in the following exhibit.
You need to ensure that VM1 can be created in an Availability Zone.
Which two settings should you modify? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
A. Use managed disks

B. Availability options
C. OS disk type
D. Size
E. Image
Correct Answer: AC
Explanation
A: Your VMs should use managed disks if you want to move them to an Availability Zone by using Site
Recovery.
B: When you create a VM for an Availability Zone, Under Settings > High availability, select one of the
numbered zones from the Availability zone dropdown.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/site-recovery/move-azure-vms-avset-azone
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/create-portal-availability-zone
QUESTION 26
You have an Azure subscription that contains a web app named webapp1.
You need to add a custom domain named www.contoso.com to webapp1.
A. Upload a certificate.
B. Add a connection string.
C. Stop webapp1.
D. Create a DNS record.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
You can use either a CNAME record or an A record to map a custom DNS name to App Service.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/Azure/app-service/app-service-web-tutorial-custom-domain
QUESTION 27
You create an App Service plan named App1 and an Azure web app named webapp1.
You discover that the option to create a staging slot is unavailable.
You need to create a staging slot for App1.
A. From webapp1, modify the Application settings.

B. From webapp1, add a custom domain.
C. From App1, scale up the App Service plan.
D. From App1, scale out the App Service plan.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
The app must be running in the Standard, Premium, or Isolated tier in order for you to enable multiple
deployment slots.
If the app isn't already in the Standard, Premium, or Isolated tier, you receive a message that indicates the
supported tiers for enabling staged publishing. At this point, you have the option to select Upgrade and go
to the Scale tab of your app before continuing.
Scale up: Get more CPU, memory, disk space, and extra features like dedicated virtual machines (VMs),
custom domains and certificates, staging slots, autoscaling, and more.
Incorrect:
Scale out: Increase the number of VM instances that run your app. You can scale out to as many as 30
instances
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/deploy-staging-slots
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/manage-scale-up
QUESTION 28
You download an Azure Resource Manager template based on an existing virtual machine. The template
will be used to deploy 100 virtual machines.
You need to modify the template to reference an administrative password. You must prevent the password
from being stored in plain text.
What should you create to store the password?
A. Azure Active Directory (AD) Identity Protection and an Azure policy

B. a Recovery Services vault and a backup policy
C. an Azure Key Vault and an access policy
D. an Azure Storage account and an access policy
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
You can use a template that allows you to deploy a simple Windows VM by retrieving the password that is
stored in a Key Vault. Therefore the password is never put in plain text in the template parameter file.
References:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/resources/templates/101-vm-secure-password/
QUESTION 29
You create an Azure subscription named Subscription1 and an associated Azure Active Directory (Azure
AD) tenant named Tenant1. Tenant1 contains the users in the following table.
You need to add an Azure AD Privileged Identity Management application to Tenant1.

Which account can you use?
A. Admin3@contoso.onmicrosoft.com
B. Admin1@contoso.onmicrosoft.com
C. Admin2@contoso.onmicrosoft.com
D. ContosoAdmin1@hotmail.com
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
For Azure AD roles in Privileged Identity Management, only a user who is in the Privileged role
administrator or Global administrator role can manage assignments for other administrators. You can grant
access to other administrators to manage Privileged Identity Management. Global Administrators, Security
Administrators, Global readers, and Security Readers can also view assignments to Azure AD roles in
Privileged Identity Management. Only owner can create an subscription and only global administrator can
perform Privileged Identity Management changes. So you can create subscription with external user and
then promote him to global administrator to get things done. As it is mentioned as it is associated with
azure tenant so that tenant has an AD domain. So in azure AD the default domain ends with
onmicrosoft.com. So you can't have Hotmail IDs there. Moreover always remember the principle of least
privileges, when you can get your job done with Global Administrator then you should not look for owner
for security purpose.
Admin1@contoso.onmicorosft.com : Correct Choice
As Admin1 is Global Administrator and part of default AD domain so Admin1 can add an Azure AD
Privileged Identity Management application to Tenant1 Admin3@contoso.onmicrosoft.com : Incorrect
Choice
As per the above explanation Admin3 is not Global Administrator, so this option is incorrect.
Admin2@contoso.onmicorosft.com : Incorrect Choice
As per the above explanation Admin2 is not Global Administrator, so this option is incorrect.
ContosoAdmin1@hotmail.com : Incorrect Choice
Although this user is Global Administrator but referring to the least privileges principal and default domain
consideration this option is incorrect.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/privileged-identity-management/pim-getting-started
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory-domain-services/tutorial-create-instance
QUESTION 30
You plan to use the Azure Import/Export service to copy files to a storage account.
Which two files should you create before you prepare the drives for the import job? Each correct answer
presents part of the solution.
A. an XML manifest file

B. a driveset CSV file
C. a dataset CSV file
D. a PowerShell PS1 file
E. a JSON configuration file
Correct Answer: BC
Explanation
B: Modify the driveset.csv file in the root folder where the tool resides.
C: Modify the dataset.csv file in the root folder where the tool resides. Depending on whether you want to
import a file or folder or both, add entries in the dataset.csv file
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-import-export-data-to-files
QUESTION 31
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com that is synced to an Active
Directory domain. The tenant contains the users shown in the following table.
The users have the attributes shown in the following table.
You need to ensure that you can enable Azure Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) for all four users.
Solution: You add an office phone number for User2.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
User3 requires a user account in Azure AD.
Note: Your Azure AD password is considered an authentication method. It is the one method that cannot
be disabled.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/concept-authentication- methods
QUESTION 32
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com that is synced to an Active
Directory domain. The tenant contains the users shown in the following table.
The users have the attribute shown in the following table.
Solution: You add a mobile phone number for User2 and User4.
Does this meet the Goal?
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
be disabled.
References:
QUESTION 33
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1.
You have 5 TB of data that you need to transfer to Subscription1.
You plan to use an Azure Import/Export job.
What can you use as the destination of the imported data?
A. Azure SQL Database

B. Azure File Storage
C. An Azure Cosmos DB database
D. The Azure File Sync Storage Sync Service
E. Azure Data Factory
F. A virtual machine
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Azure Import/Export service is used to securely import large amounts of data to Azure Blob storage and
Azure Files by shipping disk drives to an Azure datacenter.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-import-export-service
QUESTION 34
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named adatum.com that contains the users shown
in the following table.
Adatum.com has the following configurations:
1. Users may join devices to Azure AD is set to User1.

2. Additional local administrators on Azure AD joined devices is set to None.
You deploy Windows 10 to a computer named Computer1. User1 joins Computer1 to adatum.com.
You need to identify the local Administrator group membership on Computer1.
Which users are members of the local Administrators group?
A. User1 only
B. User1, User2, and User3 only
C. User1 and User2 only
D. User1, User2, User3, and User4
E. User2 only
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Users may join devices to Azure AD - This setting enables you to select the users who can register their
devices as Azure AD joined devices. The default is All. Additional local administrators on Azure AD joined
devices - You can select the users that are granted local administrator rights on a device. Users added
here are added to the Device Administrators role in Azure AD. Global administrators, here User2, in Azure
AD and device owners are granted local administrator rights by default.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/devices/device-management-azure-portal
QUESTION 35
You have an Azure subscription that contains the storage accounts shown in the following table.
You need to identify which storage account can be converted to zone-redundant storage (ZRS) replication
by requesting a live migration from Azure support.
What should you identify?
A. Storage1
B. Storage2
C. Storage3
D. Storage4
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
ZRS currently supports standard general-purpose v2, FileStorage and BlockBlobStorage storage account
types.
Incorrect Answers:
A, not C: Live migration is supported only for storage accounts that use LRS replication. If your account
uses GRS or RA-GRS, then you need to first change your account's replication type to LRS before
proceeding. This intermediary step removes the secondary endpoint provided by GRS/RA- GRS.
Also, only standard storage account types support live migration. Premium storage accounts must be
migrated manually.
D: ZRS currently supports standard general-purpose v2, FileStorage and BlockBlobStorage storage
account types.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-redundancy-zrs
QUESTION 36
You have an Azure subscription that contains the following resources:
1. 100 Azure virtual machines
2. 20 Azure SQL databases
3. 50 Azure file shares
You need to create a daily backup of all the resources by using Azure Backup. What is the minimum
number of backup policies that you must create?
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 150
E. 170
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
There is a limit of 100 VMs that can be associated to the same backup policy from portal. We recommend
that for more than 100 VMs, create multiple backup policies with same schedule or different schedule.
One policy for VMS, one for SQL databases, and one for the file shares.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-azure-vm-backup-faq
QUESTION 37
You have an Azure subscription that includes data in following locations:
You plan to export data by using Azure import/export job named Export1.
You need to identify the data that can be exported by using Export1.
Which data should you identify?
A. DB1
B. Table1
C. container1
D. Share1
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Azure Import/Export service is used to securely import large amounts of data to Azure Blob storage. Only
the Blob service is supported with the Export job feature
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-import-export-requirements
QUESTION 38
You have an Azure virtual machine named VM1 that runs Windows Server 2016.
You need to create an alert in Azure when more than two error events are logged to the System event log
on VM1 within an hour.
Solution: You create an Azure Log Analytics workspace and configure the data settings. You install the
Microsoft Monitoring Agent on VM1. You create an alert in Azure Monitor and specify the Log Analytics
workspace as the source.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Alerts in Azure Monitor can identify important information in your Log Analytics repository. They are
created by alert rules that automatically run log searches at regular intervals, and if results of the log
search match particular criteria, then an alert record is created and it can be configured to perform an
automated response.
The Log Analytics agent collects monitoring data from the guest operating system and workloads of virtual
machines in Azure, other cloud providers, and on-premises. It collects data into a Log Analytics
workspace.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/learn/tutorial-response
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/platform/agents-overview
QUESTION 39
Solution: You create an Azure Log Analytics workspace and configure the data settings. You add the
Microsoft Monitoring Agent VM extension to VM1. You create an alert in Azure Monitor and specify the Log
Analytics workspace as the source.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Instead: You create an Azure Log Analytics workspace and configure the data settings. You install the
References:
QUESTION 40
table.
A. Yes
B. NO
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
References:
QUESTION 41
You need to create a network interface named NIC1.

In which location can you create NIC1?
A. East US and North Europe only.

B. East US and West Europe only.
C. East US, West Europe, and North Europe.
D. East US only.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
A virtual network is required when you create a NIC. Select the virtual network for the network interface.
You can only assign a network interface to a virtual network that exists in the same subscription and
location as the network interface. Once a network interface is created, you cannot change the virtual
network it is assigned to. The virtual machine you add the network interface to must also exist in the same
location and subscription as the network interface.
References:
QUESTION 42
You use Azure Backup to create a backup of VM1 named Backup1. After creating Backup1, you perform
the following changes to VM1:
1. Modify the size of VM1.

2. Copy a file named Budget.xls to a folder named Data.
3. Reset the password for the built-in administrator account.
4. Add a data disk to VM1.
An administrator uses the Replace existing option to restore VM1 from Backup1. You need to ensure that
all the changes to VM1 are restored.
Which change should you perform again?
A. Modify the size of VM1.

B. Add a data disk.
C. Reset the password for the built-in administrator account.
D. Copy Budget.xls to Data.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
The scenario mentioned in the question, we are using the replace option. So in this case we would lose the
existing data written to the disk after the backup was taken. The file was copied to the disk after the backup
was taken. Hence, we would need to copy the file once again.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-azure-arm-restore-vms#replace-existing-disks
QUESTION 43
table.
You create virtual machines in Subscription1 as shown in the following table.

You plan to use Vault1 for the backup of as many virtual machines as possible.
Which virtual machines can be backed up to Vault1?
A. VM1, VM3, VMA, and VMC only

B. VM1 and VM3 only
C. VM1, VM2, VM3, VMA, VMB, and VMC
D. VM1 only
E. VM3 and VMC only
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
To create a vault to protect virtual machines, the vault must be in the same region as the virtual machines.
If you have virtual machines in several regions, create a Recovery Services vault in each region.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/bs-cyrl-ba/azure/backup/backup-create-rs-vault
QUESTION 44
series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some question sets might
have more than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a
question in this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in
the review screen.
1. A virtual network that has a subnet named Subnet1
2. Two network security groups (NSGs) named NSG-VM1 and NSG-Subnet1
3. A virtual machine named VM1 that has the required Windows Server configurations to allow Remote
Desktop connections
4. NSG-Subnet1 has the default inbound security rules only.
NSG-VM1 has the default inbound security rules and the following custom inbound security rule:
1. Priority: 100
2. Source: Any
3. Source port range: *
4. Destination: *
5. Destination port range: 3389
6. Protocol: UDP
7. Action: Allow
VM1 connects to Subnet1. NSG1-VM1 is associated to the network interface of VM1. NSG-Subnet1 is
associated to Subnet1.
You need to be able to establish Remote Desktop connections from the internet to VM1.
Solution: You modify the custom rule for NSG-VM1 to use the internet as a source and TCP as a protocol.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
NSGs deny all inbound traffic except from virtual network or load balancers. For inbound traffic, Azure
processes the rules in a network security group associated to a subnet first, and then the rules in a
network security group associated to the network interface. By default NSG rule to allow traffic through
RDP port 3389 is not created automatically during the creation of VM , unless you change the setting
during creation. Subnets usually do not have any NSG associated unless you go out of the way to do so,
which this scenario does. when you create that extra NSG, it won't have an RDP rule by default, thus
blocking inbound connections. Request first goes to NSG -subnet1 and as there is no allow rule for RDP
so it will block the request by default.Since the Subnet NSG (the one with the default rules) is evaluated
first, it blocks the inbound RDP connection.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/troubleshooting/troubleshoot-rdp- connection
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/security-overview#default-security-rules
QUESTION 45

Desktop connections
NSG-Subnet1 has the default inbound security rules only.
1. Priority: 100
2. Source: Any
4. Destination: *
6. Protocol: UDP
7. Action: Allow
VM1 has a public IP address and is connected to Subnet1. NSG-VM1 is associated to the network
interface of VM1. NSG-Subnet1 is associated to Subnet1.
Solution: You add an inbound security rule to NSG-Subnet1 that allows connections from the Any source
to the *destination for port range 3389 and uses the TCP protocol. You remove NSG-VM1 from the
network interface of VM1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The default port for RDP is TCP port 3389. A rule to permit RDP traffic must be created automatically when
you create your VM.
Note on NSG-Subnet1: Azure routes network traffic between all subnets in a virtual network, by default.
References:
QUESTION 46

Desktop connections
1. Priority: 100
2. Source: Any
4. Destination: *
6. Protocol: UDP
7. Action: Allow
Solution: You add an inbound security rule to NSG-Subnet1 and NSG-VM1 that allows connections from
the internet source to the VirtualNetwork destination for port range 3389 and uses the TCP protocol.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
you create your VM.
References:
QUESTION 47
You create an Azure VM named VM1 that runs Windows Server 2019.
VM1 is configured as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)
You need to enable Desired State Configuration for VM1.
A. Configure a DNS name for VM1.

B. Start VM1.
C. Connect to VM1.
D. Capture a snapshot of VM1.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Status is Stopped (Deallocated).
The DSC extension for Windows requires that the target virtual machine is able to communicate with
Azure.
The VM needs to be started.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/extensions/dsc-windows
QUESTION 48
VM1 and VM2 run a website that is configured as shown in the following table.
LB1 is configured to balance requests to VM1 and VM2.

You configure a health probe as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)
You need to ensure that the health probe functions correctly.
What should you do?
A. On LB1, change the Unhealthy threshold to 65536.

B. On LB1, change the port to 8080.
C. On VM1 and VM2, create a file named Probe1.htm in the C:\intepub\wwwroot\Temp folder.
D. On VM1 and VM2, create a file named Probe1.htm in the C:\intepub\wwwroot\SiteA\Temp folder.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Load balancing provides a higher level of availability and scale by spreading incoming requests across
virtual machines (VMs). You can use the Azure portal to create a Standard load balancer and balance
internal traffic among VMs. To load balance successfully between VM1 and VM2 you have to place the
html file in the path mentioned in the Probe1 configuration.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/tutorial-load-balancer-standard-internal- portal
QUESTION 49
You have a Microsoft 365 tenant and an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com.
You plan to grant three users named User1, User2, and User3 access to a temporary Microsoft SharePoint
document library named Library1.
You need to create groups for the users. The solution must ensure that the groups are deleted
automatically after 180 days.
Which two groups should you create? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
A. a Security group that uses the Assigned membership type

B. an Office 365 group that uses the Assigned membership type
C. an Office 365 group that uses the Dynamic User membership type
D. a Security group that uses the Dynamic User membership type
E. a Security group that uses the Dynamic Device membership type
Correct Answer: BC
Explanation
You can set expiration policy only for Office 365 groups in Azure Active Directory (Azure AD). Note: With
the increase in usage of Office 365 Groups, administrators and users need a way to clean up unused
groups. Expiration policies can help remove inactive groups from the system and make things cleaner.
When a group expires, all of its associated services (the mailbox, Planner, SharePoint site, etc.) are also
deleted.
You can set up a rule for dynamic membership on security groups or Office 365 groups.
Incorrect Answers:
A, D, E: You can set expiration policy only for Office 365 groups in Azure Active Directory (Azure AD).
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/office365/admin/create-groups/office-365-groups-expiration- policy?
view=o365-worldwide
QUESTION 50
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. Multi-factor authentication
(MFA) is enabled for all users.
You need to provide users with the ability to bypass MFA for 10 days on devices to which they have
successfully signed in by using MFA.
What should you do?
A. From the multi-factor authentication page, configure the users' settings.

B. From Azure AD, create a conditional access policy.
C. From the multi-factor authentication page, configure the service settings.
D. From the MFA blade in Azure AD, configure the MFA Server settings.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Enable remember Multi-Factor Authentication
1. Sign in to the Azure portal.
2. On the left, select Azure Active Directory>; Users.
3. Select Multi-Factor Authentication.
4. Under Multi-Factor Authentication, select service settings.
5. On the Service Settings page, manage remember multi-factor authentication, select the Allow users to
remember multi-factor authentication on devices they trust option.
6. Set the number of days to allow trusted devices to bypass two-step verification. The default is 14 days.
7. Select Save.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/howto-mfa-mfasettings
QUESTION 51
You have a hybrid infrastructure that contains an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named
contoso.onmicrosoft.com. The tenant contains the users shown in the following table.
You plan to share a cloud resource to the All Users group. You need to ensure that User1, User2, User3,
and User4 can connect successfully to the cloud resource.
A. Create a user account of the member type for User4.

B. Create a user account of the member type for User3.
C. Modify the Directory-wide Groups settings.
D. Modify the External collaboration settings.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Ensure that "Enable an 'All Users' group in the directory" policy is set to "Yes" in your Azure Active
Directory (AD) settings in order to enable the "All Users" group for centralized access administration. This
group represents the entire collection of the Active Directory users, including guests and external users,
that you can use to make the access permissions easier to manage within your directory.
Incorrect Answers:
A, B: User3 and User4 are guests already.
Note: By default, all users and guests in your directory can invite guests even if they're not assigned to an
admin role. External collaboration settings let you turn guest invitations on or off for different types of users
in your organization. You can also delegate invitations to individual users by assigning roles that allow
them to invite guests.
References:
https://www.cloudconformity.com/knowledge-base/azure/ActiveDirectory/enable-all-users- group.html
QUESTION 52
You have an Azure subscription that contains the following users in an Azure Active Directory tenant
named contoso.onmicrosoft.com:
User1 creates a new Azure Active Directory tenant named external.contoso.onmicrosoft.com.
You need to create new user accounts in external.contoso.onmicrosoft.com.
Solution: You instruct User2 to create the user accounts.
Does that meet the goal?
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Only a global administrator can add users to this tenant.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/devops/organizations/accounts/add-users-to-azure-ad
QUESTION 53
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
References:
QUESTION 54
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
References:
QUESTION 55
Your on-premises network contains an Active Directory domain named adatum.com that is synced to
Azure Active Directory (Azure AD). Password writeback is disabled. In adatum.com, you create the users
shown in the following table.
Which users must sign in from a computer joined to adatum.com?
A. User2 only
B. User1 and User3 only
C. User1, User2, and User3
D. User2 and User3 only
E. User1 only
Correct Answer: E
Explanation
Password writeback is a feature enabled with Azure AD Connect that allows password changes in the
cloud to be written back to an existing on-premises directory in real time.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/concept-sspr-writeback
QUESTION 56
You have the Azure virtual machines shown in the following table.
A DNS service is installed on VM1.
You configure the DNS servers settings for each virtual network as shown in the following exhibit.
You need to ensure that all the virtual machines can resolve DNS names by using the DNS service on
VM1.
What should you do?
A. Configure a conditional forwarder on VM1

B. Add service endpoints on VNET1
C. Add service endpoints on VNET2 and VNET3
D. Configure peering between VNET1, VNET2, and VNET3
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Virtual network peering enables you to seamlessly connect networks in Azure Virtual Network. The virtual
networks appear as one for connectivity purposes. The traffic between virtual machines uses the Microsoft
backbone infrastructure.
Incorrect Answers:
B, C: Virtual Network (VNet) service endpoint provides secure and direct connectivity to Azure services
over an optimized route over the Azure backbone network.
Endpoints allow you to secure your critical Azure service resources to only your virtual networks. Service
Endpoints enables private IP addresses in the VNet to reach the endpoint of an Azure service without
needing a public IP address on the VNet.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-network-service-endpoints-overview
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-network-peering-overview
QUESTION 57
The network interface for VM1 is configured as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)
You deploy a web server on VM1, and then create a secure website that is accessible by using the HTTPS
protocol VM1 is used as a web server only.
You need to ensure that users can connect to the website from the Internet.
What should you do?
A. Change the priority of Rule3 to 450.

B. Change the priority of Rule6 to 100
C. DeleteRule1.
D. Create a new inbound rule that allows TCP protocol 443 and configure the protocol to have a priority of
501.
E. For Rule5, change the Action to Allow and change the priority to 401
Correct Answer: E
Explanation
HTTPS uses port 443.
Rule2, with priority 500, denies HTTPS traffic.
Rule5, with priority changed from 2000 to 401, would allow HTTPS traffic.
Note: Priority is a number between 100 and 4096. Rules are processed in priority order, with lower
numbers processed before higher numbers, because lower numbers have higher priority. Once traffic
matches a rule, processing stops. As a result, any rules that exist with lower priorities (higher numbers)
that have the same attributes as rules with higher priorities are not processed.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/network-security-groups-overview
QUESTION 58

Desktop connections
1. Priority: 100
2. Source: Any
4. Destination: *
6. Protocol: UDP
7. Action: Allow
Solution: You add an inbound security rule to NSG-Subnet1 that allows connections from the internet
source to the VirtualNetwork destination for port range 3389 and uses the UDP protocol.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The default port for RDP is TCP port 3389 not UDP.
NSGs deny all inbound traffic except from virtual network or load balancers. For inbound traffic, Azure
processes the rules in a network security group associated to a subnet first, and then the rules in a
network security group associated to the network interface. By default NSG rule to allow traffic through
RDP port 3389 is not created automatically during the creation of VM , unless you change the setting
during creation. Here in the solution UDP traffic is allowed at virtual network level which is not tcp/rdp
protocol. So this will not work to achieve the goal.
References:
QUESTION 59
You have an Active Directory domain named contoso.com that contains the objects shown in the following
table.
The groups have the memberships shown in the following table.
OU1 and OU2 are synced to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD).
You modify the synchronization settings and remove OU1 from synchronization. You sync Active Directory
and Azure AD.
Which objects are in Azure AD?
OU1 and OU2 are synced to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD). You modify the synchronization settings
and remove OU1 from synchronization. You sync Active Directory and Azure AD.
Which objects are in Azure AD?
A. User4 and Group2 only

B. User2, Group1, User4, and Group2 only
C. User1, User2, Group1, User4, and Group2 only
D. User1, User2, User3, User4, Group1, and Group2
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
QUESTION 60
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named
adatum.com. The tenant contains 500 user accounts.
You deploy Microsoft Office 365. You configure Office 365 to use the user accounts in adatum.com.
You configure 60 users to connect to mailboxes in Microsoft Exchange Online.
You need to ensure that the 60 users use Azure Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) to connect to the
Exchange Online mailboxes. The solution must only affect connections to the Exchange Online mailboxes.
What should you do?
A. From the multi-factor authentication page, configure the Multi-Factor Auth status for each user
B. From Azure Active Directory admin center, create a conditional access policy
C. From the multi-factor authentication page, modify the verification options
D. From the Azure Active Directory admin center, configure an authentication method
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/howto-mfa-userstates
QUESTION 61
Your network contains an on-premises Active Directory domain named adatum.com. The domain contains
an organizational unit (OU) named OU1. OU1 contains the objects shown in the following table.
You sync OU1 to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) by using Azure AD Connect.
You need to identify which objects are synced to Azure AD.
Which objects should you identify?
A. User1 and Group1 only

B. User1, Group1, and Group2 only
C. User1, Group1, Group2, and Computer1
D. Computer1 only
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory-domain-services/synchronization
QUESTION 62
A. yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 63
contoso.com and an Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) cluster named AKS1.
An administrator reports that she is unable to grant access to AKS1 to the users in contoso.com.
You need to ensure that access to AKS1 can be granted to the contoso.com users.
A. From contoso.com, modify the Organization relationships settings.

B. From contoso.com, create an OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint.
C. Recreate AKS1.
D. From AKS1, create a namespace.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
With Azure AD-integrated AKS clusters, you can grant users or groups access to Kubernetes resources
within a namespace or across the cluster. To obtain a kubectl configuration context, a user can run the az
aks get-credentials command. When a user then interacts with the AKS cluster with kubectl, they're
prompted to sign in with their Azure AD credentials. This approach provides a single source for user
account management and password credentials. The user can only access the resources as defined by
the cluster administrator.
Azure AD authentication is provided to AKS clusters with OpenID Connect. OpenID Connect is an identity
layer built on top of the OAuth 2.0 protocol. For more information on OpenID Connect, see the Open ID
connect documentation. From inside of the Kubernetes cluster, Webhook Token Authentication is used to
verify authentication tokens. Webhook token authentication is configured and managed as part of the AKS
cluster.
Reference:
https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/access-authn-authz/authentication/ https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/
azure/aks/concepts-identity
QUESTION 64
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains an Azure Log Analytics workspace
named Workspace1.
You need to view the error from a table named Event.
Which query should you run in Workspace1?
A. Event | where EventType is "error"

B. Event | search "error"
C. select * from Event where EventType == "error"
D. Get-Event Event | where {$_.EventType -eq "error"}
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The search operator provides a multi-table/multi-column search experience.
The syntax is:

Table_name | search "search term"
Note:
There are several versions of this question in the exam. The question has three possible correct answers:
search in (Event) "error"
Event | search "error"
Event | where EventType == "error"
Other incorrect answer options you may see on the exam include the following:
Get-Event Event | where {$_.EventTye -eq "error"}
select * from Event where EventType is "error"
search in (Event) * | where EventType -eq "error"
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/log-query/search-queries
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/log-query/get-started-portal
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-explorer/kusto/query/searchoperator?
pivots=azuredataexplorer
QUESTION 65
You save VM1 as a template named Template1 to the Azure Resource Manager library.
You plan to deploy a virtual machine named VM2 from Template1.
What can you configure during the deployment of VM2?
A. virtual machine size

B. operating system
C. administrator username
D. resource group
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
When deploying a virtual machine from a template, you must specify:
1. the Resource Group name and location for the VM

2. the administrator username and password
3. an unique DNS name for the public IP
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/ps-template
QUESTION 66
You have an Azure subscription that has a Recovery Services vault named Vault1. The subscription
contains the virtual machines shown in the following table.
You plan to schedule backups to occur every night at 23:00.
Which virtual machines can you back up by using Azure Backup?
A. VM1 only
B. VM1 and VM3 only
C. VM1. VM2, VM3andVM4
D. VM1 and VM2 only
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Azure Backup supports backup of 64-bit Windows server operating system from Windows Server 2008.
Azure Backup supports backup of 64-bit Windows 10 operating system.
Azure Backup supports backup of 64-bit Ubuntu Server operating system from Ubuntu 12.04.
Azure Backup supports backup of VM that are shutdown or offline.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-support-matrix-iaas
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/linux/endorsed-distros
QUESTION 67
You need to create an alert in Azure when more than two error events are logged to the System log on
VM1 within an hour.
Solution: You create an Azure Log Analytics workspace and configure the data settings. You add an
extension to VM1. You create an alert in Azure Monitor and specify the Log Analytics workspace as the
source.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Instead: You create an Azure Log Analytics workspace and configure the data settings.
You install the Microsoft Monitoring Agent on VM1.
You create an alert in Azure Monitor and specify the Log Analytics workspace as the source.
Reference:
QUESTION 68
Your network contains an on-premises Active Directory forest named contoso.com that contains two
domains named contoso.com and east.contoso.com.
The forest contains the users shown in the following table.
You plan to sync east.contoso.com to an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant by using Azure AD
Connect.
You need to select an account for Azure AD Connect to use to connect to the forest.
Which account should you select?
A. User1
B. User2
C. User3
D. User4
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
It is no longer supported to use an enterprise admin or a domain admin account as the AD DS Connector
account.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/hybrid/reference-connect-accounts- permissions
QUESTION 69
You have an Azure subscription named AZPT1 that contains the resources shown in the following table:
You create a new Azure subscription named AZPT2.
You need to identify which resources can be moved to AZPT2.
Which resources should you identify?
A. VM1, storage1, VNET1, and VM1Managed only

B. VM1 and VM1Managed only
C. VM1, storage1, VNET1, VM1Managed, and RVAULT1
D. RVAULT1 only
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
You can move a VM and its associated resources to a different subscription by using the Azure portal. You
can now move an Azure Recovery Service (ASR) Vault to either a new resource group within the current
subscription or to a new subscription.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/management/move-resource-group-and-
subscription
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/key-vault/general/keyvault-move-subscription
QUESTION 70
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that contains 5,000 user accounts.
You create a new user account named AdminUser1.
You need to assign the User administrator administrative role to AdminUser1.
What should you do from the user account properties?
A. From the Directory role blade, modify the directory role.

B. From the Groups blade, invite the user account to a new group.
C. From the Licenses blade, assign a new license.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Assign a role to a user
1. Sign in to the Azure portal with an account that's a global admin or privileged role admin for the
directory.
2. Select Azure Active Directory, select Users, and then select a specific user from the list.
3. For the selected user, select Directory role, select Add role, and then pick the appropriate admin roles
from the Directory roles list, such as Conditional access administrator.
4. Press Select to save.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/active-directory-users- assign-role-
azure-portal
QUESTION 71
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.onmicrosoft.com that contains 100
user accounts.
You purchase 10 Azure AD Premium P2 licenses for the tenant.
You need to ensure that 10 users can use all the Azure AD Premium features.
What should you do?
A. From the Groups blade of each user, invite the users to a group.
B. From the Licenses blade of Azure AD, assign a license.
C. From the Directory role blade of each user, modify the directory role.
D. From the Azure AD domain, add an enterprise application.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Many Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) services require you to license each of your users or groups (and
associated members) for that service. Only users with active licenses will be able to access and use the
licensed Azure AD services for which that's true. Licenses are applied per tenant and do not transfer to
other tenants.
Not all Microsoft services are available in all locations. Before a license can be assigned to a group, you
must specify the Usage location for all members. You can set this value in the Azure Active Directory >
Users > Profile > Settings area in Azure AD. Any user whose usage location is not specified inherits the
location of the Azure AD organization.
You can add the licensing rights to users or to an entire group. Check the reference link for the steps.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/license-users-groups
QUESTION 72
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 and an on-premises deployment of Microsoft
System Center Service Manager.
Subscription1 contains a virtual machine named VM1.
You need to ensure that an alert is set in Service Manager when the amount of available memory on VM1
is below 10 percent.
A. Create a notification.
B. Create an automation runbook.
C. Deploy the IT Service Management Connector (ITSM).
D. Deploy a function app.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
The IT Service Management Connector (ITSMC) allows you to connect Azure and a supported IT Service
Management (ITSM) product/service, such as the Microsoft System Center Service Manager. With ITSMC,
you can create work items in ITSM tool, based on your Azure alerts (metric alerts, Activity Log alerts and
Log Analytics alerts).
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/platform/itsmc-overview
QUESTION 73
You have an on-premises server that contains a folder named D:\Folder1.
You need to copy the contents of D:\Folder1 to the public container in an Azure Storage account named
contosodata.
Which command should you run?
A. https://contosodata.blob.core.windows.net/public
B. azcopy sync D:\folder1 https://contosodata.blob.core.windows.net/public--snapshot
C. azcopy copy D:\folder1 https://contosodata.blob.core.windows.net/public--recursive
D. az storage blob copy start-batch D:\Folder1 https://contosodata.blob.core.windows.net/public
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
The azcopy copy command copies a directory (and all of the files in that directory) to a blob container. The
result is a directory in the container by the same name.
Incorrect Answers:
B: The azcopy sync command replicates the source location to the destination location. However, the file is
skipped if the last modified time in the destination is more recent.
D: The az storage blob copy start-batch command copies multiple blobs to a blob container.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-use-azcopy-blobs
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-ref-azcopy-copy
QUESTION 74
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains the storage accounts shown in the
following table:
You plan to use the Azure Import/Export service to export data from Subscription1.
You need to identify which storage account can be used to export the data.
A. storage1
B. storage2
C. storage3
D. storage4
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Azure Import/Export service supports the following of storage accounts:
1. Standard General Purpose v2 storage accounts (recommended for most scenarios)
2. Blob Storage accounts
3. General Purpose v1 storage accounts (both Classic or Azure Resource Manager deployments),
Azure Import/Export service supports the following storage types:

1. Import supports Azure Blob storage and Azure File storage
2. Export supports Azure Blob storage
Reference:
QUESTION 75
You have an Azure Storage account named storage1.
You plan to use AzCopy to copy data to storage1.
You need to identify the storage services in storage1 to which you can copy the data.
A. blob, file, table, and queue

B. blob and file only
C. file and table only
D. file only
E. blob, table, and queue only
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
AzCopy is a command-line utility that you can use to copy blobs or files to or from a storage account.
Incorrect Answers:
A, C, E: AzCopy does not support table and queue storage services.
D: AzCopy supports file storage services, as well as blob storage services.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-use-azcopy-v10
QUESTION 76
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Storage account.
You plan to create an Azure container instance named container1 that will use a Docker image
namedImage1. Image1 contains a Microsoft SQL Server instance that requires persistent storage.
You need to configure a storage service for Container1.
A. Azure Files
B. Azure Blob storage
C. Azure Queue storage
D. Azure Table storage
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Microsoft have Docker Volume Plugin for Azure file storage which provides exactly this and it is used for
Azure file shares.
Azure File Storage volume plugin is not limited to ease of container migration. It also allows a file share to
be shared among multiple containers (even though they are on different hosts) to collaborate on
workloads, share configuration or secrets of an application running on multiple hosts. Another use case is
uploading metrics and diagnostics data such as logs from applications to a file share for further processing.
Reference:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-gb/blog/persistent-docker-volumes-with-azure-file-storage/
QUESTION 77
You have an app named App1 that runs on two Azure virtual machines named VM1 and VM2.
You plan to implement an Azure Availability Set for App1. The solution must ensure that App1 is available
during planned maintenance of the hardware hosting VM1 and VM2.
What should you include in the Availability Set?
A. one update domain

B. two fault domains
C. one fault domain
D. two update domains
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Microsoft updates, which Microsoft refers to as planned maintenance events, sometimes require that VMs
be rebooted to complete the update. To reduce the impact on VMs, the Azure fabric is divided into update
domains to ensure that not all VMs are rebooted at the same time.
Incorrect Answers:
A: An update domain is a group of VMs and underlying physical hardware that can be rebooted at the
same time.
B, C: A fault domain shares common storage as well as a common power source and network switch. It is
used to protect against unplanned system failure.
References:
https://petri.com/understanding-azure-availability-sets
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/tutorial-availability-sets
QUESTION 78
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1. Subscription1 contains a resource group named
RG1. RG1 contains resources that were deployed by using templates.
You need to view the date and time when the resources were created in RG1.
Solution: From the Subscriptions blade, you select the subscription, and then click Programmatic
deployment.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
From the RG1 blade, click Deployments. You see a history of deployment for the resource group.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/templates/template-tutorial- create-first-
template?tabs=azure-powershell Through activity logs, you can determine:
1. what operations were taken on the resources in your subscription
2. who started the operation
3. when the operation occurred
4. the status of the operation
5. the values of other properties that might help you research the operation On the Azure portal menu,
select Monitor, or search for and select Monitor from any page
2. Select Activity Log.
3. You see a summary of recent operations. A default set of filters is applied to the operations. Notice the
information on the summary includes who started the action and when it happened.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/management/view-activity-logs
QUESTION 79
Solution: From the RG1 blade, you click Automation script.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
From the RG1 blade, click Deployments. You see a history of deployment for the resource group.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/templates/template-tutorial- create-first-
template?tabs=azure-powershell Through activity logs, you can determine:
1. what operations were taken on the resources in your subscription ?who started the operation
4. the values of other properties that might help you research the operation
1. On the Azure portal menu, select Monitor, or search for and select Monitor from any page
Reference:
QUESTION 80
Solution: From the RG1 blade, you click Deployments.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
1. Select the resource group (Here RG1) you want to examine.
2. Select the link under Deployments.
3. Select one of the deployments from the deployment history.

4. You will see a history of deployment for the resource group, including the correlation ID.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/templates/deployment- history?
tabs=azure-portal
QUESTION 81
You deploy a Linux virtual machine named VM1 to Subscription1.
You need to monitor the metrics and the logs of VM1.

A. Linux Diagnostic Extension (LAD) 3.0

B. Azure Analysis Services
C. the AzurePerformanceDiagnostics extension
D. Azure HDInsight
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
You can use extensions to configure diagnostics on your VMs to collect additional metric data. The basic
host metrics are available, but to see more granular and VM-specific metrics, you need to install the Azure
diagnostics extension on the VM. The Azure diagnostics extension allows additional monitoring and
diagnostics data to be retrieved from the VM.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/linux/tutorial-monitor
QUESTION 82
You plan to deploy three Azure virtual machines named VM1, VM2, and VM3. The virtual machines will
host a web app named App1.
You need to ensure that at least two virtual machines are available if a single Azure datacenter becomes
unavailable.
What should you deploy?
A. all three virtual machines in a single Availability Zone

B. all virtual machines in a single Availability Set
C. each virtual machine in a separate Availability Zone
D. each virtual machine in a separate Availability Set
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Availability sets are a datacenter configuration to provide VM redundancy and availability. This
configuration within a datacenter ensures that during either a planned or unplanned maintenance event, at
least one virtual machine is available.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/manage-availability
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/tutorial-availability-sets
QUESTION 83
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure virtual machine named VM1. VM1 runs a financial
reporting app named App1 that does not support multiple active instances.
At the end of each month, CPU usage for VM1 peaks when App1 runs.
You need to create a scheduled runbook to increase the processor performance of VM1 at the end of each
month.
What task should you include in the runbook?
A. Add the Azure Performance Diagnostics agent to VM1.

B. Modify the VM size property of VM1.
C. Add VM1 to a scale set.
D. Increase the vCPU quota for the subscription.
E. Add a Desired State Configuration (DSC) extension to VM1.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
If you have a CPU/performance issue then the solution is to scale up (increase VM size) or to scale out
(scale set) given that the App does not support multiple instances then scale up is the obvious choice.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/resize-vm
QUESTION 84
You recently created a new Azure subscription that contains a user named Admin1.
Admin1 attempts to deploy an Azure Marketplace resource by using an Azure Resource Manager
template. Admin1 deploys the template by using Azure PowerShell and receives the following error
message: “User failed validation to purchase resources. Error message: “Legal terms have not been
accepted for this item on this subscription. To accept legal terms, please go to the Azure portal (http://
go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=534873) and configure programmatic deployment for the Marketplace
item or create it there for the first time.”
You need to ensure that Admin1 can deploy the Marketplace resource successfully.
What should you do?
A. From Azure PowerShell, run the Set-AzApiManagementSubscription cmdlet

B. From the Azure portal, register the Microsoft.Marketplace resource provider
C. From Azure PowerShell, run the Set-AzMarketplaceTerms cmdlet
D. From the Azure portal, assign the Billing administrator role to Admin1
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
The Set-AzMarketplaceTerms cmdlet saves the terms object for given publisher id(Publisher), offer id
(Product) and plan id(Name) tuple.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/az.marketplaceordering/set- azmarketplaceterms?
view=azps-4.5.0
QUESTION 85
You sign in to VM1 as a user named User1 and perform the following actions:
1. Create files on drive C.

2. Create files on drive D.
3. Modify the screen saver timeout.
4. Change the desktop background.
You plan to redeploy VM1.
Which changes will be lost after you redeploy VM1?
A. the modified screen saver timeout

B. the new desktop background
C. the new files on drive D
D. The new files on drive C
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
As D drive is temporary storage so new files on D drive will be lost. The screensaver, wall paper, new files
on C drive are available after Redeploy.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/troubleshooting/redeploy-to-new-node- windows
QUESTION 86
You have an on-premises virtual machine named VM1. The settings for VM1 are shown in the exhibit.
(Click the Exhibit tab.)
You need to ensure that you can use the disks attached to VM1 as a template for Azure virtual machines.
What should you modify on VM1?
A. Integration Services
B. the network adapters
C. the memory
D. the hard drive
E. the processor
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
From the exhibit we see that the disk is in the VHDX format. Before you upload a Windows virtual
machines (VM) from on-premises to Microsoft Azure, you must prepare the virtual hard disk (VHD or
VHDX). Azure supports only generation 1 VMs that are in the VHD file format and have a fixed sized disk.
The maximum size allowed for the VHD is 1,023 GB. You can convert a generation 1 VM from the VHDX
file system to VHD and from a dynamically expanding disk to fixed- sized.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/prepare-for-upload-vhd- image?toc=%
2fazure%2fvirtual-machines%2fwindows%2ftoc.json
QUESTION 87
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that is used be several departments at your
company. Subscription1 contains the resources in the following table:
Another administrator deploys a virtual machine named VM1 and an Azure Storage account named
storage2 by using a single Azure Resource Manager template.
You need to view the template used for the deployment.
From which blade can you view the template that was used for the deployment?
A. RG1
B. VM1
C. Storage1
D. Container1
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
1. View template from deployment history
Go to the resource group for your new resource group. Notice that the portal shows the result of the last
deployment. Select this link.
2. You see a history of deployments for the group. In your case, the portal probably lists only one
deployment. Select this deployment.
The portal displays a summary of the deployment. The summary includes the status of the deployment and
its operations and the values that you provided for parameters. To see the template that you used for the
deployment, select View template.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/resource-manager-export- template
QUESTION 88
You have an Azure web app named App1. App1 has the deployment slots shown in the following table:
In webapp1-test, you test several changes to App1.
You back up App1.
You swap webapp1-test for webapp1-prod and discover that App1 is experiencing performance issues.
You need to revert to the previous version of App1 as quickly as possible.
What should you do?
A. Redeploy App1
B. Swap the slots
C. Clone App1
D. Restore the backup of App1
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
When you swap deployment slots, Azure swaps the Virtual IP addresses of the source and destination
slots, thereby swapping the URLs of the slots. We can easily revert the deployment by swapping back. You
can validate app changes in a staging deployment slot before swapping it with the production slot.
Deploying an app to a slot first and swapping it into production makes sure that all instances of the slot are
warmed up before being swapped into production. This eliminates downtime when you deploy your app.
The traffic redirection is seamless, and no requests are dropped because of swap operations. You can
automate this entire workflow by configuring auto swap when pre-swap validation isn't needed.
After a swap, the slot with previously staged app now has the previous production app. If the changes
swapped into the production slot aren't as you expect, you can perform the same swap immediately to get
your "last known good site" back.
Reference:
QUESTION 89
You have an Azure subscription that contains 10 virtual networks. The virtual networks are hosted in
separate resource groups.
Another administrator plans to create several network security groups (NSGs) in the subscription.
You need to ensure that when an NSG is created, it automatically blocks TCP port 8080 between the
virtual networks.
Solution: From the Resource providers blade, you unregister the Microsoft.ClassicNetwork provider.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You should use a policy definition.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-policy/policy-definition
QUESTION 90
virtual networks.
Solution: You configure a custom policy definition, and then you assign the policy to the subscription.

A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Resource policy definition used by Azure Policy enables you to establish conventions for resources in your
organization by describing when the policy is enforced and what effect to take. By defining conventions,
you can control costs and more easily manage your resources.
References:
QUESTION 91
virtual networks.
Solution: You create a resource lock, and then you assign the lock to the subscription.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
How can I freeze or lock my production/critical Azure resources from accidental deletion? There is way to
do this with both ASM and ARM resources using Azure resource lock.
References:
https://blogs.msdn.microsoft.com/azureedu/2016/04/27/using-azure-resource-manager-policy-and-azure-
lock-to-control-your-azure-resources/
QUESTION 92
virtual networks.
Solution: You assign a built-in policy definition to the subscription.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Resource policy definition used by Azure Policy enables you to establish conventions for resources in your
organization by describing when the policy is enforced and what effect to take. However, there are no built-
in policy definitions.
Though there are sample policy defintions.
Reference:
QUESTION 93
You have two Azure virtual networks named VNet1 and VNet2. VNet1 contains an Azure virtual machine
named VM1. VNet2 contains an Azure virtual machine named VM2.
VM1 hosts a frontend application that connects to VM2 to retrieve data.
Users report that the frontend application is slower than usual.
You need to view the average round-trip time (RTT) of the packets from VM1 to VM2.
Which Azure Network Watcher feature should you use?
A. NSG flow logs

B. Connection troubleshoot
C. IP flow verify
D. Connection monitor
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
The connection monitor capability monitors communication at a regular interval and informs you of
reachability, latency, and network topology changes between the VM and the endpoint
Incorrect Answers:
A: The IP flow verify capability enables you to specify a source and destination IPv4 address, port, protocol
(TCP or UDP), and traffic direction (inbound or outbound). IP flow verify then tests the communication and
informs you if the connection succeeds or fails. If the connection fails, IP flow verify tells you which security
rule allowed or denied the communication, so that you can resolve the problem.
B: The connection troubleshoot capability enables you to test a connection between a VM and another VM,
an FQDN, a URI, or an IPv4 address. The test returns similar information returned when using the
connection monitor capability, but tests the connection at a point in time, rather than monitoring it over
time, as connection monitor does.
D: The NSG flow log capability allows you to log the source and destination IP address, port, protocol, and
whether traffic was allowed or denied by an NSG.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/network-watcher/network-watcher-monitoring-overview
QUESTION 94
You have an Azure subscription that contains a policy-based virtual network gateway named GW1 and a
virtual network named VNet1.
You need to ensure that you can configure a point-to-site connection from an on-premises computer to
VNet1.
A. Add a service endpoint to VNet1

B. Reset GW1
C. Create a route-based virtual network gateway
D. Add a connection to GW1
E. Delete GW1
F. Add a public IP address space to VNet1
Correct Answer: CE
Explanation
C: A VPN gateway is used when creating a VPN connection to your on-premises network.
Route-based VPN devices use any-to-any (wildcard) traffic selectors, and let routing/forwarding tables
direct traffic to different IPsec tunnels. It is typically built on router platforms where each IPsec tunnel is
modeled as a network interface or VTI (virtual tunnel interface).
E: Policy-based VPN devices use the combinations of prefixes from both networks to define how traffic is
encrypted/decrypted through IPsec tunnels. It is typically built on firewall devices that perform packet
filtering. IPsec tunnel encryption and decryption are added to the packet filtering and processing engine.
Incorrect Answers:
F: Point-to-Site connections do not require a VPN device or a public-facing IP address.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/create-routebased-vpn-gateway-portal
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-connect-multiple-policybased-rm-ps
QUESTION 95
You have a virtual network named VNet1 as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)
No devices are connected to VNet1.
You plan to peer VNet1 to another virtual network named VNet2 in the same region. VNet2 has an address
space of 10.2.0.0/16.
You need to create the peering.
A. Configure a service endpoint on VNet2.

B. Modify the address space of VNet1.
C. Add a gateway subnet to VNet1.
D. Create a subnet on VNet1 and VNet2.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The virtual networks you peer must have non-overlapping IP address spaces. The exhibit indicates that
VNet1 has an address space of 10.2.0.0/16, which is the same as VNet2, and thus overlaps. We need to
change the address space for VNet1.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-network-manage- peering#requirements-
and-constraints
QUESTION 96
You have five Azure virtual machines that run Windows Server 2016. The virtual machines are configured
as web servers.
You have an Azure load balancer named LB1 that provides load balancing services for the virtual
machines.
You need to ensure that visitors are serviced by the same web server for each request.
What should you configure?
A. Floating IP (direct server return) to Enabled

B. Idle Time-out (minutes) to 20
C. Protocol to UDP
D. Session persistence to Client IP and Protocol
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
With Sticky Sessions when a client starts a session on one of your web servers, session stays on that
specific server. To configure An Azure Load-Balancer For Sticky Sessions set Session persistence to
Client IP.
On the following image you can see sticky session configuration:

Note:
There are several versions of this question in the exam. The question can have other incorrect answer
options, including the following:
1. Idle Time-out (minutes) to 20
2. Protocol to UDP
Reference:
https://cloudopszone.com/configure-azure-load-balancer-for-sticky-sessions/
QUESTION 97
Your on-premises network contains an SMB share named Share1.
1. A web app named webapp1

2. A virtual network named VNET1
You need to ensure that webapp1 can connect to Share1.
What should you deploy?

A. an Azure Application Gateway
B. an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Application Proxy
C. an Azure Virtual Network Gateway
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
A Site-to-Site VPN gateway connection can be used to connect your on-premises network to an Azure
virtual network over an IPsec/IKE (IKEv1 or IKEv2) VPN tunnel.
This type of connection requires a VPN device, a VPN gateway, located on-premises that has an externally
facing public IP address assigned to it.
Incorrect Answers:
B: Application Proxy is a feature of Azure AD that enables users to access on-premises web applications
from a remote client.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-howto-site-to-site-resource-manager-
portal
QUESTION 98
You plan to deploy several Azure virtual machines that will run Windows Server 2019 in a virtual machine
scale set by using an Azure Resource Manager template.
You need to ensure that NGINX is available on all the virtual machines after they are deployed.
A. Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Application Proxy

B. Azure Application Insights
C. Azure Custom Script Extension
D. the New-AzConfigurationAssignement cmdlet
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
The Custom Script Extension downloads and executes scripts on Azure VMs. This extension is useful for
post deployment configuration, software installation, or any other configuration / management task. Scripts
can be downloaded from Azure storage or GitHub, or provided to the Azure portal at extension run time.
The Custom Script extension integrates with Azure Resource Manager templates, and can also be run
using the Azure CLI, PowerShell, Azure portal, or the Azure Virtual Machine REST API. You can use the
Custom Script Extension with both Windows and Linux VMs.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/tutorial-automate-vm-deployment?
toc=https%3A%2F%2Fdocs.microsoft.com%2Fen-us%2Fazure%2Fvirtual-machines%2Fextensions%
2Ftoc.json&bc=https%3A%2F% 2Fdocs.microsoft.com%2Fen-us%2Fazure%2Fbread%2Ftoc.json
QUESTION 99
You have an Azure web app named webapp1.
Users report that they often experience HTTP 500 errors when they connect to webapp1.
You need to provide the developers of webapp1 with real-time access to the connection errors. The
solution must provide all the connection error details.
A. From webapp1, enable Web server logging

B. From Azure Monitor, create a workbook
C. From Azure Monitor, create a Service Health alert
D. From webapp1, turn on Application Logging
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
To resolve this you need to catch connection error. When the connection fails for webapp, it happens on
web server, not within application. You can find out the web server log by below steps:
Open the web application --> Go to Application Service logs --> Go to Web server logging (there are
multiple switches there)
You can also see the errors live going to "Log stream" pane. To ensure that you will get web server log,
you have to enable it.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/troubleshoot-diagnostic-logs
QUESTION 100
You have a Recovery Services vault that protects VM1 and VM2.
You need to protect VM3 and VM4 by using Recovery Services.
A. Configure the extensions for VM3 and VM4.

B. Create a new Recovery Services vault.
C. Create a storage account.
D. Create a new backup policy.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
A Recovery Services vault is a storage entity in Azure that houses data. The data is typically copies of
data, or configuration information for virtual machines (VMs), workloads, servers, or workstations. You can
use Recovery Services vaults to hold backup data for various Azure services References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/site-recovery/azure-to-azure-tutorial-enable-replication
QUESTION 101
named Dev.
group.
Solution: On Subscription1, you assign the Logic App Operator role to the Developers group.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The Logic App Operator role only lets you read, enable and disable logic app. With it you can view the
logic app and run history, and enable/disable. Cannot edit or update the definition.
You would need the Logic App Contributor role.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/built-in-roles https://docs.microsoft.com/
en-us/azure/logic-apps/logic-apps-securing-a-logic-app
QUESTION 102
You have an Azure subscription that contains a user account named User1. You need to ensure that
User1 can assign a policy to the tenant root management group.
What should you do?
A. Create a new management group and delegate User1 as the owner of the new management group.
B. Assign the Owner role for the Azure subscription to User1, and then instruct User1 to configure access
C. Assign the Owner role for the Azure subscription to User1, and then modify the default conditional
access policies.
D. Assign the Global administrator role to User1, and then instruct User1 to configure access
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 103
The Not allowed resource types Azure policy is assigned to RG1 and uses the following parameters:
Microsoft.Network/virtualNetworks
Microsoft.Compute/virtualMachines
In RG1, you need to create a new virtual machine named VM2, and then connect VM2 to VNET1.
A. Remove Microsoft.Network/virtualNetworks from the policy.

B. Create an Azure Resource Manager template.
C. Remove Microsoft.Compute/virtualMachines from the policy.
D. Add a subnet to VNET1.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
The Not allowed resource types Azure policy prohibits the deployment of specified resource types.
You specify an array of the resource types to block.
Virtual Networks and Virtual Machines are prohibited.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/governance/policy/samples/not-allowed-resource-types
QUESTION 104
You have an Azure web app named webapp1.
You have a virtual network named VNET1 and an Azure virtual machine named VM1 that hosts a MySQL
database. VM1 connects to VNET1.
You need to ensure that webapp1 can access the data hosted on VM1.
What should you do?
A. Connect webapp1 to VNET1.

B. Peer VNET1 to another virtual network.
C. Deploy an Azure Application Gateway.
D. Deploy an internal load balancer
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
QUESTION 105
Your company has three offices. The offices are located in Miami, Los Angeles, and New York. Each office
contains datacenter.
You have an Azure subscription that contains resources in the East US and West US Azure regions. Each
region contains a virtual network. The virtual networks are peered.
You need to connect the datacenters to the subscription. The solution must minimize network latency
between the datacenters.
What should you create?
A. three virtual WANs and one virtual hub

B. three virtual hubs and one virtual WAN
C. three On-premises data gateways and one Azure Application Gateway
D. three Azure Application Gateways and one On-premises data gateway
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Azure Virtual WAN is a networking service that brings many networking, security, and routing
functionalities together to provide a single operational interface. The Virtual WAN architecture is a hub and
spoke architecture with scale and performance built in for branches (VPN/SD-WAN devices), users (Azure
VPN/OpenVPN/IKEv2 clients), ExpressRoute circuits, and virtual networks. Azure regions serve as hubs
that you can choose to connect to. All hubs are connected in full mesh in a Standard Virtual WAN making it
easy for the user to use the Microsoft backbone for any-to-any (any spoke) connectivity.
Virtual WAN offers the following advantages:

Integrated connectivity solutions in hub and spoke: Automate site-to-site configuration and connectivity
between on-premises sites and an Azure hub. Automated spoke setup and configuration: Connect your
virtual networks and workloads to the Azure hub seamlessly.
Intuitive troubleshooting: You can see the end-to-end flow within Azure, and then use this information to
take required actions.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-wan/virtual-wan-about
QUESTION 106
You have a Recovery Service vault that you use to test backups. The test backups contain two protected
virtual machines.
You need to delete the Recovery Services vault.
A. From the Recovery Service vault, stop the backup of each backup item.
B. From the Recovery Service vault, delete the backup data.
C. Modify the disaster recovery properties of each virtual machine.
D. Modify the locks of each virtual machine.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
You can't delete a Recovery Services vault if it is registered to a server and holds backup data. If you try to
delete a vault, but can't, the vault is still configured to receive backup data.
Remove vault dependencies and delete vault

In the vault dashboard menu, scroll down to the Protected Items section, and click Backup Items. In this
menu, you can stop and delete Azure File Servers, SQL Servers in Azure VM, and Azure virtual machines.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-azure-delete-vault
QUESTION 107
You have an app named App1 that runs on an Azure web app named webapp1.
The developers at your company upload an update of App1 to a Git repository named Git1.
Webapp1 has the deployment slots shown in the following table.
You need to ensure that the App1 update is tested before the update is made available to users.
A. Stop webapp1 prod.

B. Stop webapp1-test
C. Deploy the App1 update to webapp1-test, and then test the update.
D. Deploy the App1 update to webapp1-prod, and then test the update.
E. Swap the slots.
Correct Answer: CE
Explanation
You can validate web app changes in a staging deployment slot before swapping it with the production
slot. Deploying an app to a slot first and swapping it into production makes sure that all instances of the
slot are warmed up before being swapped into production. This eliminates downtime when you deploy your
app. The traffic redirection is seamless, and no requests are dropped because of swap operations. You
can automate this entire workflow by configuring auto swap when pre-swap validation isn't needed.
After the swap you can deploy the App1 update to webapp1-test, and then test the update. If the changes
swapped into the production slot aren't as per your expectation then you can perform the same swap
immediately to get your "last known good site" back.
Reference:
QUESTION 108
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1. Subscription1 contains a virtual machine named
VM1.
You have a computer named Computer1 that runs Windows 10. Computer1 is connected to the Internet.
You add a network interface named Interface1 to VM1 as shown in the exhibit (Click the Exhibit button.)
From Computer1, you attempt to connect to VM1 by using Remote Desktop, but the connection fails. You
need to establish a Remote Desktop connection to VM1.
A. Start VM1.
B. Attach a network interface.
C. Delete the DenyAllOutBound outbound port rule.
D. Delete the DenyAllInBound inbound port rule.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Note: Rules are processed in priority order, with lower numbers processed before higher numbers,
because lower numbers have higher priority. Once traffic matches a rule, processing stops. As a result,
any rules that exist with lower priorities (higher numbers) that have the same attributes as rules with higher
priorities are not processed.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/security-overview
QUESTION 109
A. a Desired State Configuration (DSC) extension

B. the Publish-AzVMDscConfigurationCmdlet
C. a Microsoft Intune device configuration profile
D. Deployment Center in Azure App Service
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
The primary use case for the Azure Desired State Configuration (DSC) extension is to bootstrap a VM to
the Azure Automation State Configuration (DSC) service. The service provides benefits that include
ongoing management of the VM configuration and integration with other operational tools, such as Azure
Monitoring. Using the extension to register VM's to the service provides a flexible solution that even works
across Azure subscriptions.
You can use the DSC extension independently of the Automation DSC service.
In the following example, the Azure CLI is used to deploy a custom script extension to an existing virtual
machine, which installs a Nginx webserver.
az vm extension set \
--resource-group myResourceGroup \
--vm-name myVM --name customScript \
--publisher Microsoft.Azure.Extensions \
--settings '{"commandToExecute": "apt-get install -y nginx"}
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/extensions/dsc-overview
QUESTION 110
You need to configure a proximity placement group for VMSS1.
Which proximity placement groups should you use?

A. Proximity2 only
B. Proximity 1, Proximity2, and Proximity3
C. Proximity 1 and Proximity3 only
D. Proximity1 only
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Resource Group location of VMSS1 is the RG2 location, which is West US.
Only Proximity2, which also in RG2, is location in West US
Reference:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/introducing-proximity-placement-groups/
QUESTION 111
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that has the following providers registered:
1. Authorization
2. Automation
3. Resources
4. Compute
5. KeyVault
6. Network
7. Storage
8. Billing
9. Web
Subscription1 contains an Azure virtual machine named VM1 that has the following configurations:
1. Private IP address: 10.0.0.4 (dynamic)

2. Network security group (NSG): NSG1
3. Public IP address: None
4. Availability set: AVSet
5. Subnet: 10.0.0.0/24
6. Managed disks: No
7. Location: East US
You need to record all the successful and failed connection attempts to VM1.
Which three actions should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
A. Register the Microsoft.Insights resource provider

B. Add an Azure Network Watcher connection monitor
C. Register the Microsoft.LogAnalytics provider
D. Enable Azure Network Watcher in the East US Azure region
E. Create an Azure Storage account
F. Enable Azure Network Watcher flow logs
Correct Answer: CDE

Explanation
NSG flow log data is written to an Azure Storage account. You need to create an Azure Storage account,
With an Azure Storage account NSG flow logs can be enabled.
Enable network watcher in the East US region.
NSG flow logging requires the Microsoft.Insights provider.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/network-watcher/network-watcher-nsg-flow-logging-portal
QUESTION 112
You create the following resources in an subscription:
1. An Azure Container Registry instance named Registry1

2. An Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) cluster named Cluster1
You create a container image named App 1 on your administrative workstation.
You need to deploy App1 to cluster 1.
A. Create a host pool on Cluster1

B. Run the docker push command.
C. Run the kubect1 apply command.
D. Run the az aks create command.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
An Azure container registry stores and manages private Docker container images, similar to the way
Docker Hub stores public Docker images. You can use the Docker command-line interface (Docker CLI)
for login, push, pull, and other operations on your container registry. After you login to the registry you can
run push command to upload the image.
Below is an sample of that command
docker push myregistry.azurecr.io/samples/nginx
Run the az acr build command : Correct Choice

az acr build command queues a quick build, providing streaming logs for an Azure Container Registry
az acr build --registry
[--agent-pool]
[--auth-mode {Default, None}]
[--build-arg]
[--file]
[--image]
[--no-format]
[--no-logs]
[--no-push]
[--no-wait]
[--platform]
[--resource-group]
[--secret-build-arg]
[--subscription]
[--target]
[--timeout]
[<SOURCE_LOCATION>]
Create a host pool on Cluster1 : Incorrect Choice

Host pools are a collection of one or more identical virtual machines (VMs) within Windows Virtual Desktop
environments. It won't deploy the app to the cluster.
Run the docker push command : Incorrect Choice
Use docker push to share your images to the Docker Hub registry or to a self-hosted one. It won't deploy
the app to the cluster.
Run the docker build command : Incorrect Choice
This command will build an image from a Dockerfile. But in the question it has been said that image file is
already built and need to deploy. This command will not deploy the image.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cli/azure/acr?view=azure-cli-latest#az-acr-build
https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/push/
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-desktop/create-host-pools-azure-marketplace
https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/build/
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/container-registry/container-registry-get-started-docker-cli
QUESTION 113
You have an Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) cluster named AKS1.
You need to configure cluster autoscaler for AKS1.
Which two tools should you use? Each correct answer presents a complete solution.
A. the set-AzAKs cmdlet

B. the Azure portal
C. The az aks command
D. the kubect1 command
E. the set Azvm cmdlet
Correct Answer: CD
Explanation
With cluster auto-scaling, the actual load of your worker-nodes will be monitored actively. By adding and
removing worker-nodes from the cluster, it ensures that enough resources are available to keep your
application healthy and responsive. In contrast, it removes worker-nodes from the AKS cluster, to optimize
resource utilization and be as cost-effective as possible Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/aks/cluster-autoscaler https://thorsten-hans.com/aks-cluster-auto-
scaler-inside-out
QUESTION 114
You have the Azure virtual network named VNet1 that contains a subnet named Subnet1. Subnet1
contains three Azure virtual machines. Each virtual machine has a public IP address.
The virtual machines host several applications that are accessible over port 443 to users on the Internet.
Your on-premises network has a site-to-site VPN connection to VNet1.
You discover that the virtual machines can be accessed by using the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP)
from the Internet and from the on-premises network.
You need to prevent RDP access to the virtual machines from the Internet, unless the RDP connection is
established from the on-premises network. The solution must ensure that all the applications can still be
accessed by the Internet users.
What should you do?
A. Modify the address space of the local network gateway.

B. Remove the public IP addresses from the virtual machines.
C. Modify the address space of Subnet1.
D. Create a deny rule in a network security group (NSG) that is linked to Subnet1.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
You can filter network traffic to and from Azure resources in an Azure virtual network with a network
security group. A network security group contains security rules that allow or deny inbound network traffic
to, or outbound network traffic from, several types of Azure resources. You can use a site-to-site VPN to
connect your on-premises network to an Azure virtual network. Users on your on-premises network
connect by using the RDP or SSH protocol over the site-to-site VPN connection. You don't have to allow
direct RDP or SSH access over the internet. And this can be achieved by configuring a deny rule in a
network security group (NSG) that is linked to Subnet1 for RDP / SSH protocol coming from internet.
Modify the address space of Subnet1 : Incorrect choice Modifying the address space of Subnet1 will have
no impact on RDP traffic flow to the virtual network. Modify the address space of the local network gateway
: Incorrect choice Modifying the address space of the local network gateway will have no impact on RDP
traffic flow to the virtual network. Remove the public IP addresses from the virtual machines : Incorrect
choice If you remove the public IP addresses from the virtual machines, none of the applications be
accessible publicly by the Internet users.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/security/fundamentals/network-best-practices
QUESTION 115
You have an existing Azure subscription that contains 10 virtual machines.
You need to monitor the latency between your on-premises network and the virtual machines.
A. Service Map
B. Connection troubleshoot
C. Network Performance Monitor
D. Effective routes
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Network Performance Monitor is a cloud-based hybrid network monitoring solution that helps you monitor
network performance between various points in your network infrastructure. It also helps you monitor
network connectivity to service and application endpoints and monitor the performance of Azure
ExpressRoute.
You can monitor network connectivity across cloud deployments and on-premises locations, multiple data
centers, and branch offices and mission-critical multitier applications or microservices. With Performance
Monitor, you can detect network issues before users complain.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/insights/network-performance-monitor
QUESTION 116
You need to ensure that an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) user named Admin1 is assigned the
required role to enable Traffic Analytics for an Azure subscription.
Solution: You assign the Network Contributor role at the subscription level to Admin1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Your account must meet one of the following to enable traffic analytics:
Your account must have any one of the following Azure roles at the subscription scope: owner, contributor,
reader, or network contributor.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/network-watcher/traffic-analytics-faq
QUESTION 117
Solution: You assign the Owner role at the subscription level to Admin1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 118
Solution: You assign the Reader role at the subscription level to Admin1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 119
A. Deployment Center in Azure App Service

B. A Desired State Configuration (DSC) extension
C. the New-AzConfigurationAssignment cmdlet
D. a Microsoft Intune device configuration profile
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Azure virtual machine extensions are small packages that run post-deployment configuration and
automation on Azure virtual machines.
In the following example, the Azure CLI is used to deploy a custom script extension to an existing virtual
machine, which installs a Nginx webserver.
az vm extension set \
--resource-group myResourceGroup \
--vm-name myVM --name customScript \
--publisher Microsoft.Azure.Extensions \
--settings '{"commandToExecute": "apt-get install -y nginx"}
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/framework/devops/automation-configuration
QUESTION 120
A. an Azure Cosmos DB database

B. Azure Blob storage
C. Azure Data Lake Store
D. the Azure File Sync Storage Sync Service
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 121
Solution: You create an event subscription on VM1. You create an alert in Azure Monitor and specify VM1
as the source
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 122
VM1 connects to VNET1.
You need to connect VM1 to VNET2.
Solution: You turn off VM1, and then you add a new network interface to VM1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Instead you should delete VM1. You recreate VM1, and then you add the network interface for VM1.
Note: When you create an Azure virtual machine (VM), you must create a virtual network (VNet) or use an
existing VNet. You can change the subnet a VM is connected to after it's created, but you cannot change
the VNet.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/network-overview
QUESTION 123
You have an Azure subscription that contains a virtual machine named VM1. VM1 hosts a line-of-business
application that is available 24 hours a day. VM1 has one network interface and one managed disk. VM1
uses the D4s v3 size.
You plan to make the following changes to VM1:
1. Change the size to D8s v3.

2. Add a 500-GB managed disk.
3. Add the Puppet Agent extension.
4. Enable Desired State Configuration Management.
Which change will cause downtime for VM1?
A. Enable Desired State Configuration Management

B. Add a 500-GB managed disk
C. Change the size to D8s v3
D. Add the Puppet Agent extension
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
While resizing the VM it must be in a stopped state.
Reference:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/resize-virtual-machines/
QUESTION 124
You have an Azure subscription that contains the virtual machines shown in the following table.
You deploy a load balancer that has the following configurations:
1. Name: LB1
2. Type: Internal
3. SKU: Standard
4. Virtual network: VNET1
You need to ensure that you can add VM1 and VM2 to the backend pool of LB1.
Solution: You create a Standard SKU public IP address, associate the address to the network interface of
VM1, and then stop VM2.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
A Backend Pool configured by IP address has the following limitations:
Standard load balancer only
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/backend-pool-management
QUESTION 125
You have a registered DNS domain named contoso.com.
You create a public Azure DNS zone named contoso.com.
You need to ensure that records created in the contoso.com zone are resolvable from the internet.
What should you do?
A. Create NS records in contoso.com.

B. Modify the SOA record in the DNS domain registrar.
C. Create the SOA record in contoso.com.
D. Modify the NS records in the DNS domain registrar.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/dns-delegate-domain-azure-dns
QUESTION 126
You have an Azure Storage account named storage1 that contains a blob container named container1.
You need to prevent new content added to container1 from being modified for one year.

A. the access tier
B. an access policy
C. the Access control (IAM) settings
D. the access level
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/immutable-storage-overview?tabs=azure-portal
QUESTION 127
You create an Azure Storage account named contosostorage.
You plan to create a file share named data.
Users need to map a drive to the data file share from home computers that run Windows 10.
Which outbound port should be open between the home computers and the data file share?
A. 80
B. 443
C. 445
D. 3389
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Server Message Block (SMB) is used to connect to an Azure file share over the internet. The SMB protocol
requires TCP port 445 to be open.
Incorrect Answers:
A: Port 80 is required for HTTP to a web server
B: Port 443 is required for HTTPS to a web server
D: Port 3389443 is required for Remote desktop protocol (RDP) connections
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-how-to-use-files-windows
QUESTION 128
You plan to back up an Azure virtual machine named VM1.
You discover that the Backup Pre-Check status displays a status of Warning.
What is a possible cause of the Warning status?
A. VM1 is stopped.
B. VM1 does not have the latest version of the Azure VM Agent (WaAppAgent.exe) installed.
C. VM1 has an unmanaged disk.
D. A Recovery Services vault is unavailable.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The Warning state indicates one or more issues in VM’s configuration that might lead to backup failures
and provides recommended steps to ensure successful backups. Not having the latest VM Agent installed,
for example, can cause backups to fail intermittently and falls in this class of issues.
Reference:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/azure-vm-backup-pre-checks/
QUESTION 129
You have an Azure virtual machine named VM1. VM1 was deployed by using a custom Azure Resource
Manager template named ARM1.json.
You receive a notification that VM1 will be affected by maintenance.
You need to move VM1 to a different host immediately.
Solution: From the Overview blade, you move the virtual machine to a different resource group.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You would need to redeploy the VM.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/redeploy-to-new-node
QUESTION 130
Solution: You create an Azure Log Analytics workspace and configure the Agent configuration settings.
You install the Microsoft Monitoring Agent on VM1. You create an alert in Azure Monitor and specify the
Log Analytics workspace as the source.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Alerts in Azure Monitor can identify important information in your Log Analytics repository. They are
created by alert rules that automatically run log searches at regular intervals, and if results of the log
search match particular criteria, then an alert record is created and it can be configured to perform an
automated response.
workspace.
References:
QUESTION 131
You manage a virtual network named VNet1 that is hosted in the West US Azure region.
VNet1 hosts two virtual machines named VM1 and VM2 that run Windows Server.
You need to inspect all the network traffic from VM1 to VM2 for a period of three hours.
Solution: From Azure Monitor, you create a metric on Network In and Network Out.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/updates/general-availability-azure-network-watcher-connection-monitor-
in-all-public-regions/
QUESTION 132
You have an app named App1 that is installed on two Azure virtual machines named VM1 and VM2.
Connections to App1 are managed by using an Azure Load Balancer.
The effective network security configurations for VM2 are shown in the following exhibit.
You discover that connections to App1 from 131.107.100.50 over TCP port 443 fail.
You verify that the Load Balancer rules are configured correctly.
You need to ensure that connections to App1 can be established successfully from 131.107.100.50 over
TCP port 443.
Solution: You create an inbound security rule that denies all traffic from the 131.107.100.50 source and
has a priority of 64999.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://fastreroute.com/azure-network-security-groups-explained/
QUESTION 133
You have a virtual network named VNet1 as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)
No devices are connected to VNet1.
You plan to peer VNet1 to another virtual network named VNet2. VNet2 has an address space of
10.2.0.0/16.
You need to create the peering.
A. Modify the address space of VNet1.

B. Add a gateway subnet to VNet1.
C. Create a subnet on VNet1 and VNet2.
D. Configure a service endpoint on VNet2.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
The virtual networks you peer must have non-overlapping IP address spaces. The exhibit indicates that
VNet1 has an address space of 10.2.0.0/16, which is the same as VNet2, and thus overlaps. We need to
change the address space for VNet1.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-network-manage-peering#requirements-and-
constraints
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-networks-faq
QUESTION 134
VNET1 is linked to a private DNS zone named contoso.com that contains the records shown in the
following table.
You need to ping VM2 from VM1.
Which DNS names can you use to ping VM2?
A. comp2.contoso.com and comp4.contoso.com only

B. comp1.contoso.com, comp2.contoso.com, comp3.contoso.com, and comp4.contoso.com
C. comp2.contoso.com only
D. comp1.contoso.com and comp2.contoso.com only
E. comp1.contoso.com, comp2.contoso.com, and comp4.contoso.com only
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://medium.com/azure-architects/exploring-azure-private-dns-be65de08f780
https://simpledns.plus/help/dns-record-types
QUESTION 135
Computer2.
Solution: On Computer2, you set the Startup type for the IPSec Policy Agent service to Automatic.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 136
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant.
You plan to delete multiple users by using Bulk delete in the Azure Active Directory admin center.
You need to create and upload a file for the bulk delete.
Which user attributes should you include in the file?
A. The user principal name and usage location of each user only
B. The user principal name of each user only
C. The display name of each user only
D. The display name and usage location of each user only
E. The display name and user principal name of each user only
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/enterprise-users/users-bulk-delete
QUESTION 137
Solution: You assign the Traffic Manager Contributor role at the subscription level to Admin1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
With Traffic Manager Contributor role you can manage Traffic Manager profiles, do traffic analysis but does
not let you control who has access to them.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/network-watcher/traffic-analytics
QUESTION 138
You have three offices and an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)
tenant.
You need to grant user management permissions to a local administrator in each office.
A. Azure AD roles
B. administrative units
C. access packages in Azure AD entitlement management
D. Azure roles
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/roles/administrative-units
QUESTION 139
named Dev.
group.
Solution: On Dev, you assign the Logic App Contributor role to the Developers group.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 140
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains a virtual network named VNet1. VNet1
is in a resource group named RG1.
Subscription1 has a user named User1. User1 has the following roles:
1. Reader
2. Security Admin
3. Security Reader
You need to ensure that User1 can assign the Reader role for VNet1 to other users.
What should you do?
A. Remove User1 from the Security Reader role for Subscription1. Assign User1 the Contributor role for
RG1.
B. Assign User1 the Owner role for VNet1.
C. Assign User1 the Contributor role for VNet1.
D. Assign User1 the Network Contributor role for VNet1.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/rbac-and-directory-admin-roles
QUESTION 141
A. Azure File Storage

B. an Azure Cosmos DB database
C. Azure Data Factory
D. Azure SQL Database
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/import-export/storage-import-export-service
QUESTION 142
You have web apps in the West US, Central US and East US Azure regions.
You have the App Service plans shown in the following table.
You plan to create an additional App Service plan named ASP5 that will use the Linux operating system.
You need to identify in which of the currently used locations you can deploy ASP5.
A. West US, Central US, or East US

B. Central US only
C. East US only
D. West US only
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/app-service-plan-manage
QUESTION 143
A. the New-AzConfigurationAssignment cmdlet

B. a Desired State Configuration (DSC) extension
C. Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Application Proxy
D. Azure Application Insights
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/extensions/dsc-overview
QUESTION 144
You have an Azure subscription that contains two virtual machines named VM1 and VM2.
You create an Azure load balancer.
You plan to create a load balancing rule that will load balance HTTPS traffic between VM1 and VM2.
Which two additional load balancer resources should you create before you can create the load balancing
rule? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
A. a frontend IP address
B. an inbound NAT rule
C. a virtual network
D. a backend pool
E. a health probe
Correct Answer: DE
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/components
QUESTION 145
You have five Azure virtual machines that run Windows Server 2016. The virtual machines are configured
as web servers.
You have an Azure load balancer named LB1 that provides load balancing services for the virtual
machines.
You need to ensure that visitors are serviced by the same web server for each request.
A. Session persistence to Client IP and protocol

B. Protocol to UDP
C. Session persistence to None
D. Floating IP (direct server return) to Enabled
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-distribution-mode?tabs=azure-portal
QUESTION 146
You have an Azure subscription that uses the public IP addresses shown in the following table.
You need to create a public Azure Standard Load Balancer.
Which public IP addresses can you use?
A. IP1, IP2, and IP3

B. IP2 only
C. IP3 only
D. IP1 and IP3 only
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Matching SKUs are required for load balancer and public IP resources. You can't have a mixture of Basic
SKU resources and standard SKU resources.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/ip-services/public-ip-addresses
QUESTION 147
You are deploying an Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) cluster that will contain multiple pods. The pods will
use kubernet networking.
You need to restrict network traffic between the pods.
What should you configure on the AKS cluster?

A. the Azure network policy
B. the Calico network policy
C. pod security policies
D. an application security group
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/aks/use-network-policies
QUESTION 148
You use Azure Backup to create a backup of VM1 named Backup1.
After creating Backup1, you perform the following changes to VM1:
1. Modify the size of VM1.

2. Copy a file named Budget.xls to a folder named Data.
3. Reset the password for the built-in administrator account.
4. Add a data disk to VM1.
An administrator uses the Replace existing option to restore VM1 from Backup1.
You need to ensure that all the changes to VM1 are restored.
Which change should you perform again?
A. Modify the size of VM1.

B. Reset the password for the built-in administrator account.
C. Add a data disk.
D. Copy Budget.xls to Data.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/about-azure-vm-restore
Mix Questions B
QUESTION 1
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains an Azure virtual network named
VNet1. VNet1 connects to your on-premises network by using Azure ExpressRoute.
You plan to prepare the environment for automatic failover in case of ExpressRoute failure.
You need to connect VNet1 to the on-premises network by using a site-to-site VPN. The solution must
minimize cost.
A. Create a local site VPN gateway.

B. Create a VPN gateway that uses the VpnGw1 SKU.
C. Create a VPN gateway that uses the Basic SKU.
D. Create a gateway subnet.
E. Create a connection.
Correct Answer: ABE

Explanation
Create a Connection: You need to link the ExpressRoute gateway to the ExpressRoute circuit. After this
step has been completed, the connection between your on-premises network and Azure through
ExpressRoute will be established. Hence this is correct option. Create a local site VPN gateway : This will
allow you to provide the local gateway settings, for example public IP and the on-premises address space,
so that the Azure VPN gateway can connect to it. Hence this is correct option.
Create a VPN gateway that uses the VpnGw1 SKU : The GatewaySku is only supported for VpnGw1,
VpnGw2, VpnGw3, Standard, and HighPerformance VPN gateways. ExpressRoute-VPN Gateway coexist
configurations are not supported on the Basic SKU. The VpnType must be RouteBased. Hence this is
correct option.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-howto-site-to-site-resource- manager-
portal
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/expressroute/expressroute-howto-coexist-resource- manager
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/expressroute/expressroute-howto-linkvnet-arm
QUESTION 2
You have an Azure subscription that contains a virtual network named VNET1. VNET1 contains the
subnets shown in the following table.
Each virtual machine uses a static IP address.
You need to create network security groups (NSGs) to meet following requirements:
1. Allow web requests from the internet to VM3, VM4, VM5, and VM6.
2. Allow all connections between VM1 and VM2.
3. Allow Remote Desktop connections to VM1.
4. Prevent all other network traffic to VNET1.
What is the minimum number of NSGs you should create?
A. 1
B. 3
C. 4
D. 12
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Each network security group also contains default security rules.
Note: A network security group (NSG) contains a list of security rules that allow or deny network traffic to
resources connected to Azure Virtual Networks (VNet). NSGs can be associated to subnets, individual
VMs (classic), or individual network interfaces (NIC) attached to VMs (Resource Manager).
Reference:
QUESTION 3
You have a public load balancer that balances ports 80 and 443 across three virtual machines.
You need to direct all the Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) connections to VM3 only.
A. a load balancing rule

B. a new public load balancer for VM3
C. an inbound NAT rule
D. a frontend IP configuration
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
To port forward traffic to a specific port on specific VMs use an inbound network address translation (NAT)
rule.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-overview an inbound NAT rule :
Create a load balancer inbound network address translation (NAT) rule to forward traffic from a specific
port of the front-end IP address to a specific port of a back-end VM.
Hence this option is Correct
a load balancing rule : Incorrect Choice
A load balancer rule defines how traffic is distributed to the VMs. The rule defines the front-end IP
configuration for incoming traffic, the back-end IP pool to receive the traffic, and the required source and
destination ports.
a new public load balancer for VM3 : Incorrect Choice
This option will not help you since this will route all traffic to VM3 only.
a frontend IP configuration : Incorrect Choice
When you define an Azure Load Balancer, a frontend and a backend pool configuration are connected with
rules. The health probe referenced by the rule is used to determine how new flows are sent to a node in
the backend pool. The frontend (aka VIP) is defined by a 3-tuple comprised of an IP address (public or
internal), a transport protocol (UDP or TCP), and a port number from the load balancing rule. The backend
pool is a collection of Virtual Machine IP configurations (part of the NIC resource) which reference the
Load Balancer backend pool.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/tutorial-load-balancer-port-forwarding-portal
https://pixelrobots.co.uk/2017/08/azure-load-balancer-for-rds/
QUESTION 4
You have two subscriptions named Subscription1 and Subscription2. Each subscription is associated to a
different Azure AD tenant.
Subscription1 contains a virtual network named VNet1. VNet1 contains an Azure virtual machine named
VM1 and has an IP address space of 10.0.0.0/16.
Subscription2 contains a virtual network named VNet2. VNet2 contains an Azure virtual machine named
VM2 and has an IP address space of 10.10.0.0/24.
You need to connect VNet1 to VNet2.
A. Move VNet1 to Subscription2.

B. Modify the IP address space of VNet2.
C. Provision virtual network gateways.
D. Move VM1 to Subscription2.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
The virtual networks can be in the same or different regions, and from the same or different subscriptions.
When connecting VNets from different subscriptions, the subscriptions do not need to be associated with
the same Active Directory tenant.
Configuring a VNet-to-VNet connection is a good way to easily connect VNets. Connecting a virtual
network to another virtual network using the VNet-to-VNet connection type (VNet2VNet) is similar to
creating a Site-to-Site IPsec connection to an on-premises location. Both connectivity types use a VPN
gateway to provide a secure tunnel using IPsec/IKE, and both function the same way when
communicating. The local network gateway for each VNet treats the other VNet as a local site. This lets
you specify additional address space for the local network gateway in order to route traffic.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-howto-vnet-vnet-resource- manager-
portal
QUESTION 5
in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated goals. Some questions sets
You deploy an Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) cluster named AKS1.
You need to deploy a YAML file to AKS1.
Solution: From Azure Cloud Shell, you run az aks.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Installing Azure CLI doesn't mean that Azure Kubernates client is installed. So before running kubectl client
command, you have install kubectl, the Kubernetes command-line client. First need to run az aks install-cli
to install Kubernetes CLI, which is kubectl
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cli/azure/aks?view=azure-cli-latest
QUESTION 6
Solution: From the Azure CLI, you run the kubectl client.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Installing Azure CLI doesn't mean that Azure Kubernates client is installed. So before running kubectl client
command, you have install kubectl, the Kubernetes command-line client. First need to run az aks install-cli
to install Kubernetes CLI, which is kubectl Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cli/azure/aks?view=azure-cli-latest
QUESTION 7
Solution: From the Azure CLI, you run azcopy.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Kubectl is not installed by installing AZ ClI. As stated Azure CLI is already available but installing Azure CLI
doesn't mean that Azure Kubernates client is also installed. So before running any aks command, we have
to install kubectl, the Kubernetes command-line client. az aks install-cli Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/aks/kubernetes-walkthrough#connect-to-the-cluster
QUESTION 8
than one correct solution, while others might not have a correct solution. After you answer a question in
this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result, these questions will not appear in the review
screen.
Connections to App1 are managed by using an Azure Load Balancer. The effective network security
configurations for VM2 are shown in the following exhibit.
You discover that connections to App1 from 131.107.100.50 over TCP port 443 fail. You verify that the
Load Balancer rules are configured correctly.
TCP port 443.
Solution: You modify the priority of the Allow_131.107.100.50 inbound security rule.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 9
TCP port 443.
Solution: You create an inbound security rule that allows any traffic from the AzureLoadBalancer source
and has a cost of 150.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/network-security-groups-overview
QUESTION 10
screen. You have an app named App1 that is installed on two Azure virtual machines named VM1 and
VM2. Connections to App1 are managed by using an Azure Load Balancer. The effective network security
configurations for VM2 are shown in the following exhibit.
You discover that connections to App1 from 131.107.100.50 over TCP port 443 fail. You verify that the
Load Balancer rules are configured correctly.
TCP port 443.
has a cost of 64999.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 11
Store1 contains a file share named data. Data contains 5,000 files.
You need to synchronize the files in the file share named data to an on-premises server named Server1.
A. Download an automation script.

B. Create a container instance.
C. Create a sync group.
D. Register Server1.
E. Install the Azure File Sync agent on Server1.
Correct Answer: CDE

Explanation
Step 1 (E): Install the Azure File Sync agent on Server1 The Azure File Sync agent is a downloadable
package that enables Windows Server to be synced with an Azure file share
Step 2 (D): Register Server1.

Register Windows Server with Storage Sync Service
Registering your Windows Server with a Storage Sync Service establishes a trust relationship between
your server (or cluster) and the Storage Sync Service.
Step 3 (C): Create a sync group and a cloud endpoint.

A sync group defines the sync topology for a set of files. Endpoints within a sync group are kept in sync
with each other. A sync group must contain one cloud endpoint, which represents an Azure file share and
one or more server endpoints.A server endpoint represents a path on registered server.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-sync-files-deployment-guide
QUESTION 12
A. Azure SQL Database

C. An Azure Cosmos DB database
D. The Azure File Sync Storage Sync Service
E. Azure Data Factory
F. A virtual machine
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
References:
QUESTION 13
A. an Azure Cosmos DB database

C. the Azure File Sync Storage Sync Service
D. Azure Data Factory
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Azure Files by shipping disk drives to an Azure datacenter. The maximum size of an Azure Files Resource
of a file share is 5 TB.
References:
QUESTION 14
You plan to automate the deployment of a virtual machine scale set that uses the Windows Server 2016
Datacenter image.
You need to ensure that when the scale set virtual machines are provisioned, they have web server
components installed.
A. Modify the extensionProfile section of the Azure Resource Manager template.

B. Create a new virtual machine scale set in the Azure portal.
C. Create an Azure policy.
D. Create an automation account.
E. Upload a configuration script.
Correct Answer: AB
Explanation
Virtual Machine Scale Sets can be used with the Azure Desired State Configuration (DSC) extension
handler. Virtual machine scale sets provide a way to deploy and manage large numbers of virtual
machines, and can elastically scale in and out in response to load. DSC is used to configure the VMs as
they come online so they are running the production software.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machine-scale-sets/virtual-machine-scale-sets-dsc
QUESTION 15
You have a deployment template named Template1 that is used to deploy 10 Azure web apps.
You need to identify what to deploy before you deploy Template1. The solution must minimize Azure costs.
A. 10 App Service plans

B. one Azure Traffic Manager
C. five Azure Application Gateways
D. one App Service plan
E. one Azure Application Gateway
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
You create Azure web apps in an App Service plan.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/overview-hosting-plans
QUESTION 16
You have an Azure subscription that contains a virtual machine named VM1. VM1 hosts a line-of- business
application that is available 24 hours a day. VM1 has one network interface and one managed disk. VM1
uses the D4s v3 size.
You plan to make the following changes to VM1:
1. Change the size to D8s v3.

2. Add a 500-GB managed disk.
3. Add the Puppet Agent extension.
4. Attach an additional network interface.
Which change will cause downtime for VM1?
A. Add a 500-GB managed disk.

B. Attach an additional network interface.
C. Add the Puppet Agent extension.
D. Change the size to D8s v3.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
While resizing the VM it must be in a stopped state.
References:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/resize-virtual-machines/
QUESTION 17
You have an Azure subscription that contains 100 virtual machines.
You regularly create and delete virtual machines.
You need to identify unattached disks that can be deleted.
What should you do?
A. From Azure Advisor, modify the Advisor configuration.

B. From Azure Cost Management view Cost Analysis.
C. From Azure Cost Management view Advisor Recommendations.
D. From Microsoft Azure Storage Explorer, view the Account Management properties.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
You can find unused disks in the Azure Storage Explorer console.Once you drill down to the Blob
containers under a storage account, you can see the lease state of the residing VHD (the lease state
determines if the VHD is being used by any resource) and the VM to which it is leased out. If you find that
the lease state and the VM fields are blank, it means that the VHD in question is unused. The screenshot
below shows two active VHDs being used by VMs as data and OS disks. The name of the VM and lease
state are shown in the "VM Name" and "Lease State" columns, respectively.
Reference:
https://cloud.netapp.com/blog/reduce-azure-storage-costs
QUESTION 18
You plan to create the Azure web apps shown in the following table.
What is the minimum number of App Service plans you should create for the web apps?
A. 1
B. 2
C. 3
D. 4
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
NET Core -> window/linux ASP .NET -> window PHP -> window/linux Ruby ->Linux
QUESTION 19
You have two Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenants named contoso.com and fabrikam.com.
You have a Microsoft account that you use to sign in to both tenants.
You need to configure the default sign-in tenant for the Azure portal.
What should you do?
A. From the Azure portal, configure the portal settings.

B. From the Azure portal, change the directory.
C. From Azure Cloud Shell, run Set-AzureRmContext.
D. From Azure Cloud Shell, run Set-AzureRmSubscription.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The Set-AzureRmContext cmdlet sets authentication information for cmdlets that you run in the current
session. The context includes tenant, subscription, and environment information.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/azurerm.profile/set-azurermcontext
QUESTION 20
You have two Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenants named contoso.com and fabrikam.com. You have
a Microsoft account that you use to sign in to both tenants. You need to configure the default sign-in tenant
for the Azure portal.
What should you do?
A. From the Azure portal, change the directory.

B. From Azure Cloud Shell, run Set-AzContext.
C. From the Azure portal, configure the portal settings.
D. From Azure Cloud Shell, run Select- AzSubscription.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 21
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains an Azure virtual network named VM1.
VM1 is in a resource group named RG1.
VM1 runs services that will be used to deploy resources to RG1.
You need to ensure that a service running on VM1 can manage the resources in RG1 by using the identity
of VM1.
A. From the Azure portal modify the Access control (IAM) settings of VM1.
B. From the Azure portal, modify the Policies settings of RG1.
C. From the Azure portal, modify the value of the Managed Service Identity option for VM1.
D. From the Azure portal, modify the Access control (IAM) settings of RG1.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
A managed identity from Azure Active Directory allows your app to easily access other AAD- protected
resources such as Azure Key Vault. The identity is managed by the Azure platform and does not require
you to provision or rotate any secrets.
User assigned managed identities can be used on Virtual Machines and Virtual Machine Scale Sets.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/app-service-managed-service-identity
QUESTION 22
protocol. VM1 is used as a web server only.
You need to ensure that users can connect to the website from the Internet.
What should you do?
A. Create a new inbound rule that allows TCP protocol 443 and configure the protocol to have a priority of
501.
B. For Rule5, change the Action to Allow and change the priority to 401.
C. Delete Rule1.
D. Modify the protocol of Rule4.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Rule 2 is blocking HTTPS access (port 443) and has a priority of 500. Changing Rule 5 (ports 50-5000)
and giving it a lower priority number will allow access on port 443. Note: Rules are processed in priority
order, with lower numbers processed before higher numbers, because lower numbers have higher priority.
Once traffic matches a rule, processing stops.
HTTPS uses port 443.

Rule2, with priority 500, denies HTTPS traffic.
Rule5, with priority changed from 2000 to 401, would allow HTTPS traffic.
Note: Priority is a number between 100 and 4096. Rules are processed in priority order, with lower
numbers processed before higher numbers, because lower numbers have higher priority. Once traffic
matches a rule, processing stops. As a result, any rules that exist with lower priorities (higher numbers)
that have the same attributes as rules with higher priorities are not processed.
References:
QUESTION 23
You have the Azure virtual networks shown in the following table.
To which virtual networks can you establish a peering connection from VNet1?
A. VNet2 and VNet3 only

B. VNet2 only
C. VNet3 and VNet4 only
D. VNet2, VNet3, and VNet4
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
You can connect virtual networks to each other with virtual network peering. These virtual networks can be
in the same region or different regions (also known as Global VNet peering).
Once virtual networks are peered, resources in both virtual networks are able to communicate with each
other, with the same latency and bandwidth as if the resources were in the same virtual network. Global
VNet Peering is now generally available in all Azure public regions, excluding the China, Germany, and
Azure Government regions.
The address space is the most critical configuration for a VNet in Azure. This is the IP range for the entire
network that will be divided into subnets.
The address space can almost be any IP range that you wish (public or private).
You can add multiple address spaces to a VNet.
To ensure this VNet can be connected to other networks, the address space should never overlap with any
other networks in your environment. If a VNet has an address space that overlaps with another Azure VNet
or on- premises network, the networks cannot be connected, as the routing of traffic will not work properly.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/tutorial-connect-virtual-networks-portal
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/tutorial-connect-virtual-networks-portal
https://azure.microsoft.com/ en-in/updates/general-availability-global-vnet-peering/#:~:text=Global%
20VNet%20Peering%20is%20now,transit%20over%20the%20public%20int ernet.
https://www.microsoftpressstore.com/articles/article.aspx?p=2873369
QUESTION 24
You have an Azure subscription that contains the following storage account:
You need 10 create a request to Microsoft Support to perform a live migration of storage1 to Zone
Redundant Storage (ZRS) replication. How should you modify storage1 before the Live migration?
A. Set the replication to Locally-redundant storage (IRS)

B. Disable Advanced threat protection
C. Remove the lock
D. Set the access tier to Hot
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
If you want to live migration from RA-GRS to ZRS, at first you have to Switch the storage tier to LRS and
then only you can request a live migration.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/redundancy-migration?toc=%2Fazure%
2Fstorage%2Fblobs%2Ftoc.json&tabs=portal
QUESTION 25
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that syncs to on-premises Active Directory and
contains the users shown in the following table.
You create a group named Group1 and add User1 to the group. You need to configure the ownership of
Group 1. Which users can you add as owners of Group1?
A. East US, West Europe, and North Europe

B. East US and West Europe only
C. East US only
D. East US and North Europe only
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Before creating a network interface, you must have an existing virtual network in the same location and
subscription you create a network interface in.
Reference:
QUESTION 26
You have an Azure subscription that contains a user account named User1. You need to ensure that
User1 can assign a policy to the tenant root management group.
What should you do?
A. Assign the Global administrator role to User1, and then instruct User1 to configure access
B. Assign the Global administrator role to User1, and then modify the default conditional access policies.
C. Assign the Owner role to User1. and then modify the default conditional access policies.
D. Assign the Owner role to User1. and then instruct User1 to configure access management for Azure
resources.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 27
You have an Azure subscription named Subcription1 that contains the storage accounts shown in the
following table.
You plan 10 use the Azure Import/Export service to export data from Subscription1.
A. storage1
B. storage2
C. storage3
D. storage4
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Azure Import/Export service supports the following of storage accounts:
1. Standard General Purpose v2 storage accounts (recommended for most scenarios)
2. Blob Storage accounts
3. General Purpose v1 storage accounts (both Classic or Azure Resource Manager deployments), Azure
Import/Export service supports the following storage types
4. Import supports Azure Blob storage and Azure File storage ?Export supports Azure Blob storage
Reference:
QUESTION 28
Computer2.
Solution: You join Computer2 to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
A client computer that connects to a VNet using Point-to-Site must have a client certificate installed.
References:
QUESTION 29
Solution: You delete VM1. You recreate VM1, and then you create a new network interface for VM1 and
connect it to VNET2.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 30
Solution: You move VM1 to RG2, and then you add a new network interface to VM1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Instead you should delete VM1. You recreate VM1, and then you add the network interface for VM1. Note:
When you create an Azure virtual machine (VM), you must create a virtual network (VNet) or use an
the VNet.
References:
QUESTION 31

Solution: You create a new network interface, and then you add the network interface to VM1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
the VNet.
References:
QUESTION 32
VM1.
You have a computer named Computer1 that runs Windows 10. Computer1 is connected to the Internet.
You add a network interface named VM1173 to VM1 as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)
From Computer1, you attempt to connect to VM1 by using Remote Desktop, but the connection fails.
A. Change the priority of the RDP rule.

B. Delete the DenyAlllnBound rule.
C. Start VM1.
D. Attach a network interface.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Note: Rules are processed in priority order, with lower numbers processed before higher numbers,
because lower numbers have higher priority. Once traffic matches a rule, processing stops. As a result,
any rules that exist with lower priorities (higher numbers) that have the same attributes as rules with higher
priorities are not processed.
References:
QUESTION 33
You create the following resources in an Azure subscription:
1. An Azure Container Registry instance named Registry1.

2. An Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) cluster named Cluster1.
You create a container image named App1 on your administrative workstation.
You need to deploy App1 to Cluster1.
A. Create a host pool on Cluster1.

B. Run the az acr build command.
C. Run the docker build command.
D. Run the docker push command.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Run the az acr build command : Correct Choice
az acr build command queues a quick build, providing streaming logs for an Azure Container Registry az
acr build --registry
[--agent-pool]
[--auth-mode {Default, None}]
[--build-arg]
[--file]
[--image]
[--no-format]
[--no-logs]
[--no-push]
[--no-wait]
[--platform]
[--resource-group]
[--secret-build-arg]
[--subscription]
[--target]
[--timeout]
[<SOURCE_LOCATION>]
Create a host pool on Cluster1 : Incorrect Choice
Host pools are a collection of one or more identical virtual machines (VMs) within Windows Virtual Desktop
environments. It won't deploy the app to the cluster.
Run the docker push command : Incorrect Choice
Use docker push to share your images to the Docker Hub registry or to a self-hosted one. It won't deploy
the app to the cluster.
Run the docker build command : Incorrect Choice
This command will build an image from a Dockerfile. But in the question it has been said that image file is
already built and need to deploy. This command will not deploy the image.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cli/azure/acr?view=azure-cli-latest#az-acr-build https://docs.docker.com/
engine/reference/commandline/push/ https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-desktop/create-host-
pools-azure-marketplace https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/build/
QUESTION 34
this section, you will NOT be able to return to it. As a result these questions will not appear in the review
screen.

Solution: You delete VM1. You recreate VM1, and then you create a new network interface for VM1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
the VNet.
References:
QUESTION 35
You have an Azure DNS zone named adatum.com. You need to delegate a subdomain named
research.adatum.com to a different DNS server in Azure. What should you do?
A. Create an PTR record named research in the adatum.com zone.

B. Create an NS record named research in the adatum.com zone.
C. Modify the SOA record of adatum.com.
D. Create an A record named ".research in the adatum.com zone.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You need to create a name server (NS) record for the zone.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/delegate-subdomain
QUESTION 36
Your company has a main office in London that contains 100 client computers.
Three years ago, you migrated to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD).
The company’s security policy states that all personal devices and corporate-owned devices must be
registered or joined to Azure AD.
A remote user named User1 is unable to join a personal device to Azure AD from a home network.
You verify that User1 was able to join devices to Azure AD in the past.
You need to ensure that User1 can join the device to Azure AD.
What should you do?
A. From the Device settings blade, modify the Users may join devices to Azure AD setting.
B. From the Device settings blade, modify the Maximum number of devices per user setting.
C. Create a point-to-site VPN from the home network of User1 to Azure.
D. Assign the User administrator role to User1.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The Maximum number of devices setting enables you to select the maximum number of devices that a
user can have in Azure AD. If a user reaches this quota, they will not be able to add additional devices until
one or more of the existing devices are removed.
Incorrect Answers:
A: The Users may join devices to Azure AD setting enables you to select the users who can join devices to
Azure AD. Options are All, Selected and None. The default is All.
C: Azure AD Join enables users to join their devices to Active Directory from anywhere as long as they
have connectivity with the Internet.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/devices/device-management-azure-portal http://
techgenix.com/pros-and-cons-azure-ad-join/
QUESTION 37
You have an Azure subscription that contains a user named User1.
You need to ensure that User1 can deploy virtual machines and manage virtual networks. The solution
must use the principle of least privilege.
Which role-based access control (RBAC) role should you assign to User1?
A. Owner
B. Virtual Machine Contributor
C. Contributor
D. Virtual Machine Administrator Login
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Virtual Machine Contributor: Lets you manage virtual machines, but not access to them, and not the virtual
network or storage account they're connected to.
Incorrect Answers:
A: Owner: Grants full access to manage all resources, including the ability to assign roles in Azure RBAC.
C: Contributor: Grants full access to manage all resources, but does not allow you to assign roles in Azure
RBAC.
D: Virtual Machine Administrator Login: View Virtual Machines in the portal and login as administrator.
Reference:
QUESTION 38
You need to deploy Application1 to Cluster1. Which command should you run?
A. az acr build
B. az ales create
C. kubect1 apply
D. docker build
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 39
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contosocloud.onmicrosoft.com.
Your company has a public DNS zone for contoso.com.
You add contoso.com as a custom domain name to Azure AD. You need to ensure that Azure can verify
the domain name.
Which type of DNS record should you create?
A. NSEC
B. PTR
C. DNSKEY
D. TXT
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
TXT : Correct Choice
You need to go to your hosting domain registrar and add in a TXT record.
NSEC3 : Incorrect Choice
This is Part of DNSSEC. This is used for explicit denial-of-existence of a DNS record. It is used to prove a
name does not exist.
RRSIG : Incorrect Choice
This contains a cryptographic signature.
DNSKEY : Incorrect Choice
This will verify that the records are originating from an authorized sender.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/add-custom-domain
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/fundamentals/add-custom-domain#verify-your-
custom-domain-name
https://www.cloudflare.com/dns/dnssec/how-dnssec-works/#:~:text=DNSKEY%20%2D%20Contains%20a
%20public%20signing,s)%20in%20the%20parent %20zone.
QUESTION 40
You have an Azure subscription that contains a resource group named RG26.
RG26 is set to the West Europe location and is used to create temporary resources for a project. RG26
contains the resources shown in the following table.
SQLDB01 is backed up to RGV1.
When the project is complete, you attempt to delete RG26 from the Azure portal. The deletion fails.
You need to delete RG26.
A. Stop the backup of SQLDB01.

B. Delete sa001.
C. Delete VM1.
D. StopVM1.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
You can't delete a vault that contains backup data. So in this case at first you have to delete the backup of
'SQLD01' before you attempt to delete the vault.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-azure-delete-vault
QUESTION 41
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains a virtual network named VNet1.
VNet1 is in a resource group named RG1.
1. Reader
2. Security Admin
3. Security Reader
What should you do?
A. Assign User1 the Contributor role for VNet1.

B. Remove User from the Security Reader and Reader roles tot Subscription1.
C. Assign User1 the Network Contributor role for VNet1.
D. Assign User1 the User Access Administrator role for VNet1
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
The User Access Administrator role allows you to manage user access to Azure resources.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/built-in-roles#user-access-administrator
QUESTION 42
You deploy an Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) cluster named Cluster1 that uses the IP addresses shown
You need to provide internet users with access to the applications that run in Cluster1.
Which IP address should you include in the DNS record for Cluster1?
A. 172.17.7.1
B. 131.107.2.1
C. 192.168.10.2
D. 10.0.10.11
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
When any internet user will try to access the cluster which is behind a load balancer, traffic will first hit to
load balancer front end IP. So in the DNS configuration you have to provide the IP address of the load
balancer.
Reference:
https://stackoverflow.com/questions/43660490/giving-a-dns-name-to-azure-load-balancer
QUESTION 43
You need to deploy an Azure virtual machine scale set that contains five instances as quickly as possible.
What should you do?
A. Deploy five virtual machines. Modify the Size setting for each virtual machine.
B. Deploy live virtual machines. Modify the Availability Zones setting for each virtual machine.
C. Deploy one virtual machine scale set that is set to ScaleSetVM orchestration mode.
D. Deploy one virtual machine scale set that is set to VM (virtual machines) orchestration mode.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machine-scale-sets/orchestration-modes
QUESTION 44
To which subnets can you apply NSG1?
A. the subnets on VNet1 only

B. the subnets on VNet2 only
C. the subnets on VNet3 only
D. the subnets on VNet2. VNet2, and VNet3
E. the subnets on VNet2 and VNet3 only
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
All Azure resources are created in an Azure region and subscription. A resource can only be created in a
virtual network that exists in the same region and subscription as the resource.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-network-vnet-plan-design-arm
QUESTION 45
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains two Azure virtual networks named
VNet1 and VNet2. VNet1 contains a VPN gateway named VPNGW1 that uses static routing. There is a
site-to-site VPN connection between your on-premises network and VNet1.
On a computer named Client1 that runs Windows 10, you configure a point-to-site VPN connection to
VNet1.
You configure virtual network peering between VNet1 and VNet2. You verify that you can connect to VNet2
from the on-premises network. Client1 is unable to connect to VNet2.
You need to ensure that you can connect Client1 to VNet2.
What should you do?
A. Select Allow gateway transit on VNet2.

B. Select Allow gateway transit on VNet1.
C. Download and te-install the VPN client configuration package on Client1.
D. Enable BGP on VPNGW1
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-about-point-to-site-routing
QUESTION 46
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1. Subscription1 contains the resource groups in the
following table.
RG1 has a web app named WebApp1. WebApp1 is located in West Europe.
You move WebApp1 to RG2.
What is the effect of the move?
A. The App Service plan to WebApp1 moves to North Europe. Policy2 applies to WebApp1.
B. The App Service plan to WebApp1 moves to North Europe. Policy1 applies to WebApp1.
C. The App Service plan to WebApp1 remains to West Europe. Policy2 applies to WebApp1.
D. The App Service plan to WebApp1 remains to West Europe. Policy1 applies to WebApp1.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
You can move an app to another App Service plan, as long as the source plan and the target plan are in
the same resource group and geographical region. The region in which your app runs is the region of the
App Service plan it's in. However, you cannot change an App Service plan's region.
References:
QUESTION 47
You have an Azure subscription that contains a resource group named RG1. RG1 contains 100 virtual
machines.
Your company has three cost centers named Manufacturing, Sales, and Finance.
You need to associate each virtual machine to a specific cost center.
What should you do?
A. Add an extension to the virtual machines.

B. Modify the inventory settings of the virtual machine.
C. Assign tags to the virtual machines.
D. Configure locks for the virtual machine.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
You apply tags to your Azure resources, resource groups, and subscriptions to logically organize them into
a taxonomy. Each tag consists of a name and a value pair. For example, you can apply the name
"Environment" and the value "Production" to all the resources in production
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/billing/billing-getting-started
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/resource-group-using-tags
QUESTION 48
Solution: From the Subscriptions blade, you select the subscription, and then click Resource providers.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Through activity logs, you can determine:
1. what operations were taken on the resources in your subscription
2. who started the operation
5. the values of other properties that might help you research the operation
1. On the Azure portal menu, select Monitor, or search for and select Monitor from any page

Reference:
QUESTION 49
You have a resource group named RG1. RG1 contains an Azure Storage account named storageaccount1
and a virtual machine named VM1 that runs Windows Server 2016. Storageaccount1 contains the disk files
for VM1. You apply a ReadOnly lock to RG1.
What can you do from the Azure portal?
A. Generate an automation script for RG1.

B. View the keys of storageaccount1.
C. Upload a blob to storageaccount1.
D. Start VM1.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Applying locks can lead to unexpected results because some operations that don't seem to modify the
resource actually require actions that are blocked by the lock. Locks are inherited to all of its resources if it
applies on resource group level. Upload a blob to storageaccount1 is possible if we have readonly lock on
RG1 since we are trying to modify the data not resource properties. When a R/O lock is put on a resource,
you lock it's properties not the resource. So while a read only lock is present on a storage account
(inherited from a resource group), a file can still be uploaded to the already existing container of a storage
account.
Incorrect Answers:
Generate an automation script for RG1 is NOT possible in read only mode. A read-only lock on a storage
account prevents all users from listing the keys. The list keys operation is handled through a POST request
because the returned keys are available for write operations. When we tried to read the Access Key of the
Storage Account , get the below message. Access blocked The resource is locked Cannot access the data
plane because of a read lock on the resource or its parent.
A read-only lock on a resource group that contains a virtual machine prevents all users from starting or
restarting the virtual machine. These operations require a POST request.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/management/lock-resources
QUESTION 50
You have 100 Azure virtual machines.
You need to quickly identify underutilized virtual machines that can have their service tier changed to a
less expensive offering.
Which blade should you use?
A. Metrics
B. Customer insights
C. Monitor
D. Advisor
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/advisor/advisor-cost-recommendations
https://docs.microsoft.com/bs-latn-ba/azure/cost-management/tutorial-acm-opt-recommendations
Advisor helps you optimize and reduce your overall Azure spend by identifying idle and underutilized
resources.
You can get cost recommendations from the Cost tab on the Advisor dashboard.
QUESTION 51
You are the global administrator for an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenet named adatum.com. You
need to enable two-step verification for Azure users.
What should you do?
A. Create a sign-in risk policy in Azure AD Identity Protection

B. Enable Azure AD Privileged Identity Management.
C. Create and configure the Identity Hub.
D. Configure a security policy in Azure Security Center.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Identity Protection analyzes signals from each sign-in, both real-time and offline, and calculates a risk
score based on the probability that the sign-in wasn't performed by the user. Administrators can make a
decision based on this risk score signal to enforce organizational requirements. Administrators can choose
to block access, allow access, or allow access but require multi-factor authentication. If risk is detected,
users can perform multi-factor authentication to self-remediate and close the risky sign-in event to prevent
unnecessary noise for administrators. With Azure Active Directory Identity Protection, you can:
1. require users to register for multi-factor authentication

2. handle risky sign-ins and compromised users
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/identity-protection/flows
QUESTION 52
You plan to move services from your on-premises network to Azure. You identify several virtual machines
that you believe can be hosted in Azure. The virtual machines are shown in the following table.
Which two virtual machines can you access by using Azure migrate? Each correct answer presents a
complete solution.
A. Sea-CA0l
B. Hou-NW01
C. NYC-FS01
D. Sea-DC01
E. BOS-DB01
Correct Answer: CE
Explanation
Azure Migrate provides a centralized hub to assess and migrate to Azure on-premises servers,
infrastructure, applications, and data. It provides the following:
Unified migration platform: A single portal to start, run, and track your migration to Azure. Range of tools: A
range of tools for assessment and migration. Azure Migrate tools include Server Assessment and Azure
Migrate: Server Migration. Azure Migrate also integrates with other Azure services and tools, and with
independent software vendor (ISV) offerings. Assessment and migration: In the Azure Migrate hub, you
can assess and migrate:
Servers: Assess on-premises servers and migrate them to Azure virtual machines or Azure VMware
Solution (AVS) (Preview).
Databases: Assess on-premises databases and migrate them to Azure SQL Database or to SQL Managed
Instance.
Web applications: Assess on-premises web applications and migrate them to Azure App Service by using
the Azure App Service Migration Assistant. Virtual desktops: Assess your on-premises virtual desktop
infrastructure (VDI) and migrate it to Windows Virtual Desktop in Azure.
Data: Migrate large amounts of data to Azure quickly and cost-effectively using Azure Data Box products.
Based on this information let's analyze each option:
NYC-FS01 : Its role "Server" fall under above categories. Hence it can be accessed by using Azure
migrate.
BOS-DB01 : Its role "server" fall under above categories. Hence it can be accessed by using Azure
migrate.
Sea-CA01 : Its role "CA" does not fall under above categories. Hence it can not be accessed by using
Azure migrate.
Hou-NW01 : Its role "DNS" does not fall under above categories. Hence it can not be accessed by using
Azure migrate.
Sea-DC01 : Its role "DC" does not fall under above categories. Hence it can not be accessed by using
Azure migrate.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/migrate/migrate-services-overview
QUESTION 53
You have a Basic App Service plan named ASP1 that hosts an Azure App Service named App1. You need
to configure a custom domain and enable backups for App1.
A. Configure a WebJob for App1.

B. Scale up ASP1.
C. Scale out ASP1.
D. Configure the application settings for App1.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Scale up ASP1 : Correct
Basic App service plan does not support backup/restore.
The Backup and Restore feature requires the App Service plan to be in the Standard, Premium or Isolated
tier. Since in question it is mentioned as a Basic service plan app so at first you need to do it to Scale up
the service plan so that backup can be enabled on App1. Scale up: Get more CPU, memory, disk space,
and extra features like dedicated virtual machines (VMs), custom domains and certificates, staging slots,
autoscaling, and more. You scale up by changing the pricing tier of the App Service plan that your app
belongs to.
Configure a WebJob for App1 : Incorrect
WebJobs is a feature of Azure App Service that enables you to run a program or script in the same
instance as a web app, API app, or mobile app. There is no additional cost to use WebJobs
Scale out ASP1 : Incorrect
instances, depending on your pricing tier. Configure the application settings for App1 : Incorrect This is the
2nd step you need to perform once azure service plan upgraded to standard. Most folks don't realize how
easy it is to configure a backup copy of your Azure App Service to ensure you have restorable archive
copies of your app and database. In order to take advantage of this, you'll need to log into your Azure
account and go to your App Service that you created and look under Settings then you will see Backup
Reference:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-in/pricing/details/app-service/windows/
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/webjobs-create
https://microsoft.github.io/AzureTipsAndTricks/blog/tip28.html
QUESTION 54
You create an Azure Storage account named contosostorage.
You plan to create a file share named data.
Users need to map a drive to the data file share from home computers that run Windows 10. Which port
should be open between the home computers and the data file share?
A. 80
B. 443
C. 445
D. 3389
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Ensure port 445 is open: The SMB protocol requires TCP port 445 to be open; connections will fail if port
445 is blocked.
References:
QUESTION 55
You have an Azure virtual machine named VM1 that you use for testing. VM1 is protected by Azure
Backup.
You delete VM1.
You need to remove the backup data stored for VM1.
A. Modify the backup policy.

B. Delete the Recovery Services vault.
C. Stop the backup.
D. Delete the storage account.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Azure Backup provides backup for virtual machines -- created through both the classic deployment model
and the Azure Resource Manager deployment model -- by using custom-defined backup policies in a
Recovery Services vault. With the release of backup policy management, customers can manage backup
policies and model them to meet their changing requirements from a single window. Customers can edit a
policy, associate more virtual machines to a policy, and delete unnecessary policies to meet their
compliance requirements.
Incorrect Answers:
You can't delete a Recovery Services vault if it is registered to a server and holds backup data. If you try to
delete a vault, but can't, the vault is still configured to receive backup data.
References:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-in/updates/azure-vm-backup-policy-management/
QUESTION 56
You regularly create and delete virtual machines.
You need to identify unattached disks that can be deleted.
What should you do?
A. From Azure Cost Management, view Cost Analysis

B. From Azure Advisor, modify the Advisor configuration
C. From Microsoft Azure Storage Explorer, view the Account Management properties
D. From Azure Cost Management, view Advisor Recommendations
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
From Home –> Cost Management + Billing –> Cost Management, scroll down on the options and select
View Recommendations:
Azure Cost Management / Advisor

From here you will see the recommendations for your subscription, if you have orphaned disks, they will be
listed.
Reference:
https://codeserendipity.com/2020/07/08/microsoft-azure-find-unattached-disks-that-can-be-deleted-and-
other-recommendations/
QUESTION 57
You have an Azure tenant that contains two subscriptions named Subscription1 and Subscription2.
In Subscription1, you deploy a virtual machine named Server1 that runs Windows Server 2016. Server1
uses managed disks.
You need to move Server1 to Subscription2. The solution must minimize administration effort.
A. In Subscription2, create a copy of the virtual disk.

B. From Azure PowerShell, run the Move-AzureRmResource cmdlet.
C. Create a snapshot of the virtual disk.
D. Create a new virtual machine in Subscription2.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
To move existing resources to another resource group or subscription, use the Move- AzureRmResource
cmdlet.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-in/azure/azure-resource-manager/resource-group-move-
resources#moveresources
QUESTION 58
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named Tenant1 and an Azure subscription named
You enable Azure AD Privileged Identity Management. You need to secure the members of the Lab
Creator role. The solution must ensure that the lab creators request access when they create labs.
A. From Azure AD Privileged Identity Management, edit the role settings for Lab Creator.
B. From Subscription1 edit the members of the Lab Creator role.
C. From Azure AD Identity Protection, creates a user risk policy.
D. From Azure AD Privileged Identity Management, discover the Azure resources of Conscription.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
As a Privileged Role Administrator you can:
Enable approval for specific roles
Specify approver users and/or groups to approve requests View request and approval history for all
privileged roles References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/privileged-identity-management/pim- configure
QUESTION 59
You plan to migrate an on-premises Hyper-V environment to Azure by using Azure Site Recovery. The
Hyper-V environment is managed by using Microsoft System Center Virtual Machine Manager (VMM).
The Hyper-V environment contains the virtual machines in the following table.
Which virtual machine can be migrated by using Azure Site Recovery?
A. DC1
B. FS1
C. CA1
D. SQL1
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
DC1 : Not supported as it is Gen2 and OS disk size is greater than 300 GB FS1 : Not supported as it is
Gen2 and Linux VM. Linux Generation 2 VMs aren't supported. CA1 : Not supported as bitlocker is
enabled. BitLocker must be disabled before you enable replication for a VM.
SQL1: Supported
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/site-recovery/hyper-v-azure-support-matrix#azure-vm-requirements
QUESTION 60
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that has Azure AD Privileged Identity Management
configured.
You have 10 users who are assigned the Security Administrator role for the tenant. You need the users to
verify whether they still require the Security Administrator role.
What should you do?
A. From Azure AD Identity Protection, configure a user risk policy.

B. From Azure AD Privileged Identity Management, create an access review.
C. From Azure AD Identity Protection, configure the Weekly Digest.
D. From Azure AD Privileged Identity Management, create a conditional access policy.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/privileged-identity-management/pim- how-to-start-
security-review
To reduce the risk associated with stale role assignments, you should regularly review access. You can
use Azure AD Privileged Identity Management (PIM) to create access reviews for privileged Azure AD
roles. You can also configure recurring access reviews that occur automatically.
Steps:
1. Sign in to Azure portal with a user that is a member of the Privileged role administrator role.
2. Open Azure AD Privileged Identity Management.
3. Select Azure AD roles.
4. Under Manage, select Access reviews, and then select New.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/privileged-identity-management/pim- how-to-start-
security-review
QUESTION 61
You have an Azure App Service plan that hosts an Azure App Service named App1.
You configure one production slot and four staging slots for App1.
You need to allocate 10 percent of the traffic to each staging slot and 60 percent of the traffic to the
production slot.
What should you add to Appl1?

A. slots to the Testing in production blade
B. a performance test
C. a WebJob
D. templates to the Automation script blade
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Besides swapping, deployment slots offer another killer feature: testing in production. Just like the name
suggests, using this, you can actually test in production. This means that you can route a specific
percentage of user traffic to one or more of your deployment slots.
Example:
References:
https://stackify.com/azure-deployment-slots/
QUESTION 62
Your company has 100 users located in an office in Paris.
The on-premises network contains the servers shown in the following table.
You create a new subscription. You need to move all the servers to Azure.
Solution: You use Azure Site Recovery.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
As an organization you need to adopt a business continuity and disaster recovery (BCDR) strategy that
keeps your data safe, and your apps and workloads online, when planned and unplanned outages occur.
Azure Recovery Services contributes to your BCDR strategy:
Site Recovery service: Site Recovery helps ensure business continuity by keeping business apps and
workloads running during outages. Site Recovery replicates workloads running on physical and virtual
machines (VMs) from a primary site to a secondary location. When an outage occurs at your primary site,
you fail over to secondary location, and access apps from there. After the primary location is running again,
you can fail back to it.
Backup service: The Azure Backup service keeps your data safe and recoverable.
Site Recovery can manage replication for:
1. Azure VMs replicating between Azure regions.
2. On-premises VMs, Azure Stack VMs, and physical servers.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/site-recovery/site-recovery-overview
QUESTION 63
Solution: You run azcopy.exe.

A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 64
Solution: You use the Data Migration Assistant tool.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The Data Migration Assistant tool is used to assess on-premises SQL Server instance(s) migrating to
Azure SQL database(s).
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/dma/dma-overview?view=sql-server-ver15
QUESTION 65
You create an Azure subscription that is associated to a basic Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant.
You need to receive an email notification when any user activates an administrative role.
What should you do?
A. Purchase Azure AD Premium 92 and configure Azure AD Privileged Identity Management,

B. Purchase Enterprise Mobility + Security E3 and configure conditional access policies.
C. Purchase Enterprise Mobility + Security E5 and create a custom alert rule in Azure Security Center.
D. Purchase Azure AD Premium PI and enable Azure AD Identity Protection.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
When key events occur in Azure AD Privileged Identity Management (PIM), email notifications are sent.
For example, PIM sends emails for the following events:
1. When a privileged role activation is pending approval

2. When a privileged role activation request is completed
3. When a privileged role is activated
4. When a privileged role is assigned
5. When Azure AD PIM is enabled
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/privileged-identity-management/pim- email-
notifications
QUESTION 66
You need to ensure that you receive an email message when any virtual machines are powered off,
restarted, or deallocated.
What is the minimum number of rules and action groups that you require?
A. three rules and three action groups

B. one rule and one action group
C. three rules and one action group
D. one rule and three action groups
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
An action group is a collection of notification preferences defined by the user. Azure Monitor and Service
Health alerts are configured to use a specific action group when the alert is triggered. Various alerts may
use the same action group or different action groups depending on the user's requirements.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/monitoring-and-diagnostics/monitoring-action-groups
QUESTION 67
You have an Azure subscription that contains two resource groups named RG1 and RG2. RG2 does not
contain any resources. RG1 contains the resources in the following table.
Which resource can you move to RG2?
A. W10_OsDisk
B. VNet1
C. VNet3
D. W10
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
When moving a virtual network, you must also move its dependent resources. For example, you must
move gateways with the virtual network. VM W10, which is in Vnet1, is not a dependent resource.
Incorrect Answers:
A: Managed disks don't support move.
C: Virtual networks (classic) can't be moved.
D: Virtual machines with the managed disks cannot be moved.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/resource-group-moveresources#virtual-
machines-limitations
QUESTION 68
Solution: From the Redeploy blade, you click Redeploy.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
When you redeploy a VM, it moves the VM to a new node within the Azure infrastructure and then powers
it back on, retaining all your configuration options and associated resources.
References:
QUESTION 69
Solution: From the Overview blade, you move the virtual machine to a different subscription.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You should redeploy the VM.
References:
QUESTION 70
screen. You have an Azure virtual machine named VM1. VM1 was deployed by using a custom Azure
Resource Manager template named ARM1.json.
Solution: Solution: From the Overview blade, you move the virtual machine to a different subscription.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You would need to Redeploy the VM.
References:
QUESTION 71
Solution: From the Update management blade, you click Enable.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You would need to Redeploy the VM.
References:
QUESTION 72
Solution: From Performance Monitor, you create a Data Collector Set (DCS).
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Network performance monitor allows you to monitor connectivity and latencies across hybrid network
architectures, Expressroute circuits, and service/application endpoints. With an data collector set we can
count specified network traffic, but we cannot inspect it. For this we would need a network watcher Packet
Capture.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/insights/network-performance-monitor References:
QUESTION 73
Solution: From Azure Network Watcher, you create a packet capture.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Azure Network Watcher provides tools to monitor, diagnose, view metrics, and enable or disable logs for
resources in an Azure virtual network.
Capture packets to and from a VM
Advanced filtering options and fine-tuned controls, such as the ability to set time and size limitations,
provide versatility. The capture can be stored in Azure Storage, on the VM's disk, or both. You can then
analyze the capture file using several standard network capture analysis tools. Network Watcher variable
packet capture allows you to create packet capture sessions to track traffic to and from a virtual machine.
Packet capture helps to diagnose network anomalies both reactively and proactivity.
References:
QUESTION 74
Solution: From Azure Network Watcher, you create a connection monitor.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Network Watcher Connection Monitor enables you to configure and track connection reachability, latency,
and network topology changes. It helps reduce the amount of time to detect connectivity problems. The
returned results can provide insights into whether a connectivity problem is due to a platform or a user
configuration problem. This is not used in cases where we need to inspect for all the network traffic from
one vm to another vm. On the other hand Network Watcher packet capture allows you to create capture
sessions to track traffic to and from a virtual machine. So in this scenario we need to use Network Watcher
packet capture
References:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-in/updates/general-availability-azure-network-watcher-connection-monitor-
in-all-public-regions/#:~:text=Network%20Watcher%20Connection%20Monitor%20helps,or%20a%20user
%20con figuration% 20problem
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/network-watcher/network-watcher-packet-capture- manage-portal
QUESTION 75
screen. You manage a virtual network named VNet1 that is hosted in the West US Azure region. VNet1
hosts two virtual machines named VM1 and VM2 that run Windows Server. You need to inspect all the
network traffic from VM1 to VM2 for a period of three hours. Solution: From Azure Network Watcher, you
create a packet capture.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/updates/general-availability-azure-network-watcher-connection- monitor-
inall-public-regions/
QUESTION 76
network traffic from VM1 to VM2 for a period of three hours.
Solution: From Azure Monitor, you create a metric on Network In and Network Out.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You should use Azure Network Watcher.
References:
QUESTION 77
network traffic from VM1 to VM2 for a period of three hours.
Solution: From Performance Monitor, you create a Data Collector Set (DCS).
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You should use Azure Network Watcher.
References:
QUESTION 78
The Not allowed resource types Azure policy is assigned to RG1 and uses the following parameters:
1. Microsoft.Network/virtualNetwork
2. Microsoft.Compute/virtualMachines
In RG1, you need to create a new virtual machine named VM2, and then connect VM2 to VNET1.
A. Remove Microsoft.Network/virtualNetworks from the policy

B. Create an Azure Resource Manager template
C. Remove Microsoft.Compute/virtualMachines from the policy
D. Add a subnet to VNET1
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
The Not allowed resource types Azure policy prohibits the deployment of specified resource types.
You specify an array of the resource types to block.
Virtual Networks and Virtual Machines are prohibited.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/governance/policy/samples/
QUESTION 79
Your company registers a domain name of contoso.com.

You create an Azure DNS zone named contoso.com, and then you add an A record to the zone for a host
named www that has an IP address of 131.107.1.10.
You discover that Internet hosts are unable to resolve www.contoso.com to the 131.107.1.10 IP address.
You need to resolve the name resolution issue.
Solution: You create a PTR record for www in the contoso.com zone.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Modify the Name Server (NS) record.
A NS record would be created automatically and you cannot modify it (but you can add to it to support co-
hosting domains). You can add additional name servers to this NS record set, to support co-hosting
domains with more than one DNS provider. You can also modify the TTL and metadata for this record set.
However, you cannot remove or modify the pre-populated Azure DNS name servers.
References:
QUESTION 80
You have an Azure subscription that contains three virtual networks named VNet1, VNet2, VNet3.
VNet2 contains a virtual appliance named VM2 that operates as a router.
1. You are configuring the virtual networks in a hub and spoke topology that uses VNet2 as the hub
network.
2. You plan to configure peering between VNet1 and VNet2 and between VNet2 and VNet3.
3. You need to provide connectivity between VNet1 and VNet3 through VNet2.
Which two configurations should you perform? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
A. On the peering connections, allow forwarded traffic.

B. On the peering connections, allow gateway transit.
C. Create route tables and assign the table to subnets.
D. Create a route filter.
E. On the peering connections, use remote gateways.
Correct Answer: AC
Explanation
Allow gateway transit: Check this box if you have a virtual network gateway attached to this virtual network
and want to allow traffic from the peered virtual network to flow through the gateway. The peered virtual
network must have the Use remote gateways checkbox checked when setting up the peering from the
other virtual network to this virtual network.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-network-manage- peering#requirements-
andconstraints
QUESTION 81
You are the global administrator for an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named adatum.com.
You need to enable two-step verification for Azure users.

What should you do?
A. Configure a playbook in Azure AD conditional access policy.

B. Create an Azure AD conditional access policy.
C. Create and configure the Identify Hub.
D. Install and configure Azure AD Connect.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Conditional Access policies enforce registration, requiring unregistered users to complete registration at
first sign-in, an important security consideration.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/howto-mfa-getstarted
QUESTION 82
Note: This question is part of a series of questions that present the same scenario goals. Some question
sets might have more than one correct solution, while others
ion in the series contains a unique solution that might meet the stated not have a correct solution.
You have an Azure web app named Appl. App1 runs in an Azure App Service plan named Plan1. Plan1 is
associated to the Free pricing tier.
You discover that App1 stops each day after running continuously for 60 minutes.
You need to ensure that App1 can run continuously for the entire day.
Solution: You add a triggered WebJob to App1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You need to change to Basic pricing Tier.
Note: The Free Tier provides 60 CPU minutes / day. This explains why App1 is stops. The Basic tier has
no such cap.
References:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/pricing/details/app-service/windows/
QUESTION 83
You have an Azure Service Bus.
You need to implement a Service Bus queue that guarantees first in first-out (FIFO) delivery of messages.
What should you do?
A. Set the Lock Duration setting to 10 seconds.

B. Enable duplicate detection.
C. Set the Max Size setting of the queue to 5 GB.
D. Enable partitioning.
E. Enable sessions.
Correct Answer: E
Explanation
Through the use of messaging sessions you can guarantee ordering of messages, that is first-in-first- out
(FIFO) delivery of messages.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/service-bus-messaging/service-bus-azure-and-service-bus-
queues-compared-contrasted
QUESTION 84
You activate Enterprise Mobility + Security E5 licenses for all users.
You need the users to request approval before they can create virtual machines.
What should you configure first?
A. Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) conditional access policies

B. Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Authentication methods
C. Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Privileged Identity Management for the Azure resource roles
D. Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Privileged Identity Management for the Azure AD directory roles
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/privileged-identity-management/pim-resource-
roles-assign-roles
QUESTION 85
You create an Azure DNS named contoso.com and then you add an A record to the zone for a host named
www that has an IP address of 131.107.1.10.
Solution: You modify the name server at the domain registrar.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
References:
QUESTION 86
You have an on-premises network that contains a Hyper-V host named Host1. Host1 runs Windows Server
2016 and hosts 10 virtual machines that run Windows Server 2016.
You plan to replicate the virtual machines to Azure by using Azure Site Recovery.
You create a Recovery Services vault named ASR1 and a Hyper-V site named Site1.
You need to add Host1 to ASR1.
What should you do?
A. Download the installation file for the Azure Site Recovery Provider.
Download the vault registration key.
Install the Azure Site Recovery Provider on Host1 and register the server.
B. Download the installation file for the Azure Site Recovery Provider.
Download the storage account key.
Install the Azure Site Recovery Provider on Host1 and register the server.
C. Download the installation file for the Azure Site Recovery Provider.
Download the vault registration key.
Install the Azure Site Recovery Provider on each virtual machine and register the virtual machines.
D. Download the installation file for the Azure Site Recovery Provider.
Download the storage account key.
Install the Azure Site Recovery Provider on each virtual machine and register the virtual machines.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Below are the steps you need to perform in this scenario. Refer the link mentioned in the reference section.
Download the installation file for the Azure Site Recovery Provider To set up the source environment, you
create a Hyper-V site and add to that site the Hyper-V hosts containing VMs that you want to replicate.
Then, you download and install the Azure Site Recovery Provider and the Azure Recovery Services agent
on each host, and register the Hyper-V site in the vault.
Download the vault registration key
Download the Vault registration key. You need this when you install the Provider. The key is valid for five
days after you generate it.
Install the Azure Site Recovery Provider on Host1.
Install the downloaded setup file (AzureSiteRecoveryProvider.exe) on each Hyper-V host that you want to
add to the Hyper-V site. Setup installs the Azure Site Recovery Provider and Recovery Services agent on
each Hyper-V host.
Register the server
In Registration, after the server is registered in the vault, select Finish.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/site-recovery/hyper-v-azure-tutorial
QUESTION 87
You have an Azure subscription that contains two virtual networks named VNET1 and VNET2 and the
users shown in the following table:
Larger image
You need to identify which users can configure peering between VNET1 and VNET2.
Which users should you identify?
A. User1 only
B. User3 only
E. User1, User2 and User3
Correct Answer: E
Explanation
Owner: An owner can configure peering.
A Global administrator can configure peering.
Network Contributor:
The accounts you use to work with virtual network peering must be assigned to the following roles:
1. Network Contributor: For a virtual network deployed through Resource Manager.
2. Classic Network Contributor: For a virtual network deployed through the classic deployment model.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cloud-adoption-framework/govern/resource- consistency/
governance-multiple-teams
QUESTION 88
You have an Azure virtual machine named VMV
The network interface for VM1 is configured as shown in the exhibit(Click the Exhibit tab.)
You deploy a web server on VM1. and then create a secure website that is accessible by using the HTTPS
You need to ensure that users can connect to the website from the internet.
What should you do?
A. For Rule4. change the protocol from UDP to Any

B. Modify the protocol of Rule4.
C. Modify the action of Rule1.
D. Change the priority of Rute3 to 450
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Rule 2 is blocking HTTPS access (port 443) and has a priority of 500. Changing Rule 3 (ports 60-500) and
giving it a lower priority number will allow access on port 443. Note: Rules are processed in priority order,
with lower numbers processed before higher numbers, because lower numbers have higher priority. Once
traffic matches a rule, processing stops.
Incorrect Answers:
A: HTTPS uses port 443. Rule6 only applies to ports 150 to 300. C, D: Rule 1 blocks access to port 80,
which is used for HTTP, not HTTPS.
Reference:
QUESTION 89
Subnet1 is associated to VNet1. NIC1 attaches VM1 to Subnet1.
You need to apply ASG1 to VM1.
What should you do?
A. Modify the properties of NSG1.

B. Modify the properties of ASG1.
C. Associate NIC1 to ASG1.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Application Security Group can be associated with NICs.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/security-overview#application-security- groups
QUESTION 90
What should you do?
A. Create a new inbound rule that allows TCP protocol 443 and configure the protocol to have a priority of
501.
B. For Rule5, change the Action to Allow and change the priority to 401.
C. Delete Rule1.
D. Modify the protocol of Rule4.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Rule 2 is blocking HTTPS access (port 443) and has a priority of 500. Changing Rule 5 (ports 50-5000)
and giving it a lower priority number will allow access on port 443. Note: Rules are processed in priority
Once traffic matches a rule, processing stops.
References:
QUESTION 91
Your VMware vSphere on-premises infrastructure hosts 600 virtual machines (VMs).
Your company is planning to move all of these VMs to Azure. You are asked to provide information about
the resources that will be needed in Azure to host all of the VMs.
All VMs hosted in your on-premise infrastructure are based on Windows Server 2012 R2 or newer and
RedHat Enterprise Linux 7.0 or newer.
You conduct the initial migration assessment and get a message that some virtual machines are
conditionally ready for Azure.
You need to find the cause of this message.
What are two reasons why are you might get this message on some VMs? (Choose two)
Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
A. The vCenter user does not have enough permissions on affected VMs.
B. The operating system is configured as Windows Server 2003 in vCenter Server.
C. The operating system is configured as Others in vCenter Server.
D. The VMs are configured with the BIOS boot type.
E. The VMs are configured with the UEFI boot type.
Correct Answer: BE
Explanation
To prepare for VMware VM assessment, you need to:
Verify VMware settings. Make sure that the vCenter Server and VMs you want to migrate meet
requirements.
Set up permissions for assessment. Azure Migrate uses a vCenter account to access the vCenter Server,
to discover and assess VMs. Verify appliance requirements. Verify deployment requirements for the Azure
Migrate appliance, before you deploy it in the next tutorial.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/migrate/tutorial-prepare-vmware
QUESTION 92
All administrators must enter a verification code to access the Azure portal.
You need to ensure that the administrators can access the Azure portal only from your on- premises
network.
A. an Azure AD Identity Protection user risk policy.

B. the multi-factor authentication service settings.
C. the default for all the roles in Azure AD Privileged Identity Management
D. an Azure AD Identity Protection sign-in risk policy
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
the multi-factor authentication service settings - Correct choice There are two criterias mentioned in the
question.
1. MFA required
2. Access from only a specific geographic region/IP range. To satisfy both the requirements you need MFA
with location conditional access. Please note to achieve this configuration you need to have AD Premium
account for Conditional Access policy. Navigate to Active Directory --> Security --> Conditional Access -->
Named Location. Here you can create a policy with location (on-premise IP range) and enable MFA. This
will satisfy the requirements.
an Azure AD Identity Protection user risk policy - Incorrect choice In the Identity Protection, there are three
(3) protection policies- User Risk, Sign-In Risk & MFA Registration. None of those in which you can enable
a location (on-prem IP Range) requirement in any blade.
the default for all the roles in Azure AD Privileged Identity Management - Incorrect choice This option will
not help you to restrict the users to access only form on prem. an Azure AD Identity Protection sign-in risk
policy - Incorrect choice In the Identity Protection, there are three (3) protection policies- User Risk, Sign-In
Risk & MFA Registration. None of those in which you can enable a location (on-prem IP Range)
requirement in any blade.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/conditional-access/location-condition
QUESTION 93
You enable multi-factor authentication for all users.
Some users report that the email applications on their mobile device cannot connect to their Microsoft
Exchange Online mailbox.
The users can access Exchange Online by using a web browser and from Microsoft Outlook 2016 on their
computer.
You need to ensure that the users can use the email applications on their mobile device.
What should you instruct the users to do?
A. Create an app password

B. Reset the Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) password
C. Enable self-service password reset
D. Reinstall the Microsoft Authenticator app
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
If you're enabled for multi-factor authentication, make sure that you have set up app passwords. Note:
During your initial two-factor verification registration process, you're provided with a single app password. If
you require more than one, you'll have to create them yourself.
Go to the Additional security verification page.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/office365/troubleshoot/sign-in/sign-in-to-office-365-azure-intune https://
docs.microsoft.com/sv-se/azure/active-directory/user-help/multi-factor-authentication-end- user-app-
passwords
QUESTION 94
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named Contoso.com that is synced to an Active
Directory domain.
The tenant contains the users shown in the following table.
The user have the attributes shown in the following table.
Solution: You create a new user account in Azure AD for User3.

A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
be disabled.
References:
QUESTION 95
You are deploying a containerized web application in Azure. When deploying the web app, which of the
following are valid container image sources?
A. Virtual machine
B. Docker hub
C. ACR
D. On-premises
Correct Answer: BC
Explanation
When you create a web app from a Docker image, you configure the following properties:
1. The registry that contains the image. The registry can be Docker Hub, Azure Container Registry (ACR),
or some other private registry.
2. The image :This item is the name of the repository.
3. The tag : This item indicates which version of the image to use from the repository. By convention, the
most recent version is given the tag latest when it's built.
4. Startup File :This item is the name of an executable file or a command to be run when the image is
loaded. It's equivalent to the command that you can supply to Docker when running an image from the
command line by using docker run. If you're deploying a ready-to-run, containerized app that already has
the ENTRYPOINT and/or COMMAND values configured, you don't need to fill this in.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/learn/modules/deploy-run-container-app-service/4-deploy-webapp
QUESTION 96
You have an Azure web app named App1. App1 runs in an Azure App Service plan named Plan1. Plan1 is
Solution: You add a continuous WebJob to App1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
A web app can time out after 20 minutes of inactivity. Only requests to the actual web app reset the timer.
Viewing the app's configuration in the Azure portal or making requests to the advanced tools site (Error!
Hyperlink reference not valid.) don't reset the timer. If your app runs continuous or scheduled (Timer
trigger) WebJobs, enable Always On to ensure that the WebJobs run reliably. This feature is available only
in the Basic, Standard, and Premium pricing tiers. The app service plan mentioned in the question is
associated to the free tier , so addition of a continuous WebJob to App1 is not possible. So the proposed
solution won't meet the goal.
Reference :
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/webjobs-create
QUESTION 97
You have an Active Directory forest named contoso.com.
You install and configure Azure AD Connect to use password hash synchronization as the single sign-on
(SSO) method. Staging mode is enabled.
You review the synchronization results and discover that the Synchronization Service Manager does not
display any sync jobs.
You need to ensure that the synchronization completes successfully.
What should you do?
A. From Synchronization Service Manager, run a full import.

B. Run Azure AD Connect and set the SSO method to Pass-through Authentication.
C. From Azure PowerShell, run Start-AdSyncSyncCycle -PolicyType Initial.
D. Run Azure AD Connect and disable staging mode.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Staging mode must be disabled. If the Azure AD Connect server is in staging mode, password hash
synchronization is temporarily disabled.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/connect/active-directory-aadconnectsync-
troubleshoot-password-hash-synchronization#no-passwords-are-synchronized-troubleshoot-by- using-the-
troubleshooting-task
QUESTION 98
You sign up for Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Premium.
You need to add a user named admin1@contoso.com as an administrator on all the computers that will be
joined to the Azure AD domain.
What should you configure in Azure AD?
A. Device settings from the Devices blade.

B. General settings from the Groups blade.
C. User settings from the Users blade.
D. Providers from the MFA Server blade.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
When you connect a Windows device with Azure AD using an Azure AD join, Azure AD adds the following
security principles to the local administrators group on the device:
1. The Azure AD global administrator role
2. The Azure AD device administrator role
3. The user performing the Azure AD join
In the Azure portal, you can manage the device administrator role on the Devices page. To open the
Devices page:
1. Sign in to your Azure portal as a global administrator or device administrator.
2. On the left navbar, click Azure Active Directory.
3. In the Manage section, click Devices.
4. On the Devices page, click Device settings.
5. To modify the device administrator role, configure Additional local administrators on Azure AD joined
devices.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/devices/assign-local-admin
QUESTION 99
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.onmicrosoft.com.
You hire a temporary vendor. The vendor uses a Microsoft account that has a sign-in of
user1@outlook.com.
You need to ensure that the vendor can authenticate to the tenant by using user1@outlook.com.
What should you do?
A. From Windows PowerShell, run the New-AzureADUser cmdlet and specify the ?UserPrincipalName
user1@outlook.com parameter.
B. From the Azure portal, add a custom domain name, create a new Azure AD user, and then specify
user1@outlook.com as the username.
C. From Azure Cloud Shell, run the New-AzureADUser cmdlet and specify the serPrincipalName
user1@outlook.com parameter.
D. From the Azure portal, add a new guest user, and then specify user1@outlook.com as the email
address.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
UserPrincipalName - contains the UserPrincipalName (UPN) of this user. The UPN is what the user will
use when they sign in into Azure AD. The common structure is @, so for Abby Brown in Contoso.com, the
UPN would be AbbyB@contoso.com
Example:
To create the user, call the New-AzureADUser cmdlet with the parameter values:
powershell New-AzureADUser -AccountEnabled $True -DisplayName "Abby Brown" -
PasswordProfile$PasswordProfile -MailNickName "AbbyB" -UserPrincipalName "AbbyB@contoso.com"
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/bs-cyrl-ba/powershell/azure/active-directory/new-user-sample?
view=azureadps-2.0
QUESTION 100
You have an Azure resource manager template that will be used to deploy 10 Azure Web Apps.
You have to ensure to deploy the pre-requisites before the deployment of the template.
You have to minimize the costs associated with the implementation.
Which of the following would you deploy as pre-requisites?
A. An Azure Load Balancer

B. An Application Gateway
C. 10 Azure App Service Plans
D. One App Service Plan
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
In App Service (Web Apps, API Apps, or Mobile Apps), an app always runs in an App Service plan. An App
Service plan defines a set of compute resources for a web app to run.
One App Service Plan : Correct Choice
For an Azure Web App, you need to have an Azure App Service Plan in place. You can associate multiple
Azure Web Apps with the same App Service Plan. Hence to save on costs, you can just have one Azure
App Service Plan in place.
An Azure Load Balancer : Incorrect Choice
An Azure load balancer is a Layer-4 (TCP, UDP) load balancer that provides high availability by distributing
incoming traffic among healthy VMs. A load balancer health probe monitors a given port on each VM and
only distributes traffic to an operational VM An Application Gateway : Incorrect Choice
Azure Application Gateway is a web traffic load balancer that enables you to manage traffic to your web
applications. Traditional load balancers operate at the transport layer (OSI layer 4 - TCP and UDP) and
route traffic based on source IP address and port, to a destination IP address and port.
10 Azure App Service Plans : Incorrect Choice
For an Azure Web App, you need to have an Azure App Service Plan in place. You can associate multiple
Azure Web Apps with the same App Service Plan. Hence to save on costs, you can just have one Azure
App Service Plan in place. So there is no need for 10 App Service Plans.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/overview-hosting-plans
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/tutorial-load-balancer
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/application-gateway/overview
QUESTION 101
You configure Azure AD Connect for Azure Active Directory Seamless Single Sign-On (Azure AD
Seamless SSO) for an on-premises network. Users report that when they attempt to access
myapps.microsoft.com, they are prompted multiple times to sign in and are forced to use an account name
that ends with onmicrosoft.com.
You discover that there is a UPN mismatch between Azure AD and the on-premises Active Directory. You
need to ensure that the users can use single-sign on (SSO) to access Azure resources.
A. From the on-premises network, deploy Active Directory Federation Services (AD FS).
B. From Azure AD, add and verify a custom domain name.
C. From the on-premises network, request a new certificate that contains the Active Directory domain
name.
D. From the server that runs Azure AD Connect, modify the filtering options.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Azure AD Connect lists the UPN suffixes that are defined for the domains and tries to match them with a
custom domain in Azure AD. Then it helps you with the appropriate action that needs to be taken.
The Azure
AD sign-in page lists the UPN suffixes that are defined for on-premises Active Directory and displays the
corresponding status against each suffix. The status values can be one of the following:
State: Verified
Azure AD Connect found a matching verified domain in Azure AD. All users for this domain can sign in by
using their on-premises credentials.
State: Not verified
Azure AD Connect found a matching custom domain in Azure AD, but it isn't verified. The UPN suffix of the
users of this domain will be changed to the default .onmicrosoft.com suffix after synchronization if the
domain isn't verified.
Action Required: Verify the custom domain in Azure AD.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/hybrid/plan-connect-user-signin
QUESTION 102
You have an Azure subscription that contains the following storage account:
You need 10 create a request to Microsoft Support to perform a live migration of storage1 to Zone
Redundant Storage (ZRS) replication. How should you modify storage1 before the Live migration?
A. Set the replication to Locally-redundant storage (IRS)

B. Disable Advanced threat protection
C. Remove the lock
D. Set the access tier to Hot
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
If you want to live migration from RA-GRS to ZRS, at first you have to Switch the storage tier to LRS and
then only you can request a live migration.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/redundancy- migration?toc=%2Fazure%
2Fstorage%2Fblobs%2Ftoc.json&tabs=portal
QUESTION 103
You have an Azure Kubernetes cluster in place.
You have to deploy an application using an Azure Container registry image.
Which of the following command can be used for this requirement?
A. az kubernetes deploy
B. kubectl apply
C. New-AzKubernetes set
D. docker run
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
kubectl apply : Correct Choice
The kubectl command can be used to deploy applications to a Kubernetes cluster.
az kubernetes deploy : Incorrect Choice
This command is used to manage Azure Kubernetes Services. This is not used to deploy applications to a
Kubernetes cluster.
New-AzKubernetes set : Incorrect Choice
This command is used to create a new managed Kubernetes cluster. This is not used to deploy
applications to a Kubernetes cluster.
docker run : Incorrect Choice
This is run command in a new container. This is not used to deploy applications to a Kubernetes cluster.
Reference:
https://kubernetes.io/docs/reference/generated/kubectl/kubectl-commands#apply https://
docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cli/azure/aks?view=azure-cli-latest https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/
module/az.aks/New-AzAks?view=azps- 3.8.0&viewFallbackFrom=azps-4.3.0
https://docs.docker.com/engine/reference/commandline/run/
QUESTION 104
screen. You need to ensure that an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) user named Admin1 is assigned the
Solution: You assign the Traffic Manager Contributor role at the subscription level to Admin1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
With Traffic Manager Contributor role you can manage Traffic Manager profiles, do traffic analysis but does
not let you control who has access to them.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/network-watcher/traffic-analytics
QUESTION 105
You have a service deployed to a Kubernetes cluster.
Another application needs to access the service via the private IP address of the pod. Which of the
following would you define as the networking type for the cluster to meet this requirement?
A. Kubenet
B. Azure container networking plugin
C. Service Endpoints
D. Network security groups
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Azure container networking plugin : Correct Choice
With the Azure container networking plugin , every pod gets an IP address allocated.
With Azure CNI, every pod gets an IP address from the subnet and can be accessed directly. These IP
addresses must be unique across your network space, and must be planned in advance. Each node has a
configuration parameter for the maximum number of pods that it supports. The equivalent number of IP
addresses per node are then reserved up front for that node. This approach requires more planning, as
can otherwise lead to IP address exhaustion or the need to rebuild clusters in a larger subnet as your
application demands grow.
Nodes use the Azure Container Networking Interface (CNI) Kubernetes plugin.
Kubenet : Incorrect Choice

The kubenet networking option is the default configuration for AKS cluster creation. With kubenet, nodes
get an IP address from the Azure virtual network subnet. Pods receive an IP address from a logically
different address space to the Azure virtual network subnet of the nodes.
Service Endpoints : Incorrect Choice
Capabilities like service endpoints or UDRs are supported with both kubenet and Azure CNI, the support
policies for AKS define what changes you can make. For example:
If you manually create the virtual network resources for an AKS cluster, you're supported when configuring
your own UDRs or service endpoints. If the Azure platform automatically creates the virtual network
resources for your AKS cluster, it isn't supported to manually change those AKS-managed resources to
configure your own UDRs or service endpoints.
Network security groups : Incorrect Choice
A network security group filters traffic for VMs, such as the AKS nodes. As you create Services, such as a
LoadBalancer, the Azure platform automatically configures any network security group rules that are
needed.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/aks/concepts-network
QUESTION 106
Solution: You modify the name servers at the domain registrar.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Modify the Name Server (NS) record.
References:
QUESTION 107
Solution: You modify the SOA record in the contoso.com zone.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Modify the NS record, not the SOA record.
Note: The SOA record stores information about the name of the server that supplied the data for the zone;
the administrator of the zone; the current version of the data file; the number of seconds a secondary name
server should wait before checking for updates; the number of seconds a secondary name server should
wait before retrying a failed zone transfer; the maximum number of seconds that a secondary name server
can use data before it must either be refreshed or expire; and a default number of seconds for the time-to
live file on resource records.
References:
https://searchnetworking.techtarget.com/definition/start-of-authority-record
QUESTION 108
Solution: You add an NS record to the contoso.com Azure DNS zone.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Before you can delegate your DNS zone to Azure DNS, you need to know the name servers for your zone.
The NS record set contains the names of the Azure DNS name servers assigned to the zone.
References:
QUESTION 109
You are troubleshooting a performance issue for an Azure Application Gateway. You need to compare the
total requests to the failed requests during the past six hours.
A. Metrics in Application Gateway
B. Diagnostics logs in Application Gateway
C. NSG flow logs in Azure Network Watcher
D. Connection monitor in Azure Network Watcher
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Application Gateway currently has seven metrics to view performance counters. Metrics are a feature for
certain Azure resources where you can view performance counters in the portal. For Application Gateway,
the following metrics are available:
1. Total Requests
2. Failed Requests
3. Current Connections
4. Healthy Host Count
5. Response Status
6. Throughput
7. Unhealthy Host count
You can filter on a per backend pool basis to show healthy/unhealthy hosts in a specific backend pool
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/application-gateway/application-gatewaydiagnostics# Metrics
QUESTION 110
You have an Azure App Service plan named AdatumASP1 that uses the P2v2 pricing tier. AdatumASP1
hosts Ml Azure web app named adatumwebapp1. You need to delegate the management of
adatumwebapp1 to a group named Devs.
Devs must be able to perform the following tasks:
1. Add deployment slots.

2. View the configuration of AdatumASP1.
3. Modify the role assignment for adatumwebapp1.
Which role should you assign to the Devs group?
A. Owner
B. Contributor
C. Web Plan Contributor
D. Website Contributor
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Owner : Correct Choice
The Owner role lets you manage everything, including access to resources.
Contributor : Incorrect Choice
With contributor role you can Add deployment slots and View the configuration of App service plan but you
can't Modify the role assignment. For this you need User Access Administrator or Owner role. So this is
incorrect.
Web Plan Contributor : Incorrect Choice
The Web Plan Contributor role lets you manage the web plans for websites, but not access to them.
So this option is incorrect.
Website Contributor : Incorrect Choice
The Website Contributor role lets you manage websites (not web plans), but not access to them. So this is
incorrect option.
Note:
As per least privilege principle it is not advisable to provide owner role to any group, rather you should
create custom RBAC role with custom policy and use that role for this operation. However as this option is
not available here so only option to go with owner role.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/role-assignments-portal
QUESTION 111
You have an Azure web app named Appl. App1 runs in an Azure App Service plan named Plan1. Plan1 is
Solution: You change the pricing tier of Plan1 to Basic.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
The Free Tier provides 60 CPU minutes / day. This explains why App1 is stops. The Basic tier has no such
cap.
References:
QUESTION 112
You have 100 Azure subscriptions. All the subscriptions are associated to the same Azure Active Directory
(Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com.
You are a global administrator.
You plan to create a report that lists all the resources across all the subscriptions.
You need to ensure that you can view all the resources in all the subscriptions.
What should you do?
A. From the Azure portal, modify the profile settings of your account.
B. From Windows PowerShell, run the Add-AzureADAdministrativeUnitMember cmdlet.
C. From Windows PowerShell, run the New-AzureADUserAppRoleAssignment cmdlet.
D. From the Azure portal, modify the properties of the Azure AD tenant.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
The New-AzureADUserAppRoleAssignment cmdlet assigns a user to an application role in Azure Active
Directory (AD). Use it for the application report.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/azuread/new- azureaduserapproleassignment?
view=azureadps-2.0
QUESTION 113
You have a Microsoft SQL Server Always On availability group on Azure virtual machines. You need to
configure an Azure internal load balancer as a listener for the availability group. What should you do?
A. Enable Floating IP.

B. Set Session persistence to Client IP and protocol.
C. Set Session persistence to Client IP.
D. Create an HTTP health probe on port 1433.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/sql/virtual-machines-windows- portal-sql-
alwayson-int-listener
QUESTION 114
You deploy an Azure Application Gateway.
You need to ensure that all the traffic requesting https://adatum.com/internal resources is directed to an
internal server pool and all the traffic requesting https://adatum.com/external resources is directed to an
external server pool.
What should you configure on the Application Gateway?
A. URL path-based routing

B. multi-site listeners
C. basic routing
D. SSL termination
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
URL Path Based Routing allows you to route traffic to back-end server pools based on URL Paths of the
request.
In the question there are two different path from where the traffic is getting generated as below https://
adatum.com/internal https://adatum.com/external
So in this case we can use URL path-based routing feature of Application Gateway.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/application-gateway/url-route-overview
QUESTION 115
You are building a custom Azure function app to connect to Azure Event Grid.
You need to ensure that resources are allocated dynamically to the function app. Billing must be based on
the executions of the app.
What should you configure when you create the function app?
A. the Windows operating system and the Consumption plan hosting plan
B. the Windows operating system and the App Service plan hosting plan
C. the Docker container and an App Service plan that uses the Bl1 pricing tier
D. the Docker container and an App Service plan that uses the SI pricing
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Azure Functions runs in two different modes: Consumption plan and Azure App Service plan. The
Consumption plan automatically allocates compute power when your code is running. Your app is scaled
out when needed to handle load, and scaled down when code is not running.
Incorrect Answers:
B: When you run in an App Service plan, you must manage the scaling of your function app.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-functions/functions-create-first-azure-function
QUESTION 116
You have an Azure web app named App1 that streams video content to users. App1 is located in the East
US Azure region.
Users in North America stream the video content without any interruption.
Users in Asia and Europe report that the video buffer often and do not play back smoothly.
You need to recommend a solution to improve video streaming to the European and Asian users.
A. Scale out the App Service plan.

B. Scale up the App Service plan.
C. Configure an Azure Content Delivery Network (CDN) endpoint.
D. Configure Azure File Sync.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
A content delivery network (CDN) is a distributed network of servers that can efficiently deliver web content
to users. CDNs' store cached content on edge servers in point-of-presence (POP) locations that are close
to end users, to minimize latency.
Azure Content Delivery Network (CDN) offers developers a global solution for rapidly delivering high-
bandwidth content to users by caching their content at strategically placed physical nodes across the
world.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cdn/cdn-overview
QUESTION 117
You have an Azure subscription that contains a virtual network named VNet1. VNet 1 has two subnets
named Subnet1 and Subnet2. VNet1 is in the West Europe Azure region. The subscription contains the
virtual machines in the following table.
You need to deploy an application gateway named AppGW1 to VNet1.
A. Add a service endpoint.

B. Add a virtual network.
C. Move VM3 to Subnet1.
D. Stop VM1 and VM2.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
If you have an existing virtual network, either select an existing empty subnet or create a new subnet in
your existing virtual network solely for use by the application gateway. Verify that you have a working
virtual network with a valid subnet. Make sure that no virtual machines or cloud deployments are using the
subnet. The application gateway must be by itself in a virtual network subnet.
QUESTION 118
A web developer creates a web application that you plan to deploy as an Azure web app. Users must enter
credentials to access the web application.
You create a new web app named WebApp1 and deploy the web application to WebApp1.
You need to disable anonymous access to WebApp1.
A. Access control (IAM)

B. Advanced Tools
C. Deployment credentials
D. Authentication/Authorization
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Anonymous access is an authentication method. It allows users to establish an anonymous connection.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/biztalk/core/guidelines-for-resolving-iis-permissions-problems
QUESTION 119
Your company has a main office in Australia and several branch offices in Asia.
The company's data center uses a VMware virtualization infrastructure to host several virtualized servers.
You purchase an Azure subscription and plan to move all virtual machines to Azure to a resource group in
the Australia Southeast location.
You need to create an Azure Migrate migration project.
Which geography should you select?
A. Central India
B. Australia Central
C. Australia Southeast
D. United States
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
In Project Details, specify the project name, and geography in which you want to create the project. Review
supported geographies for public and government clouds.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/migrate/how-to-add-tool-first-time
QUESTION 120
You are configuring Azure Active Directory (AD) Privileged Identity Management.
You need to provide a user named Admm1 with read access to a resource group named RG1 for only one
month.
The user role must be assigned immediately.
What should you do?
A. Assign an active role.

B. Assign an eligible role.
C. Assign a permanently active role.
D. Create a custom role and a conditional access policy.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Azure AD Privileged Identity Management introduces the concept of an eligible admin. Eligible admins
should be users that need privileged access now and then, but not all-day, every day. The role is inactive
until the user needs access, then they complete an activation process and become an active admin for a
predetermined amount of time.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/privileged-identity-management/pim-configure
QUESTION 121
You have an Azure App Service plan named AdatumASP1 that hosts several Azure web apps.
You discover that the web apps respond slowly.
You need to provide additional memory and CPU resources to each instance of the web apps.
What should you do?
A. Add continues WebJob that use the multi-instance scale

B. Scale out AdatumASP1
C. Add a virtual machine scale set
D. Scale up AdatumASP1
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
References:
https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/azure-docs/blob/master/articles/app-service/web-sites-scale.md Scale up
: Correct Choice
custom domains and certificates, staging slots, autoscaling, and more. You scale up by changing the
pricing tier of the App Service plan that your app belongs to.
Scale out : Incorrect Choice
instances, depending on your pricing tier. App Service Environments in Isolated tier further increases your
scale-out count to 100 instances. For more information about scaling out, see Scale instance count
manually or automatically.
Add continuous WebJobs : Incorrect Choice
WebJobs is a feature of Azure App Service that enables you to run a program or script in the same
instance as a web app, API app, or mobile app. Add continuous WebJobs will Starts immediately when the
WebJob is created. To keep the job from ending, the program or script typically does its work inside an
endless loop. If the job does end, you can restart it.Starts only when triggered manually or on a schedule.
Add a virtual machine scale set : Incorrect Choice
A virtual machine scale set allows you to deploy and manage a set of identical, autoscaling virtual
machines. You can scale the number of VMs in the scale set manually. You can also define rules to
autoscale based on resource usage such as CPU, memory demand, or network traffic. It will not increase
the slowness of the apps.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/manage-scale-up https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/
azure/app-service/webjobs-create#webjob-types
QUESTION 122
You need to deploy Application1 to Cluster1.

Which command should you run?
A. az acr build
B. az aks create
C. docker build
D. kubectl apply
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 123
Solution: You create an Azure storage account and configure shared access signatures (SASs). You install
the Microsoft Monitoring Agent on VM1. You create an alert in Azure Monitor and specify the storage
account as the source.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 124
You have an Azure Resource Manager template named Template1 that is used to deploy an Azure virtual
machine.
Template1 contains the following text:

The variables section in Template1 contains the following text:
"location": "westeurope"
The resources section in Template1 contains the following text:
You need to deploy the virtual machine to the West US location by using Template1.
What should you do?
A. Modify the location in the resource section to westus

B. Select West US during the deployment
C. Modify the location in the variables section to westus
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 125
You plan to move a distributed on-premises app named App1 to an Azure subscription.
After the planned move, App1 will be hosted on several Azure virtual machines.
You need to ensure that App1 always runs on at least eight virtual machines during planned Azure
maintenance.
What should you create?
A. one virtual machine scale set that has 10 virtual machines instances
B. one Availability Set that has three fault domains and one update domain
C. one Availability Set that has 10 update domains and one fault domain
D. one virtual machine scale set that has 12 virtual machines instances
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
An update domain is a logical group of underlying hardware that can undergo maintenance or be rebooted
at the same time. As you create VMs within an availability set, the Azure platform automatically distributes
your VMs across these update domains. This approach ensures that at least one instance of your
application always remains running as the Azure platform undergoes periodic maintenance.
Reference:
http://www.thatlazyadmin.com/azure-fault-update-domains/
QUESTION 126
1. Name: LB1
2. Type: Internal
3. SKU: Standard
Solution: You create a Basic SKU public IP address, associate the address to the network interface of
VM1, and then start VM1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 127
1. Name: LB1
2. Type: Internal
3. SKU: Standard
Solution: You disassociate the public IP address from the network interface of VM2.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
You can only attach virtual machines in the same region and that have a standard SKU public IP
configuration or no public IP configuration. All IP configurations must be on the same virtual network.
QUESTION 128
1. Name: LB1
2. Type: Internal
3. SKU: Standard
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 129
You plan to deploy an Azure Kubernetes Services (AKS) cluster to support an app named APP1. On-
premises clients connect to App1 by using the IP address of the pod.
For the AKS cluster, you need to choose a network type that will support App1.
What should you choose?

A. Azure Private Link
B. Hybrid Connection endpoints
C. Kubened
D. Azure Container Networking Interface (CNI)
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
addresses must be unique across your network space.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/aks/concepts-network#azure-virtual-networks
QUESTION 130
You deploy a web server on VM1, and then created a secure website that is accessible by using the
HTTPS protocol. VM1 is used as a web server only.
What should you do?
A. Modify the action of Rule1.

B. Change the priority of Rule6 to 100.
C. For Rule4, change the protocol from UDP to Any.
D. For Rule5, change the Action to Allow and change the priority to 401.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
QUESTION 131
You have an Azure subscription that contains the identifies shown in the following table.
User1, Principle, and Group1 are assigned the Monitoring Reader role.
An action an alert rule named Alert1 that uses AG1.
You need to identify who will receive an email notification when Alert1 is triggered.
Who should you identity?
A. User1, User2, Principle, and Principle2

B. User1 and Principle only
C. User1 only
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Email will only be sent to Azure AD user members of the Monitoring Reader role. Email will not be sent to
Azure AD groups or service principals.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/platform/action-groups
QUESTION 132
1. Name: LB1
2. Type: Internal
3. SKU: Standard
Solution: You create two Standard public IP addresses and associate a Standard SKU public IP address to
the network interface of each virtual machine.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 133
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains an Azure virtual machine named VM1.
VM1 is in a resource group named RG1.
VM1 runs services that will be used to deploy resources to RG1.
You need to ensure that a service running on VM1 can manage the resources in RG1 by using the identity
of VM1.
A. From the Azure portal, modify the Managed Identity settings of VM1
B. From the Azure portal, modify the Access control (IAM) settings of RG1
C. From the Azure portal, modify the Access control (IAM) settings of VM1
D. From the Azure portal, modify the Policies settings of RG1
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Managed identities for Azure resources provides Azure services with an automatically managed identity in
Azure Active Directory. You can use this identity to authenticate to any service that supports Azure AD
authentication, without having credentials in your code.
You can enable and disable the system-assigned managed identity for VM using the Azure portal.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/managed-identities-azure-resources/qs-configure-
portal-windows-vm
QUESTION 134
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains a virtual network named VNet1. VNet1
is in a resource group named RG1.
1. Reader
2. Security Admin
3. Security Reader
What should you do?
A. Remove User1 from the Security Reader role for Subscription1. Assign User1 the Contributor role for
RG1.
B. Assign User1 the Owner role for VNet1.
C. Remove User1 from the Security Reader and Reader roles for Subscription1.
D. Assign User1 the Network Contributor role for RG1.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Has full access to all resources including the right to delegate access to others.
Note:
There are several versions of this question in the exam. The question can have other incorrect answer
options, including the following:
1. Name Server (NS)
2. Assign User1 the Contributor role for VNet1.
3. Remove User1 from the Security Reader and Reader roles for Subscription1. Assign User1 the
Contributor role for Subscription1.
Reference:
QUESTION 135
You have an Azure subscription that contains the identities shown in the following table.
User1, Principal1, and Group1 are assigned the Monitoring Reader role.
An action group named AG1 has the Email Azure Resource Manager Role notification type and is
configured to email the Monitoring Reader role.
You create an alert rule named Alert1 that uses AG1.
You need to identity who will receive an email notification when Alert1 is triggered.
Who should you identify?
A. User1 and Principal1 only

B. User1, User2, Principal1, and Principal2
C. User1 only
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Email will only be sent to Azure AD user members of the Monitoring Reader role. Email will not be sent to
Azure AD groups or service principals.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/platform/action-groups
QUESTION 136
TCP port 443.
has a cost of 64999.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 137
TCP port 443.
Solution: You delete the BlockAllOther443 inbound security rule.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 138
TCP port 443.
Solution: You modify the priority of the Allow_131.107.100.50 inbound security rule.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
The rule currently has the highest priority.
Reference:
QUESTION 139
You plan to deploy an Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) cluster to support an app named App1. On-
premises clients connect to App1 by using the IP address of the pod.
For the AKS cluster, you need to choose a network type that will support App1.
What should you choose?
A. kubenet
B. Azure Container Networking Interface (CNI)
C. Hybrid Connection endpoints
D. Azure Private Link
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
addresses must be unique across your network space.
Incorrect Answers:
A: The kubenet networking option is the default configuration for AKS cluster creation. With kubenet, nodes
get an IP address from the Azure virtual network subnet. Pods receive an IP address from a logically
different address space to the Azure virtual network subnet of the nodes. Network address translation
(NAT) is then configured so that the pods can reach resources on the Azure virtual network.
C, D: AKS only supports Kubenet networking and Azure Container Networking Interface (CNI) networking
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/aks/concepts-network
QUESTION 140
1. Name: LB1
2. Type: Internal
3. SKU: Standard

A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 141
You have an Azure DNS zone named adatum.com.
You need to delegate a subdomain named research.adatum.com to a different DNS server in Azure.
What should you do?
A. Create an NS record named research in the adatum.com zone.

B. Create an PTR record named research in the adatum.com zone.
C. Modify the SOA record of adatum.com.
D. Create an A record named *.research in the adatum.com zone.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
You need to create a name server (NS) record for the zone.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/delegate-subdomain
QUESTION 142
You have an Azure subscription. You need to transfer 34TB of data from an on-premise Windows 2016
server to your Azure storage account. You need to ensure that the data transfer has zero impact on the
network, preserves your existing drives and is the fastest and most secure method. What should be your
first step?
A. Start an Import Job via the Azure Portal

B. Order an Azure Databox via the Azure Portal
C. Open a ticket with Microsoft Support
D. Prepare your hard drives using the WAImportExport tool
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The Microsoft Azure Data Box cloud solution lets you send terabytes of data into and out of Azure in a
quick, inexpensive, and reliable way.
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/databox/data-box-overview
QUESTION 143
You manage a virtual network named VNet1 that is hosted in the West US region. Two virtual machines
named VM1 and VM2, both running Windows Server, are on VNet1. You need to monitor traffic between
VM1 and VM2 for a period of five hours.
As a solution, you propose to create a connection monitor in Azure Network Watcher.
Does this solution meet the goal?
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
The connection monitor capability in Azure Network Watcher monitors communication at a regular interval
and informs you of reachability, latency, and network topology changes between the VM and the endpoint.
QUESTION 144
You need to create an Azure virtual machine named VM1 that requires a static private IP address
configured inside the IP address space for the VNet in which the VM resides. How do you configure a
static IP address for this Azure VM?
A. After the VM has been created, create a new network interface and configure a static IP address for
that network interface
B. When creating a VM in the portal, select New next to private ip address and choose static after
assigning the correct IP address
C. When creating the VM in the portal, change the setting from dynamic to static on the networking tab
under private IP address
D. After the VM has been created, go to the network interface attached to the VM and change the IP
configuration to static assignment
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Changing the IP configuration on the network interface will achieve the requirement.
QUESTION 145
You create the following resources in an subscription:
1. An Azure Container Registry instance named Registry1

2. An Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) cluster named Cluster1
You create a container image named App 1 on your administrative workstation.
You need to deploy App1 to cluster 1.
A. Run the aa aks create command.

B. Create a host pool on Cluster1.
C. Upload App1 to Registry 1.
D. Run the kubect1 apply command.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
QUESTION 146
You have an Azure subscription that contains two virtual machines as shown in the following table.
You perform a reverse DNS lookup for 10.0.0.4 from VM2.
Which FQDN will be returned?
A. vm1.core.windows.net
B. vm1.internal.cloudapp.net
C. vm1.westeurope.cloudapp.azure.com
D. vm1.azure.com
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Explanation: This is an excerpt from the official documentation in the section "Reverse DNS
Considerations" Form : https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual- networks-name-
resolution-for-vms-and-role-instances#dns-client-configuration [..." - All PTR queries for IP addresses of
virtual machines will return FQDNs of form [vmname].internal.cloudapp.net - Forward lookup on FQDNs of
form
[vmname].internal.cloudapp.net will resolve to IP address assigned to the virtual machine. - If the virtual
network is linked to an Azure DNS private zones as a registration virtual network, the reverse DNS queries
will return two records. One record will be of the form [vmname].[privatednszonename] and the other will
be of the form [vmname].internal.cloudapp.net "...]
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-networks-name-resolution- for-vms-and-role-
instances
QUESTION 147
You have two Azure virtual machines named VM1 and VM2. You have two Recovery Services vaults
named RSV1 and RSV2.
VM2 is backed up to RSV1.
You need to back up VM2 to RSV2.
A. From the RSV1 blade, click Backup items and stop the VM2 backup
B. From the RSV2 blade, click Backup. From the Backup blade, select the backup for the virtual machine,
and then click Backup
C. From the VM2 blade, click Disaster recovery, click Replication settings, and then select RSV2 as the
Recovery Services vault
D. From the RSV1 blade, click Backup Jobs and export the VM2 job
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-azure-vms-first-look-arm
QUESTION 148
You have a general-purpose v1 Azure Storage account named storage1 that uses locally-redundant
storage (LRS).
You need to ensure that the data in the storage account is protected if a zone fails. The solution must
minimize costs and administrative effort.
A. Create a new storage account.

B. Configure object replication rules.
C. Upgrade the account to general-purpose v2.
D. Modify the Replication setting of storage1.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-redundancy
QUESTION 149
You have an Azure subscription that contains the storage accounts shown in the following table.
You plan to manage the data stored in the accounts by using lifecycle management rules.
To which storage accounts can you apply lifecycle management rules?
A. storage1 only
B. storage1 and storage2 only
C. storage3 and storage4 only
D. storage1, storage2, and storage3 only
E. storage1, storage2, storage3, and storage4
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/storage-lifecycle-management-concepts?
tabs=azure-portal
QUESTION 150
LB1 is configured as shown in the following table.

You plan to create new inbound NAT rules that meet the following requirements:
1. Provide Remote Desktop access to VM1 from the internet by using port 3389.
2. Provide Remote Desktop access to VM2 from the internet by using port 3389.
What should you create on LB1 before you can create the new inbound NAT rules?
A. a frontend IP address
B. a load balancing rule
C. a health probe
D. a backend pool
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 151
All virtual machines run Windows Server 2016.
On VM1, you back up a folder named Folder1 as shown in the following exhibit.
You plan to restore the backup to a different virtual machine.
You need to restore the backup to VM2.
A. From VM1, install the Windows Server Backup feature.

B. From VM2, install the Microsoft Azure Recovery Services Agent.
C. From VM1, install the Microsoft Azure Recovery Services Agent.
D. From VM2, install the Windows Server Backup feature.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 152
table.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 153
table.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 154
table.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 155
Solution: From Azure Cloud Shell, you run az aks.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/aks/kubernetes-walkthrough
QUESTION 156
Solution: From Azure Cloud Shell, you run the kubectl client.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 157

Solution: From Azure CLI, you run azcopy.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 158
In the Azure portal, you plan to create a storage account named storage1 that will have the following
settings:
1. Performance: Standard
2. Replication: Zone-redundant storage (ZRS)
3. Access tier (default): Cool
4. Hierarchical namespace: Disabled
You need to ensure that you can set Account kind for storage1 to BlockBlobStorage.
Which setting should you modify first?
A. Performance
B. Replication
C. Access tier (default)
D. Hierarchical namespace
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-account-overview
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/storage-blob-performance-tiers
QUESTION 159
named Workspace1.
You need to view the error event from a table named Event.
A. Get-Event Event | where {$_.EventType == "error"}

B. Event | search "error"
D. Event | where EventType is "error"
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/log-query/search-queries
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/log-query/get-started-portal
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-explorer/kusto/query/searchoperator?
QUESTION 160
You are the global administrator for an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that has several
subscriptions.
You need to create a report that lists all the resources for the tenant.
Solution: You run the New-AzureADUserAppRoleAssignment Windows PowerShell cmdlet.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
The New-AzureADUserAppRoleAssignment cmdlet assigns a user to an application role in Azure Active
Directory (AD). Use it for the application report.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/azuread/new-azureaduserapproleassignment?
view=azureadps-2.0
QUESTION 161
subscriptions.
Solution: You open the Azure portal and modify the properties of the Azure AD tenant.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 162
Your company has an Azure subscription that includes a Recovery Services vault.
You want to use Azure Backup to schedule a backup of your company's virtual machines (VMs) to the
Recovery Services vault.
Which of the following VMs can you back up? Choose all that apply.
A. VMs that run Windows 10.

B. VMs that run Windows Server 2012 or higher.
C. VMs that have NOT been shut down.
D. VMs that run Debian 8.2+.
E. VMs that have been shut down.
Correct Answer: ABCDE

Explanation
Azure Backup supports backup of 64-bit Windows server operating system from Windows Server 2008.
Azure Backup supports backup of 64-bit Windows 10 operating system.
Azure Backup supports backup of 64-bit Debian operating system from Debian 7.9+.
Azure Backup supports backup of VM that are shutdown or offline.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-support-matrix-iaas
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/linux/endorsed-distros
QUESTION 163
subscriptions.
Solution: You open the Azure portal and modify the profile settings of your account.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 164
Your company has serval departments. Each department has a number of virtual machines (VMs).
The company has an Azure subscription that contains a resource group named RG1.
All VMs are located in RG1.

You want to associate each VM with its respective department.
What should you do?
A. Create Azure Management Groups for each department.

B. Create a resource group for each department.
C. Assign tags to the virtual machines.
D. Modify the settings of the virtual machines.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 165
Note: The question is included in a number of questions that depicts the identical set-up. However, every
question has a distinctive result. Establish if the solution satisfies the requirements.
Your company has an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) subscription.
You want to implement an Azure AD conditional access policy.
The policy must be configured to require members of the Global Administrators group to use Multi-Factor
Authentication and an Azure AD-joined device when they connect to Azure AD from untrusted locations.
Solution: You access the multi-factor authentication page to alter the user settings.
Does the solution meet the goal?
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/conditional-access/howto-conditional-access-
policy-admin-mfa
QUESTION 166
Solution: You access the Azure portal to alter the session control of the Azure AD conditional access
policy.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/conditional-access/howto-conditional-access-
policy-all-users-mfa:
Under Access controls > Grant, select Grant access, Require multi-factor authentication, and select Select.
QUESTION 167
Solution: You access the Azure portal to alter the grant control of the Azure AD conditional access policy.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 168
You are planning to deploy an Ubuntu Server virtual machine to your company's Azure subscription.
You are required to implement a custom deployment that includes adding a particular trusted root
certification authority (CA).
Which of the following should you use to create the virtual machine?
A. The New-AzureRmVm cmdlet.

B. The New-AzVM cmdlet.
C. The Create-AzVM cmdlet.
D. The az vm create command.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Once Cloud-init.txt has been created, you can deploy the VM with az vm create cmdlet, using the --
custom-data parameter to provide the full path to the cloud-init.txt file.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/linux/tutorial-automate-vm-deployment
QUESTION 169
Your company makes use of Multi-Factor Authentication for when users are not in the office. The Per
Authentication option has been configured as the usage model.
After the acquisition of a smaller business and the addition of the new staff to Azure Active Directory
(Azure AD) obtains a different company and adding the new employees to Azure Active Directory (Azure
AD), you are informed that these employees should also make use of Multi-Factor Authentication.
To achieve this, the Per Enabled User setting must be set for the usage model.
Solution: You reconfigure the existing usage model via the Azure portal.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Since it is not possible to change the usage model of an existing provider as it is right now, you have to
create a new one and reactivate your existing server with activation credentials from the new provider.
Reference:
https://365lab.net/2015/04/11/switch-usage-model-in-azure-multi-factor-authentication-server/
QUESTION 170
Your company's Azure solution makes use of Multi-Factor Authentication for when users are not in the
office. The Per Authentication option has been configured as the usage model. After the acquisition of a
smaller business and the addition of the new staff to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) obtains a different
company and adding the new employees to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD), you are informed that
these employees should also make use of Multi-Factor Authentication.
Solution: You reconfigure the existing usage model via the Azure CLI.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 171
Your company's Azure solution makes use of Multi-Factor Authentication for when users are not in the
office. The Per Authentication option has been configured as the usage model.
After the acquisition of a smaller business and the addition of the new staff to Azure Active Directory
(Azure AD) obtains a different company and adding the new employees to Azure Active Directory (Azure
AD), you are informed that these employees should also make use of Multi-Factor Authentication.
Solution: You create a new Multi-Factor Authentication provider with a backup from the existing Multi-
Factor Authentication provider data.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 172
Your company has an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named weyland.com that is configured for
hybrid coexistence with the on-premises Active Directory domain.
You have a server named DirSync1 that is configured as a DirSync server.
You create a new user account in the on-premise Active Directory. You now need to replicate the user
information to Azure AD immediately.
Solution: You restart DirSync1.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 173
Solution: You run the Start-ADSyncSyncCycle -PolicyType Initial PowerShell cmdlet.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
https://blog.kloud.com.au/2016/03/08/azure-ad-connect-manual-sync-cycle-with-powershell-start-
adsyncsynccycle/
QUESTION 174
Solution: You use Active Directory Sites and Services to force replication of the Global Catalog on a
domain controller.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 175
Solution: You restart the NetLogon service on a domain controller.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 176
Your company has a Microsoft Azure subscription.
The company has datacenters in Los Angeles and New York.

You are configuring the two datacenters as geo-clustered sites for site resiliency.
You need to recommend an Azure storage redundancy option.
You have the following data storage requirements:
1. Data must be stored on multiple nodes.

2. Data must be stored on nodes in separate geographic locations.
3. Data can be read from the secondary location as well as from the primary location
Which of the following Azure stored redundancy options should you recommend?
A. Geo-redundant storage
B. Read-only geo-redundant storage
C. Zone-redundant storage
D. Locally redundant storage
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
RA-GRS allows you to have higher read availability for your storage account by providing "read only"
access to the data replicated to the secondary location. Once you enable this feature, the secondary
location may be used to achieve higher availability in the event the data is not available in the primary
region. This is an "opt-in" feature which requires the storage account be geo-replicated.
Reference:
QUESTION 177
Your company has an Azure subscription with two storage accounts. Each of these storage accounts
includes a queue service, a table service, and a blob service.
You have created two apps that must be configured to store various types of data to all the storage
services on the two storage accounts.
You need to configure the required amount of endpoints for the apps.
Solution: You configure two endpoints per app.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Each app needs a service endpoint in each Storage Account.
Reference:
QUESTION 178
Your company has an Azure subscription with two storage accounts. Each of these storage accounts
includes a queue service, a table service, and a blob service.
You have created two apps that must be configured to store various types of data to all the storage
services on the two storage accounts.
You need to configure the required amount of endpoints for the apps.
Solution: You configure three endpoints per app.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Each app needs a service endpoint in each Storage Account.
Reference:
QUESTION 179
Your company has an azure subscription that includes a storage account, a resource group, a blob
container and a file share.
A colleague named Jon Ross makes use of a solitary Azure Resource Manager (ARM) template to deploy
a virtual machine and an additional Azure Storage account.
You want to review the ARM template that was used by Jon Ross.
Solution: You access the Virtual Machine blade.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You should use the Resource Group blade
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/resource-manager-export-template
QUESTION 180
Solution: You access the Resource Group blade.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
To view a template from deployment history:
Go to the resource group for your new resource group. Notice that the portal shows the result of the last
deployment. Select this link.
You see a history of deployments for the group. In your case, the portal probably lists only one
deployment. Select this deployment.
The portal displays a summary of the deployment. The summary includes the status of the deployment and
its operations and the values that you provided for parameters. To see the template that you used for the
deployment, select View template.
Reference:
QUESTION 181
Solution: You access the Container blade.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You should use the Resource Group blade
Reference:
QUESTION 182
You have an Azure subscription with a storage account.
You want to use the Azure Import/Export service to import files to the storage account.
Solution: You create a XML manifest file.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Modify the dataset.csv file in the root folder where the tool resides. Depending on whether you want to
import a file or folder or both, add entries in the dataset.csv file Modify the driveset.csv file in the root folder
where the tool resides.
Reference:
QUESTION 183
Solution: You create a dataset CSV file and a driveset CSV file.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 184
Solution: You create a JSON configuration file.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 185
Your company has three virtual machines (VMs) that are included in an availability set.
You try to resize one of the VMs, which returns an allocation failure message.
It is imperative that the VM is resized.
Which of the following actions should you take?
A. You should only stop one of the VMs.

B. You should stop two of the VMs.
C. You should stop all three VMs.
D. You should remove the necessary VM from the availability set.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
If the VM you wish to resize is part of an availability set, then you must stop all VMs in the availability set
before changing the size of any VM in the availability set. The reason all VMs in the availability set must be
stopped before performing the resize operation to a size that requires different hardware is that all running
VMs in the availability set must be using the same physical hardware cluster. Therefore, if a change of
physical hardware cluster is required to change the VM size then all VMs must be first stopped and then
restarted one-by-one to a different physical hardware clusters.
Reference:
https://azure.microsoft.com/es-es/blog/resize-virtual-machines/
QUESTION 186
You have an Azure virtual machine (VM) that has a single data disk. You have been tasked with attaching
this data disk to another Azure VM.
You need to make sure that your strategy allows for the virtual machines to be offline for the least amount
of time possible.
Which of the following is the action you should take FIRST?
A. Stop the VM that includes the data disk.

B. Stop the VM that the data disk must be attached to.
C. Detach the data disk.
D. Delete the VM that includes the data disk.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/detach-disk
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/lab-services/devtest-lab-attach-detach-data-disk
QUESTION 187
Your company has an Azure subscription.
You need to deploy a number of Azure virtual machines (VMs) using Azure Resource Manager (ARM)
templates. You have been informed that the VMs will be included in a single availability set.
You are required to make sure that the ARM template you configure allows for as many VMs as possible to
remain accessible in the event of fabric failure or maintenance.
Which of the following is the value that you should configure for the platformFaultDomainCount property?
A. 10
B. 30
C. Min Value
D. Max Value
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
The number of fault domains for managed availability sets varies by region - either two or three per region.
Reference:
QUESTION 188
Your company has an Azure subscription.
You need to deploy a number of Azure virtual machines (VMs) using Azure Resource Manager (ARM)
templates. You have been informed that the VMs will be included in a single availability set.
You are required to make sure that the ARM template you configure allows for as many VMs as possible to
remain accessible in the event of fabric failure or maintenance.
Which of the following is the value that you should configure for the platformUpdateDomainCount
property?
A. 10
B. 20
C. 30
D. 40
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Each virtual machine in your availability set is assigned an update domain and a fault domain by the
underlying Azure platform. For a given availability set, five non-user-configurable update domains are
assigned by default (Resource Manager deployments can then be increased to provide up to 20 update
domains) to indicate groups of virtual machines and underlying physical hardware that can be rebooted at
the same time.
Reference:
QUESTION 189
Your company has an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that is configured for hybrid coexistence
with the on-premises Active Directory domain.
The on-premise virtual environment consists of virtual machines (VMs) running on Windows Server 2012
R2 Hyper-V host servers.
You have created some PowerShell scripts to automate the configuration of newly created VMs. You plan
to create several new VMs.
You need a solution that ensures the scripts are run on the new VMs.
Which of the following is the best solution?
A. Configure a SetupComplete.cmd batch file in the %windir%\setup\scripts directory.

B. Configure a Group Policy Object (GPO) to run the scripts as logon scripts.
C. Configure a Group Policy Object (GPO) to run the scripts as startup scripts.
D. Place the scripts in a new virtual hard disk (VHD).
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
After you deploy a Virtual Machine you typically need to make some changes before it's ready to use. This
is something you can do manually or you could use Remote PowerShell to automate the configuration of
your VM after deployment for example.
But now there's a third alternative available allowing you customize your VM: the CustomScriptextension.
This CustomScript extension is executed by the VM Agent and it's very straightforward: you specify which
files it needs to download from your storage account and which file it needs to execute. You can even
specify arguments that need to be passed to the script. The only requirement is that you execute a .ps1
file.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/manufacture/desktop/add-a-custom-script-to-
windows-setup
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/automating-vm-customization-tasks-using-custom-script-extension/
QUESTION 190
You plan to deploy several new virtual machines (VMs) in Azure. The VMs will have the same operating
system and custom software requirements.
You configure a reference VM in the on-premise virtual environment. You then generalize the VM to create
an image.
You need to upload the image to Azure to ensure that it is available for selection when you create the new
Azure VMs.
Which PowerShell cmdlets should you use?
A. Add-AzVM
B. Add-AzVhd
C. Add-AzImage
D. Add-AzImageDataDisk
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
The Add-AzVhd cmdlet uploads on-premises virtual hard disks, in .vhd file format, to a blob storage
account as fixed virtual hard disks.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/upload-generalized-managed
QUESTION 191
Your company's Azure subscription includes two Azure networks named VirtualNetworkA and
VirtualNetworkB.
VirtualNetworkA includes a VPN gateway that is configured to make use of static routing. Also, a site-to-
site VPN connection exists between your company's on-premises network and VirtualNetworkA.
You have configured a point-to-site VPN connection to VirtualNetworkA from a workstation running
Windows 10. After configuring virtual network peering between VirtualNetworkA and VirtualNetworkB, you
confirm that you are able to access VirtualNetworkB from the company's on-premises network. However,
you find that you cannot establish a connection to VirtualNetworkB from the Windows 10 workstation.
You have to make sure that a connection to VirtualNetworkB can be established from the Windows 10
workstation.
Solution: You choose the Allow gateway transit setting on VirtualNetworkA.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 192
VirtualNetworkB.
workstation.
Solution: You choose the Allow gateway transit setting on VirtualNetworkB.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 193
VirtualNetworkB.
workstation.
Solution: You download and re-install the VPN client configuration package on the Windows 10
workstation.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 194
Your company has virtual machines (VMs) hosted in Microsoft Azure. The VMs are located in a single
Azure virtual network named VNet1.
The company has users that work remotely. The remote workers require access to the VMs on VNet1.
You need to provide access for the remote workers.

What should you do?
A. Configure a Site-to-Site (S2S) VPN.

B. Configure a VNet-toVNet VPN.
C. Configure a Point-to-Site (P2S) VPN.
D. Configure DirectAccess on a Windows Server 2012 server VM.
E. Configure a Multi-Site VPN
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
A Point-to-Site (P2S) VPN gateway connection lets you create a secure connection to your virtual network
from an individual client computer.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-about-vpngateways
QUESTION 195
Your company has a Microsoft SQL Server Always On availability group configured on their Azure virtual
machines (VMs).
You need to configure an Azure internal load balancer as a listener for the availability group.
Solution: You create an HTTP health probe on port 1433.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/sql/virtual-machines-windows-portal-sql-
QUESTION 196
machines (VMs).
Solution: You set Session persistence to Client IP.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 197
machines (VMs).
Solution: You enable Floating IP.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 198
Your company has two on-premises servers named SRV01 and SRV02. Developers have created an
application that runs on SRV01. The application calls a service on SRV02 by IP address.
You plan to migrate the application on Azure virtual machines (VMs). You have configured two VMs on a
single subnet in an Azure virtual network.
You need to configure the two VMs with static internal IP addresses.
What should you do?
A. Run the New-AzureRMVMConfig PowerShell cmdlet.

B. Run the Set-AzureSubnet PowerShell cmdlet.
C. Modify the VM properties in the Azure Management Portal.
D. Modify the IP properties in Windows Network and Sharing Center.
E. Run the Set-AzureStaticVNetIP PowerShell cmdlet.
Correct Answer: E
Explanation
Specify a static internal IP for a previously created VM
If you want to set a static IP address for a VM that you previously created, you can do so by using the
following cmdlets. If you already set an IP address for the VM and you want to change it to a different IP
address, you'll need to remove the existing static IP address before running these cmdlets. See the
instructions below to remove a static IP.
For this procedure, you'll use the Update-AzureVM cmdlet. The Update-AzureVM cmdlet restarts the VM
as part of the update process. The DIP that you specify will be assigned after the VM restarts. In this
example, we set the IP address for VM2, which is located in cloud service StaticDemo.
Get-AzureVM -ServiceName StaticDemo -Name VM2 | Set-AzureStaticVNetIP -IPAddress 192.168.4.7 |

Update-AzureVM
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/servicemanagement/azure/set-azurestaticvnetip?
view=azuresmps-4.0.0
QUESTION 199
You need to deploy five virtual machines (VMs) to your company's virtual network subnet.
The VMs will each have both a public and private IP address. Inbound and outbound security rules for all
of these virtual machines must be identical.
Which of the following is the least amount of network interfaces needed for this configuration?
A. 5
B. 10
C. 20
D. 40
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 200
You need to deploy five virtual machines (VMs) to your company's virtual network subnet.
The VMs will each have both a public and private IP address. Inbound and outbound security rules for all
of these virtual machines must be identical.
Which of the following is the least amount of security groups needed for this configuration?
A. 4
B. 3
C. 2
D. 1
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
QUESTION 201
Your company's Azure subscription includes Azure virtual machines (VMs) that run Windows Server 2016.
One of the VMs is backed up every day using Azure Backup Instant Restore.
When the VM becomes infected with data encrypting ransomware, you decide to recover the VM's files.
Which of the following is TRUE in this scenario?
A. You can only recover the files to the infected VM.

B. You can recover the files to any VM within the company's subscription.
C. You can only recover the files to a new VM.
D. You will not be able to recover the files.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 202
Your company's Azure subscription includes Azure virtual machines (VMs) that run Windows Server 2016.
One of the VMs is backed up every day using Azure Backup Instant Restore.
When the VM becomes infected with data encrypting ransomware, you are required to restore the VM.
Which of the following actions should you take?
A. You should restore the VM after deleting the infected VM.

B. You should restore the VM to any VM within the company's subscription.
C. You should restore the VM to a new Azure VM.
D. You should restore the VM to an on-premise Windows device.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 203
You administer a solution in Azure that is currently having performance issues.
You need to find the cause of the performance issues pertaining to metrics on the Azure infrastructure.
Which of the following is the tool you should use?
A. Azure Traffic Analytics

B. Azure Monitor
C. Azure Activity Log
D. Azure Advisor
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Metrics in Azure Monitor are stored in a time-series database which is optimized for analyzing time-
stamped data. This makes metrics particularly suited for alerting and fast detection of issues.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/platform/data-platform
QUESTION 204
You have implemented Azure Backup to protect on-premises virtual machines (VMs).
A user accidentally deletes a file from an on-premises VM named VM1.
You need to recover the deleted file to an on-premises computer as quickly as possible.
Solution: You use the AzCopy command-line utility.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
To restore files or folders from the recovery point, go to the virtual machine and choose the desired
recovery point.
In the virtual machine's menu, click Backup to open the Backup dashboard.
In the Backup dashboard menu, click File Recovery.
From the Select recovery point drop-down menu, select the recovery point that holds the files you want. By
default, the latest recovery point is already selected.
To download the software used to copy files from the recovery point, click Download Executable (for
Windows Azure VM) or Download Script (for Linux Azure VM, a python script is generated).
Copy the files by using AzCopy
AzCopy is a command-line utility designed for copying data to/from Microsoft Azure Blob, File, and Table
storage, using simple commands designed for optimal performance. You can copy data between a file
system and a storage account, or between storage accounts.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-azure-restore-files-from-vm
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-use-azcopy
QUESTION 205
Solution: You use Instant Restore to recover the file.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Instant restore is used to restore files and folders to the same machine from which the backup is taken or
to alternative machines.
Reference:
QUESTION 206
Solution: You use Azure File Sync to recover the file.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-sync-files-deployment-guide?tabs=azure-
portal
QUESTION 207
Solution:
1. You create an Azure Log Analytics workspace and configure the data settings.
2. You install the Microsoft Monitoring Agent on VM1.
3. You create an alert in Azure Monitor and specify the Log Analytics workspace as the source.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Alerts in Azure Monitor can identify important information in your Log Analytics repository.
They are created by alert rules that automatically run log searches at regular intervals, and if results of the
log search match particular criteria, then an alert record is created and it can be configured to perform an
automated response.
workspace.
References:
QUESTION 208
You create an App Service plan named plan1 and an Azure web app named webapp1. You discover that
the option to create a staging slot is unavailable. You need to create a staging slot for plan1.
A. From webapp1, modify the Application settings.

B. From webapp1, add a custom domain.
C. From plan1, scale up the App Service plan.
D. From plan1, scale out the App Service plan.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
custom domains and certificates, staging slots, autoscaling, and more.
You scale up by changing the pricing tier of the App Service plan that your app belongs to.
Reference:
QUESTION 209
A DNS service is install on VM1.
You configure the DNS server settings for each virtual network as shown in the following exhibit.
You need 10 ensure that all the virtual machines can resolve DNS names by using the DNS service on
VM1. What should you do?
A. Add service endpoints on VNET2 and VNET3.

B. Configure peering between VNE11, VNETT2, and VNET3.
C. Configure a conditional forwarder on VM1
D. Add service endpoints on VNET1.
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
An Azure AD DS DNS zone should only contain the zone and records for the managed domain itself.
A conditional forwarder is a configuration option in a DNS server that lets you define a DNS domain, such
as contoso.com, to forward queries to. Instead of the local DNS server trying to resolve queries for records
in that domain, DNS queries are forwarded to the configured DNS for that domain. This configuration
makes sure that the correct DNS records are returned, as you don't create a local a DNS zone with
duplicate records in the managed domain to reflect those resources.
To create a conditional forwarder in your managed domain, complete the following steps:
1. Select your DNS zone, such as aaddscontoso.com.
2. Select Conditional Forwarders, then right-select and choose New Conditional Forwarder...
3. Enter your other DNS Domain, such as contoso.com, then enter the IP addresses of the DNS servers
for that namespace, as shown in the following example:
4. Check the box for Store this conditional forwarder in Active Directory, and replicate it as follows, then
select the option for All DNS servers in this domain, as shown in the following example:
5. To create the conditional forwarder, select OK. Name resolution of the resources in other namespaces
from VMs connected to the managed domain should now resolve correctly. Queries for the DNS domain
configured in the conditional forwarder are passed to the relevant DNS servers.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-networks-name-resolution-for-vms-and-role-
instances
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory-domain-services/manage-dns
QUESTION 210
You have a .NET Core application running in Azure App Services. You are expecting a huge influx of traffic
to your application in the coming days.
When your application experiences this spike in traffic, you want to detect any anomalies such as request
errors or failed queries immediately.
What service can you use to assure that you know about these types of errors related to your .NET
application immediately?
A. Application Insights Search

B. Log analytics workspace
C. Client-side monitoring
D. Live Metrics Stream in Application Insights
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Live metrics stream includes such information as the number of incoming requests, the duration of those
requests, and any failures that occur. You can also inspect critical performance metrics such as processor
and memory.
QUESTION 211
You need to perform the tasks shown in the following table.
Which tasks can you perform by using Azure Storage Explorer ?
A. Task1 and Task3 only

B. Task1. Task2 and Task3 only
C. Task1Task2 and Task3 only
D. Task2, Task3, and Task4 only
E. Take1,Take2, Take3, and Take4
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 212
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription' that contains an Azure Log Analytics workspace
named Workspace',
You need to view the error events from a table named Event.
A. Event | where EventType is "error"

B. search in (Event) "error"
C. select * from Event where EventType is "error"
D. search in (Event) * | where EventType -eq "error"
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 213
Your on-premises network contains a VPN gateway.
You need to ensure that all the traffic from VM1 to storage! travels across the Microsoft backbone network.
A. service endpoints
B. Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Application Proxy
C. a network security group (NSG)
D. Azure Virtual WAN
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
QUESTION 214
You plan to deploy route-based Site-to-Site VPN connections between several on-premises locations and
an Azure virtual network.
Which tunneling protocol should you use?
A. L2TP
B. |KEv2
C. PPTP
D. IKEv1
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 215
You have an Azure web app named Appt.
You need to monitor the availability of App1 by using a multi-step web test.
What should you use in Azure Monitor?
A. Azure Application Insights

B. the Diagnostic settings
C. metrics
D. Azure Service Health
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 216
You have an Azure subscription that contains a storage account named storage.
You have the devices shown in the following table.

From which devices can you use AzCopy to copy data to storage1?
A. Device1 and Device2 only

B. Device1, Device2 and Device3
C. Device' only
D. Device and Device3 only
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
QUESTION 217
You are configuring Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) authentication for an Azure Storage account named
storage1.
You need to ensure that the members of a group named Group1 can upload files by using the Azure
portal. The solution must use the principle of least privilege.
Which two roles should you configure for storage!? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point
A. Reader
B. Storage Blob Data Contributor
C. Storage Account Contributor
D. Storage Blob Data Reader
E. Contributor
Correct Answer: AB
Explanation
QUESTION 218
You have a general purpose v1 storage account named storageaccount1 that has a private container
named container1. You need to allow read access to the data inside container1, but only within a 14 day
window. How do you accomplish this?
A. Create a stored access policy

B. Create a service SAS
C. Create a shared access signatures
D. Upgrade the storage account to general purpose v2
Correct Answer: AC
Explanation
A Stored Access Policy allows granular control over a single storage container using a Shared Access
Signature (SAS).
A Shared Access Signature (SAS) allows you to have granular control over your storage account, including
access to only certain services (i.e. Azure Blobs) and permitting only read, write, delete, list, add, or create
access.
QUESTION 219
named Workspace1.
You need to view the error events from a table named Event.
A. Get-EventEvent|where{$_.EventType=="error"}
B. search in (Event)"error"
D. searchin(Event)*|whereEventType-eq"error"
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
To search a term in a specific table, add the table-name just after the search operator Note:
There are several versions of this question in the exam. The question has two possible correct answers:
1. Event | search "error"
2. Event | where EventType == "error"
3. search in (Event) "error"
Other incorrect answer options you may see on the exam include the following:
1. Get-Event Event | where {$_.EventTye "eq "error"}
2. Event | where EventType is "error"
3. search in (Event) * | where EventType "eq "error"
4. select*fromEventwhereEventTypeis"error"
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/log-query/search-queries https://docs.microsoft.com/
en-us/azure/azure-monitor/log-
query/get-started-portal https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/data-explorer/kusto/query/searchoperator?
QUESTION 220
following table.
RG1 has a web app named WebApp1. WebApp1 is located in West Europe.
A. The App Serviceplan for WebApp1remains in WestEurope. Policy2applies to WebApp1.

B. The App Service plan for WebApp1 moves to North Europe. Policy2 applies to WebApp1.
C. The App Serviceplan for WebApp1remains in WestEurope. Policy1applies to WebApp1.
D. The App Service plan for WebApp1 moves to North Europe. Policy1 applies to WebApp1.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
the same resource group and geographical region.
The region in which your app runs is the region of the App Service plan it's in. However, you cannot
change an App Service plan's region.
Reference:
QUESTION 221
You have an Azure subscription. All users are enabled for multi-factor authentication (MFA). You need to
ensure that the users can lock out their own account if they receive an unsolicited MFA request from
Azure.
Which MFA settings should you configure?
A. Block/unblock users
B. Providers
C. Notifications
D. Fraud alert
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
Configure the fraud alert feature so that your users can report fraudulent attempts to access their
resources.
Users can report fraud attempts by using the mobile app or through their phone.
Configuration options include:
Block user when fraud is reported: If a user reports fraud, their account is blocked for 90 days or until an
administrator unblocks their account. An administrator can review sign-ins by using the sign-in report, and
take appropriate action to prevent future fraud. An administrator can then unblock the user's account.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/howto-mfa-mfasettings#fraud-alert
QUESTION 222
You have a Microsoft 365 subscription and a hybrid deployment of Azure Active Directory (Azure AD).
User identities and password hashes are synced.
You have a user account named User1.
From Active Directory, you select the User must change password at next logon account option for User1.
What will occur if User1 attempts to sigh in to myapps.microsoft.com?
A. User1 will be prompted for a password change.

B. User1 will sign in by using the old password.
C. User1 will be prevented from signing in.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Troubleshoot password synchronization
Some users can't sign in to Office 365, Azure, or Microsoft Intune In this scenario, passwords of most
users appear to be syncing. However, there are some users whose passwords appear not to sync. The
following are scenarios in which a user cannot sign in to a Microsoft cloud service such as Office 365,
Azure, or Intune. They include information about how to troubleshoot each scenario.
Scenario 1: The "User must change password at next logon" check box is selected for the user's account
To resolve this issue, follow these steps:
1. Do one of the following:
In the user account properties in Active Directory Users and Computers, clear the User must change
password at next logon check box.
Have the user change their on-premises user account password.
2. Wait a few minutes for the change to sync between the on-premises Active Directory Domain Services
(ADDS) and Azure AD.
References:
https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/help/2855271/how-to-troubleshoot-password-synchronization-when-
using-an-azure-ad-sy
QUESTION 223
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 and two Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenants
named Tenant1 and Tenant2.
Subscription1 is associated to Tenant1. Multi-factor authentication (MFA) is enabled for all the users in
Tenant1.
You need to enable MFA for the users in Tenant2. The solution must maintain MFA for Tenant1.
A. Change the directory for Subscription1.

B. Configure the MFA Server setting in Tenant1.
C. Create and link a subscription to Tenant2.
D. Transfer the administration of Subscription1 to a global administrator of Tenant2.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
QUESTION 224
You set the multi-factor authentication status for a user named admin1@contoso.com to Enabled. Admin1
accesses the Azure portal by using a web browser. Which additional security verifications can Admin1 use
when accessing the Azure portal?
A. a phone call, a text message that contains a verification code, and a notification or a verification code
sent from the Microsoft Authenticator app
B. an app password, a text message that contains a verification code, and a notification sent from the
Microsoft Authenticator app
C. an app password, a text message that contains a verification code, and a verification code sent from
the Microsoft Authenticator app
D. a phone call, an email message that contains a verification code, and a text message that contains an
app password
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 225
From the MFA Server blade, you open the Block/unblock users blade as shown in the exhibit.
What caused AlexW to be blocked?
A. The user account password expired.

B. The user entered an incorrect PIN four times within 10 minutes.
C. An administrator manually blocked the user.
D. The user reported a fraud alert when prompted for additional authentication.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
An Administrator can block a user:
1. Sign in to the Azure portal as an administrator.
2. Browse to Azure Active Directory > MFA > Block/unblock users.
3. Select Add to block a user.
4. Select the Replication Group. Enter the username for the blocked user as username@domain.com.
Enter a comment in the Reason field, for example: Lost phone.
5. Select Add to finish blocking the user.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/howto-mfa-mfasettings
QUESTION 226
following table.
RG1 has a web app named WebApp1. WebApp1 islocated in West Europe.
A. The App Service plan for WebApp1 moves to North Europe.Policy2 applies to WebApp1.
B. The App Service plan for WebApp1 remains in West Europe. Policy2 applies to WebApp1
C. The App Service plan for WebApp1 moves to North Europe. Policy1 applies to WebApp1.
D. The App Service plan for WebApp1 remains in West Europe. Policy1 applies to WebApp1
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
the same resource group and geographical region.
The region in which your app runs is the region of the App Service plan it's in. However, you cannot
change an App Service plan's region.
References:
QUESTION 227
You have an Azure web app named App1. App1 runs in an Azure App Service plan named Plan1. Plan1 is
You discover that App1 stops each day after running continuously for 60 minutes. You need to ensure that
App1 can run continuously for the entire day. Solution: You change the pricing tier of Plan1 to Shared.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
You should switch to the Basic Tier.
The Free Tier provides 60 CPU minutes / day. This explains why App1 is stops. The Shared Tier provides
240 CPU minutes / day. The Basic tier has no such cap.
References:
QUESTION 228
You have an Azure subscription that contains 10 virtual machines on a virtual network. You need to create
a graph visualization to display the traffic flow between the virtual machines.
What should you do from Azure Monitor?
A. From Activity log, use quick insights.

B. From Metrics, create a chart.
C. From Logs, create a new query.
D. From Workbooks, create a workbook.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Navigate to Azure Monitor and select Logs to begin querying the data Reference:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/analysis-of-network-connection-data-with-azure-monitor-for-virtual-
machines/
QUESTION 229
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Log Analytics workspace. You have a resource
group that contains 100 virtual machines. The virtual machines run Linux. You need to collect events from
the virtual machines to the Log Analytics workspace.
Which type of data source should you configure in the workspace?
A. Syslog
B. Linux performance counters
C. custom fields
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Syslog is an event logging protocol that is common to Linux. Applications will send messages that may be
stored on the local machine or delivered to a Syslog collector. When the Log Analytics agent for Linux is
installed, it configures the local Syslog daemon to forward messages to the agent. The agent then sends
the message to Azure Monitor where a corresponding record is created.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/platform/data-sources-custom-logs
QUESTION 230
You have an Azure subscription that contains a custom application named Application1. Application1 was
developed by an external company named Fabrikam,
Ltd. Developers at Fabrikam were assigned role-based access control (RBAC) permissions to the
Application1 components. All users are licensed for the Microsoft 365 E5 plan. You need to recommend a
solution to verify whether the Fabrikam developers still require permissions to Application1. The solution
must meet the following requirements:
To the manager of the developers, send a monthly email message that lists the access permissions to
Application1.
If the manager does not verify an access permission, automatically revoke that permission.
Minimize development effort.
A. In Azure Active Directory (Azure AD), create an access review of Application1.

B. Create an Azure Automation runbook that runs the Get-AzRoleAssignment cmdlet.
C. In Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) Privileged Identity Management, create a custom role assignment
for the Application1 resources.
D. Create an Azure Automation runbook that runs the Get-AzureADUserAppRoleAssignment cmdlet.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/governance/manage-user-access-with-access-
reviews
QUESTION 231
You have an Azure subscription. The subscription has a blob container that contains multiple blobs. Ten
users in the finance department of your company plan to access the blobs during the month of April. You
need to recommend a solution to enable access to the blobs during the month of April only. Which security
solution should you include in the recommendation?
A. shared access signatures (SAS)

B. Conditional Access policies
C. certificates
D. access keys
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Shared Access Signatures (SAS) allows for limited-time fine grained access control to resources. So you
can generate URL, specify duration (for month of April) and disseminate URL to 10 team members. On
May 1, the SAS token is automatically invalidated, denying team members continued access.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-sas-overview
QUESTION 232
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that syncs with an on-premises Active Directory
domain.
You have an internal web app named WebApp1 that is hosted on-premises.
WebApp1 uses Integrated Windows authentication.
Some users work remotely and do NOT have VPN access to the on-premises network. You need to
provide the remote users with single sign-on (SSO) access to WebApp1. Which two features should you
include in the solution? Each correct answer presents part of the solution.
A. Azure AD Application Proxy

B. Azure AD Privileged Identity Management (PIM)
C. Conditional Access policies
D. Azure Arc
E. Azure AD enterprise applications
F. Azure Application Gateway
Correct Answer: AC
Explanation
QUESTION 233
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com that has a security group
named Group1. Group1 is configured for assigned membership. Group1 has 50 members, including 20
guest users.
You need to recommend a solution for evaluating the membership of Group1.
The solution must meet the following requirements:
The evaluation must be repeated automatically every three months. Every member must be able to report
whether they need to be in Group1. Users who report that they do not need to be in Group1 must be
removed from Group1 automatically. Users who do not report whether they need to be in Group1 must be
removed from Group1 automatically.
What should you include in the recommendation?
A. Implement Azure AD Identity Protection.
B. Change the Membership type of Group1 to Dynamic User.
C. Create an access review.
D. Implement Azure AD Privileged Identity Management (PIM).
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Have reviews recur periodically: You can set up recurring access reviews of users at set frequencies such
as weekly, monthly, quarterly or annually, and the reviewers will be notified at the start of each review.
Reviewers can approve or deny access with a friendly interface and with the help of smart
recommendations.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/governance/access-reviews-overview#learn-about-
access-reviews
QUESTION 234
Your company deploys several virtual machines on-premises and to Azure. ExpressRoute is being
deployed and configured for on-premises to Azure connectivity. Several virtual machines exhibit network
connectivity issues. You need to analyze the network traffic to identify whether packets are being allowed
or denied to the virtual machines.
Solution: Use Azure Traffic Analytics in Azure Network Watcher to analyze the network traffic.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 235
Your company deploys several virtual machines on-premises and to Azure. ExpressRoute is deployed and
configured for on-premises to Azure connectivity. Several virtual machines exhibit network connectivity
issues. You need to analyze the network traffic to identify whether packets are being allowed or denied to
the virtual machines.
Solution: Use Azure Advisor to analyze the network traffic.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/network-watcher/network-watcher-ip-flow-verify- overview
QUESTION 236
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named adatum.com that contains the users shown
Adatum.com has the following configurations:
Users may join devices to Azure AD is set to User1.
Additional local administrators on Azure AD joined devices is set to None.
You deploy Windows 10 to a computer named Computer. User1 joins Computer1 to adatum.com.
You need to identify which users are added to the local Administrators group on Computer1.
A. User1 only
B. User1, User2, and User3 only
D. User1, User2, User3, and User4
E. User2 only
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
Users may join devices to Azure AD - This setting enables you to select the users who can register their
devices as Azure AD joined devices. The default is All.
Additional local administrators on Azure AD joined devices - You can select the users that are granted
local administrator rights on a device. Users added here are added to the Device Administrators role in
Azure AD. Global administrators, here User2, in Azure AD and device owners are granted local
administrator rights by default.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/devices/device-management-azure-portal
QUESTION 237
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com. You have a CSV file that
contains the names and email addresses of 500 external users.
You need to create a quest user account in contoso.com for each of the 500 external users.
Solution: from Azure AD in the Azure portal, you use the Bulk create user operation.
A. Yes
B. No
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 238
You need to identify which storage account to use for the flow logging of IP traffic from VM5. The solution
must meet the retention requirements.
Which storage account should you identify?
A. storage4
B. storage1
C. storage2
D. storage3
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
QUESTION 239
You have an Azure App Services web app named App1.
You plan to deploy App1 by using Web Deploy.
You need to ensure that the developers of App1 can use their Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)
credentials to deploy content to App1. The solution must use the principle of least privilege.
What should you do?
A. Configure app-level credentials for FTPS.

B. Assign The Website Contributor role to the developers.
C. Assign the Owner role to the developers.
D. Configure user-level credentials for FTPS.
Correct Answer: C
Explanation
QUESTION 240
You need to add VM1 and VM2 to the backend poo! of LB1. What should you do first?
A. Create a new NSG and associate the NSG to VNET1/Subnet1.

B. Connect VM2 to VNET1/Subnet1.
C. Redeploy VM1 and VM2 to the same availability zone.
D. Redeploy VM1 and VM2 to the same availability set.
Correct Answer: D
Explanation
QUESTION 241
You have an Azure subscription that contains a storage account named storageacct1234 and two users
named User1 and User2.
You assign User1 the roles shown in the following exhibit.

Which two actions can User1 perform? Each correct answer presents a complete solution. NOTE: Each
correct selection is worth one point.
A. Modify the firewall of storageacct1234.

B. View blob data in storageacct1234.
C. View file shares in storageacct1234.
D. Upload blob data to storageacct1234.
E. Assign roles to User2 for storageacct1234.
Correct Answer: DE
Explanation
QUESTION 242
You develop the following Azure Resource Manager (ARM) template to create a resource group and
deploy an Azure Storage account to the resource group.
Which cmdtet should you run to deploy the template?
A. New-AzResourceGroupDeployment
B. New-AzDeployment
C. New-AzResource
D. new-AzTenantDeploynent
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
QUESTION 243
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com.
You have a CSV file that contains the names and email addresses of 500 external users.
You need to create a guest user account in contoso.com for each of the 500 external users.
Solution: You create a Power Shell script that runs the New-AZureADUser cmdlet for each user.
A. Yes
B. NO
Correct Answer: B
Explanation
QUESTION 244
You have an Azure subscription that contains a storage account named storage1.
The storage1 account contains a file share named share1.
The subscription is linked to a hybrid Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that contains a security
group named Group1.
You need to gram Group! the Storage File Data SMB Share Elevated Contributor role for share1.
A. Enable Active Directory Domain Service (ADDS) authentication for storage1.

B. Grant share-level permissions by using File Explorer.
C. Mount share! by using File Explorer.
D. Create a private endpoint.
Correct Answer: A
Explanation
Mix Questions C
QUESTION 1
HOTSPOT
You are evaluating the connectivity between the virtual machines after the planned implementation of the
Azure networking infrastructure. For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true.
Otherwise, select No.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 2
HOTSPOT
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 3
HOTSPOT
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 4
HOTSPOT
You need to meet the connection requirements for the New York office. What should you do? To answer,
select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Create a virtual network gateway and a local network gateway. Azure VPN gateway. The VPN
gateway service enables you to connect the VNet to the on-premises network through a VPN appliance.
For more information, see Connect an on-premises network to a Microsoft Azure virtual network. The VPN
gateway includes the following elements:
* Virtual network gateway. A resource that provides a virtual VPN appliance for the VNet. It is responsible
for routing traffic from the on-premises network to the VNet.
* Local network gateway. An abstraction of the on-premises VPN appliance. Network traffic from the cloud
application to the on-premises network is routed through this gateway.
* Connection. The connection has properties that specify the connection type (IPSec) and the key shared
with the on-premises VPN appliance to encrypt traffic.
* Gateway subnet. The virtual network gateway is held in its own subnet, which is subject to various
requirements, described in the Recommendations section below.
Box 2: Configure a site-to-site VPN connection
On premises create a site-to-site connection for the virtual network gateway and the local network
gateway.
Scenario: Connect the New York office to VNet1 over the Internet by using an encrypted connection.
Incorrect Answers:
Azure ExpressRoute: Established between your network and Azure, through an ExpressRoute partner.
This connection is private. Traffic does not go over the internet.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/reference-architectures/hybrid- networking/vpn
QUESTION 5
HOTSPOT
You need to the appropriate sizes for the Azure virtual for Server2. What should you do? To answer, select
the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Create a Recovery Services vault
Create a Recovery Services vault on the Azure Portal.
Box 2: Install the Azure Site Recovery Provider
Azure Site Recovery can be used to manage migration of on-premises machines to Azure. Scenario:
Migrate the virtual machines hosted on Server1 and Server2 to Azure.
Server2 has the Hyper-V host role.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/site-recovery/migrate-tutorial-on-premises-azure
QUESTION 6
HOTSPOT
table.
In storage1, you create a blob container named blob1 and a file share named share1. Which resources
can be backed up to Vault1 and Vault2? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: VM1 only
VM1 is in the same region as Vault1.
File1 is not in the same region as Vautl1.
SQL is not in the same region as Vault1.
Blobs cannot be backup up to service vaults.
Note: To create a vault to protect virtual machines, the vault must be in the same region as the virtual
machines.
Box 2: Share1 only.
Storage1 is in the same region (West USA) as Vault2. Share1 is in Storage1. Note: After you select
Backup, the Backup pane opens and prompts you to select a storage account from a list of discovered
supported storage accounts. They're either associated with this vault or present in the same region as the
vault, but not yet associated to any Recovery Services vault.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/bs-cyrl-ba/azure/backup/backup-create-rs-vault https://docs.microsoft.com/en-
us/azure/backup/backup-afs ===================================================
Topic 1, Litware, inc.
Overview
Litware, Ltd. is a consulting company that has a main office in Montreal and two branch offices in Seattle
and New York.
The Montreal office has 2,000 employees. The Seattle office has 1,000 employees. The New York office
has 200 employees.
All the resources used by Litware are hosted on-premises. Litware creates a new Azure subscription. The
Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant uses a domain named Litware.onmicrosoft.com. The tenant uses
the P1 pricing tier.
The network contains an Active Directory forest named Litware.com. All domain controllers are configured
as DNS servers and host the Litware.com DNS zone. Litware has finance, human resources, sales,
research, and information technology departments. Each department has an organizational unit (OU) that
contains all the accounts of that respective department. All the user accounts have the department
attribute set to their respective department.
New users are added frequently.
Litware.com contains a user named User1.
All the offices connect by using private links.
Litware has data centers in the Montreal and Seattle offices. Each data center has a firewall that can be
configured as a VPN device.
All infrastructure servers are virtualized. The virtualization environment contains the servers in the following
table.
Litware uses two web applications named App1 and App2. Each instance on each web application
requires 1GB of memory.
The Azure subscription contains the resources in the following table.
The network security team implements several network security groups (NSGs).
Planned Changes
Litware plans to implement the following changes:
* Deploy Azure ExpressRoute to the Montreal office.
* Migrate the virtual machines hosted on Server1 and Server2 to Azure.
* Synchronize on-premises Active Directory to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD).
* Migrate App1 and App2 to two Azure web apps named webApp1 and WebApp2.
Litware must meet the following technical requirements:
* Ensure that WebApp1 can adjust the number of instances automatically based on the load and can scale
up to five instance*.
* Ensure that VM3 can establish outbound connections over TCP port 8080 to the applications servers in
the Montreal office.
* Ensure that routing information is exchanged automatically between Azure and the routers in the
Montreal office.
* Enable Azure Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) for the users in the finance department only.
* Ensure that webapp2.azurewebsites.net can be accessed by using the name app2.Litware.com.
* Connect the New Your office to VNet1 over the Internet by using an encrypted connection.
* Create a workflow to send an email message when the settings of VM4 are modified.
* Create a custom Azure role named Role1 that is based on the Reader role.
* Minimize costs whenever possible.
QUESTION 7
HOTSPOT
VM1 and VM2 use public IP addresses. From Windows Server 2019 on VM1 and VM2, you allow inbound
Remote Desktop connections.
Subnet1 and Subnet2 are in a virtual network named VNET1.
The subscription contains two network security groups (NSGs) named NSG1 and NSG2. NSG1 uses only
the default rules.
NSG2 uses the default rules and the following custom incoming rule:
1. Priority: 100
2. Name: Rule1
3. Port: 3389
4. Protocol: TCP
5. Source: Any
6. Destination: Any
7. Action: Allow
NSG1 connects to Subnet1. NSG2 connects to the network interface of VM2. For each of the following
statements, select Yes if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
you create your VM.
Box 2: Yes
NSG2 will allow this.
Box 3: Yes
NSG2 will allow this.
References:
QUESTION 8
HOTSPOT
You have several Azure virtual machines on a virtual network named VNet1.
You configure an Azure Storage account as shown in the following exhibit.
Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the
information presented in the graphic.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: never
For Subnet 10.2.9.0/24, endpoint (Refer to first endpoint) is not enabled into the storage account shown in
the exhibit. Hence there would not be any connectivity to the file shares in storage account. To establish
this connection you must have to enable the endpoint.
Box 2: never
After you configure firewall and virtual network settings for your storage account, select Allow trusted
Microsoft services to access this storage account as an exception to enable Azure Backup service to
access the network restricted storage account. As this required setting is missing , so Azure backup will
not be able to take backup of unmanaged disks.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-how-to-use-files-windows https://
azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/azure-backup-now-supports-storage-accounts-secured- with-azure-
storage-firewalls-and-virtual-networks/
QUESTION 9
HOTSPOT
You have a sync group that has the endpoints shown in the following table.
Cloud tiering is enabled for Endpoint3.

You add a file named File1 to Endpoint1 and a file named File2 to Endpoint2. You need to identify on
which endpoints File1 and File2 will be available within 24 hours of adding the files.
What should you identify? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
File1: Endpoint3 only
Cloud Tiering: A switch to enable or disable cloud tiering. When enabled, cloud tiering will tier files to your
Azure file shares. This converts on-premises file shares into a cache, rather than a complete copy of the
dataset, to help you manage space efficiency on your server. With cloud tiering, infrequently used or
accessed files can be tiered to Azure Files.
File2: Endpoint1, Endpoint2, and Endpoint3
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-sync-cloud-tiering
QUESTION 10
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Active Directory tenant named Contoso.com that includes following users:
Contoso.com includes following Windows 10 devices:
You create following security groups in Contoso.com:
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Yes
User1 is a Cloud Device Administrator.
Device2 is Azure AD joined.
Group1 has the assigned to join type. User1 is the owner of Group1. Note: Assigned groups - Manually
add users or devices into a static group. Azure AD joined or hybrid Azure AD joined devices utilize an
organizational account in Azure AD Box
2: No User2 is a User Administrator.
Device1 is Azure AD registered.
Group1 has the assigned join type, and the owner is User1. Note: Azure AD registered devices utilize an
account managed by the end user, this account is either a Microsoft account or another locally managed
credential.
Box 3: Yes
User2 is a User Administrator.
Device2 is Azure AD joined.
Group2 has the Dynamic Device join type, and the owner is User2.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/devices/overview
QUESTION 11
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Storage account named storage1 and the users
You plan to monitor storage1 and to configure email notifications for the signals shown in the following
table.
You need to identify the minimum number of alert rules and action groups required for the planned
monitoring.
How many alert rules and action groups should you identify? To answer, select the appropriate options in
the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 12
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Sub1.
You plan to deploy a multi-tiered application that will contain the tiers shown in the following table.
You need to recommend a networking solution to meet the following requirements:
1. Ensure that communication between the web servers and the business logic tier spreads equally
across the virtual machines.
2. Protect the web servers from SQL injection attacks.
Which Azure resource should you recommend for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate
options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: an internal load balancer
Azure Internal Load Balancer (ILB) provides network load balancing between virtual machines that reside
inside a cloud service or a virtual network with a regional scope.
Box 2: an application gateway that uses the WAF tier
Azure Web Application Firewall (WAF) on Azure Application Gateway provides centralized protection of
your web applications from common exploits and vulnerabilities. Web applications are increasingly
targeted by malicious attacks that exploit commonly known vulnerabilities.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/web-application-firewall/ag/ag-overview
QUESTION 13
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Storage account.
You plan to copy an on-premises virtual machine image to a container named vmimages.
You need to create the container for the planned image.
Which command should you run? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: make
Here the purpose is to 'create a container". So the correct command would be azcopy make.
Box 2: blob
The requirement is for storing that image, it's not used to build AKS. So blob is correct option.
Reference:
https://adamtheautomator.com/azcopy-copy-files/
QUESTION 14
HOTSPOT
You need to create an Azure Storage account that meets the following requirements:
1. Minimizes costs
2. Supports hot, cool, and archive blob tiers
3. Provides fault tolerance if a disaster affects the Azure region where the account resides
How should you complete the command? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: StorageV2
You may only tier your object storage data to hot, cool, or archive in Blob storage and General Purpose v2
(GPv2) accounts. General Purpose v1 (GPv1) accounts do not support tiering. General-purpose v2
accounts deliver the lowest per-gigabyte capacity prices for Azure Storage, as well as industry-competitive
transaction prices.
Box 2: Standard_GRS
Geo-redundant storage (GRS): Cross-regional replication to protect against region-wide unavailability.
Incorrect Answers:
Locally-redundant storage (LRS): A simple, low-cost replication strategy. Data is replicated within a single
storage scale unit.
Read-access geo-redundant storage (RA-GRS): Cross-regional replication with read access to the replica.
RA-GRS provides read-only access to the data in the secondary location, in addition to geo- replication
across two regions, but is more expensive compared to GRS.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-redundancy-grs https://
docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/storage-blob-storage-tiers
QUESTION 15
HOTSPOT
You create a virtual machine scale set named Scale1. Scale1 is configured as shown in the following
exhibit.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
As cooling period and scale in and scale out durations are not displayed in the graphical view, so we need
to consider the default values as below for these settings. Cool down (minutes) : The amount of time to
wait before the rule is applied again so that the autoscale actions have time to take effect. Default is 5
minutes. Duration : The amount of time monitored before the metric and threshold values are compared.
Default is 10 minutes.
Box 1: 4 virtual machines

The Autoscale scale out rule increases the number of VMs by 2 if the CPU threshold is 80% or higher for
more than or equals to 10 mins due to default duration for scale in and out is 10 minutes. Since CPU
utilization at 85% only lasts for 6 mins , it does not trigger the rules. Hence no of virtual machines will be
same as the initial value which is 4.
Box 2: 4 virtual machines

The Autoscale scale in rule decreases the number of VMs by 4 if the CPU threshold is 30% or lower for
more than or equal to 10 mins. due to default duration for scale in and out is 10 minutes . Since CPU
utilization at 30% only lasts for 6 mins , it does not trigger the rules. Hence after first 6 mins instance count
will be same as initial count as 4. After that CPU utilization reached to 50% for 6 mins , which again would
not trigger the scale in rule. Therefore no of virtual machines will be same as the initial value which is 4.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/platform/autoscale-overview
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/platform/autoscale-best-practices
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/platform/autoscale-common-scale-patterns
QUESTION 16
HOTSPOT
You plan to deploy an Azure container instance by using the following Azure Resource Manager template.
information presented in the template.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: can connect to the container from any device
In the policy "osType": "window" refer that it will create a container in a container group that runs Windows
but it won't block access depending on device type.
Box 2: the container will restart automatically

Docker provides restart policies to control whether your containers start automatically when they exit, or
when Docker restarts. Restart policies ensure that linked containers are started in the correct order.
Docker recommends that you use restart policies, and avoid using process managers to start containers.
on-failure : Restart the container if it exits due to an error, which manifests as a non-zero exit code. As the
flag is mentioned as "on-failure" in the policy, so it will restart automatically
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/cli/azure/container?view=azure-cli-latest
https://docs.docker.com/config/containers/start-containers-automatically/
QUESTION 17
HOTSPOT
You have peering configured as shown in the following exhibit.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: vNET6 only
Peering status to both VNet1 and Vnet2 are disconnected.
Box 2: delete peering1

Peering to Vnet1 is Enabled but disconnected. We need to update or re-create the remote peering to get it
back to Initiated state.
Reference:
https://blog.kloud.com.au/2018/10/19/address-space-maintenance-with-vnet-peering/
QUESTION 18
HOTSPOT
You deploy an Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) cluster that has the network profile shown in the following
exhibit.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: 10.244.0.0/16
The Pod CIDR.
Note: The --pod-cidr should be a large address space that isn't in use elsewhere in your network
environment. This range includes any on-premises network ranges if you connect, or plan to connect, your
Azure virtual networks using Express Route or a Site-to-Site VPN connection.
This address range must be large enough to accommodate the number of nodes that you expect to scale
up to. You can't change this address range once the cluster is deployed if you need more addresses for
additional nodes.
Box 2: 10.0.0.0/16
The --service-cidr is used to assign internal services in the AKS cluster an IP address.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/aks/configure-kubenet
QUESTION 19
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains a resource group named RG1.
In RG1, you create an internal load balancer named LB1 and a public load balancer named LB2.
You need to ensure that an administrator named Admin1 can manage LB1 and LB2. The solution must
follow the principle of least privilege.
Which role should you assign to Admin1 for each task? To answer, select the appropriate options in the
answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Network Contributor on RG1
To add to the backend pool, write permission is required on the Resource Group because it writes
deployment information. To add a backend pool, you need network contributor role on the LB and on the
VMs that will be part of the backend pool.
For this reason the network contributor role must be assigned to the RG where the LB and the VM resides.
So the correct answer is Network Contributor on RG1 .
Box 2: Network Contributor on RG1

For Health Probe also, without having access to RG1, no health probe can be added. If only Network
Contributor role is assigned to LB then the user would not be able to access the IP addresses of the
member pools.
Owner/Contributor can give the user access for everything. So it will not fit into the the principle of least
privilege. Hence Owner and contributor role is incorrect choices for the question.
Reference:
QUESTION 20
HOTSPOT
You have Azure subscriptions named Subscription1 and Subscription2.

Subscription1 has following resource groups:
RG1 includes a web app named App1 in the West Europe location. Subscription2 contains the following
resource groups:
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
App1 present in RG1 and in RG1 there is no lock available. So you can move App1 to other resource
groups, RG2, RG3, RG4.
Note:
App Service resources can only be moved from the resource group in which they were originally created. If
an App Service resource is no longer in its original resource group, move it back to its original resource
group.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/management/move- limitations/app-
service-move-limitations
QUESTION 21
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure virtual machine named VM1 and a Recovery Services vault named Vault1.
You create a backup policy named Policy1 as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)
You configure the backup of VM1 to use Policy1 on Thursday, January 1.
You need to identify the number of available recovery points for VM1.
How many recovery points are available on January 8 and January 15? To answer, select the appropriate
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: 6
5 latest daily recovery points, which includes the weekly backup from the previous Sunday, plus the
monthly recovery point.
Box 2: 8
5 latest daily recovery points, plus two weekly backups, plus the monthly recovery point.
Reference:
https://social.technet.microsoft.com/Forums/en-US/854ab6ae-79aa-4bad-ac65-471c4d422e94/daily-
monthly-yearly-recovery-points-and-storage-used?forum=windowsazureonlinebackup
QUESTION 22
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure virtual network named VNet1 that connects to your on-premises network by using a
site-to-site VPN. VNet1 contains one subnet named Sunet1.
Subnet1 is associated to a network security group (NSG) named NSG1. Subnet1 contains a basic internal
load balancer named ILB1. ILB1 has three Azure virtual machines in the backend pool.
You need to collect data about the IP addresses that connects to ILB1. You must be able to run interactive
queries from the Azure portal against the collected data.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: An Azure Log Analytics workspace
In the Azure portal you can set up a Log Analytics workspace, which is a unique Log Analytics environment
with its own data repository, data sources, and solutions
Box 2: ILB1
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/log-analytics/log-analytics-quick-create-workspace
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-standard-diagnostics
QUESTION 23
HOTSPOT
You have a sync group named Sync1 that has a cloud endpoint. The cloud endpoint includes a file named
File1.txt.
Your on-premises network contains servers that run Windows Server 2016. The servers are configured as
You add Share1 as an endpoint for Sync1. One hour later, you add Share2 as an endpoint for Sync1.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Statement 1: Yes
If you add an Azure file share that has an existing set of files as a cloud endpoint to a sync group, the
existing files are merged with any other files that are already on other endpoints in the sync group.
Statement 2: No
Files present in any server endpoint will not be overwritten by the files present in cloud endpoint.
Hence this statement is false.
If you add a server location with an existing set of files as a server endpoint to a sync group, those files will
be merged with any other files already on other endpoints in the sync group but not vice versa.
Statement 3: Yes
Azure File Sync has a simple architecture : cloud endpoints, which is the Azure File Sync service and
server endpoints, which are the registered servers with the service. On top of that, we have Sync Groups,
which combine one cloud endpoint with one or more server endpoints. All members of this group will
receive the replicated data where the central location will be the cloud endpoint.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-sync-files-planning http://techgenix.com/
azure-file-sync-replicating-data/
QUESTION 24
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Availability Set named WEBPROD-AS-USE2 as
shown in the following exhibit.
You add 14 virtual machines to WEBPROD-AS-USE2.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 25
HOTSPOT
table.
You plan to configure Azure Backup reports for Vault1. You are configuring the Diagnostics settings for the
AzureBackupReports log. Which storage accounts and which Log Analytics workspaces can you use for
the Azure Backup reports of Vault1?
To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: storage3 only
Vault1 and storage3 are both in West Europe.
Box 2: Analytics1, Analytics2, Analytics3
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-create-rs-vault
https://docs.microsoft.com/de-de/azure/backup/configure-reports
QUESTION 26
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named adatum.com. Adatum.com contains the
groups in the following table.
You create two user accounts that are configured as shown in the following table.
To which groups do User1 and User2 belong? To answer. select the appropriate options in the answer
area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Group 1 only
First rule applies
Box 2: Group1 and Group2 only
Both membership rules apply.
References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sccm/core/clients/manage/collections/create- collections
QUESTION 27
HOTSPOT
You have a pay-as-you-go Azure subscription that contains the virtual machines shown in the following
table.
You create the budget shown in the following exhibit.

The AG1 action group contains a user named admin@contoso.com only. Use the drop-down menus to
select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in the
graphic.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: VM1 and VM2 continue to run
TWhen the budget thresholds you've created are exceeded, only notifications are triggered. None of your
resources are affected and your consumption isn't stopped. You can use budgets to compare and track
spending as you analyze costs.
Box 2: one email notification will be sent each month.

Budget alerts for Resource Group RG1, which include VM1, but not VM2.VM1 consumes 20 Euro/day. The
50%, 500 Euro limit, will be reached in 25 days, and an email will be sent.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-gb/azure/cost-management-billing/costs/tutorial-acm-create- budgets
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cost-management-billing/costs/cost-mgt-alerts-monitor- usage-
spending
QUESTION 28
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com.
The tenant is synced to the on-premises Active Directory domain. The domain contains the users shown in
the following table.
You enable self-service password reset (SSPR) for all users and configure SSPR to have the following
authentication methods:
* Number of methods required to reset: 2
* Methods available to users: Mobile phone, Security questions
* Number of questions required to register: 3
* Number of questions required to reset: 3
You select the following security questions:
* What is your favorite food?
* In what city was your first job?
* What was the name of your first pet?
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
Administrator accounts are special accounts with elevated permissions. To secure them, the following
restrictions apply to changing passwords of administrators:
On-premises enterprise administrators or domain administrators cannot reset their password through Self-
service password reset (SSPR). They can only change their password in their on-premises environment.
Thus, we recommend not syncing on-prem AD admin accounts to Azure AD. An administrator cannot use
secret Questions & Answers as a method to reset password.
Box 2: Yes
Self-service password reset (SSPR) is an Azure Active Directory feature that enables employees to reset
their passwords without needing to contact IT staff.
Box 3: Yes
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/howto-sspr-deployment
QUESTION 29
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the public load balancers shown in the following table.
You plan to create six virtual machines and to load balancer requests to the virtual machines. Each load
balancer will load balance three virtual machines. You need to create the virtual machines for the planned
solution. How should you create the virtual machines? To answer, select the appropriate options in the
answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: be created in the same availability set or virtual machine scale set. The Basic tier is quite restrictive.
A load balancer is restricted to a single availability set, virtual machine scale set, or a single machine.
Box 2: be connected to the same virtual network
The Standard tier can span any virtual machine in a single virtual network, including blends of scale sets,
availability sets, and machines.
References:
https://www.petri.com/comparing-basic-standard-azure-load-balancers
QUESTION 30
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the resource groups shown in the following table.
RG1 contains the resources shown in the following table.
You need to identify which resources you can move from RG1 to RG2, and which resources you can move
from RG2 to RG1.
Which resources should you identify? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Read only and Delete lock won't prevent you from moving resources in different resource groups. It will
prevent you to do the operations in the resource group where the resources are there.
So the correct answer should be
RG1 --> RG2 = IP1, vnet1 and storage1
RG2 --> RG1 = IP2, vnet2 and storage2
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/governance/blueprints/concepts/resource-locking
QUESTION 31
HOTSPOT
You have Azure subscription that includes following Azure file shares:
You have the following on-premises servers:
You create a Storage Sync Service named Sync1 and an Azure File Sync group named Group1. Group1
uses share1 as a cloud endpoint.
You register Server1 and Server2 in Sync1. You add D:\Folder1 on Server1 as a server endpoint of
Group1.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
Group1 already has a cloud endpoint named Share1.
A sync group must contain one cloud endpoint, which represents an Azure file share and one or more
server endpoints.
Box 2: No
Box 3: Yes
Yes, one or more server endpoints can be added to the sync group.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/file-sync/file-sync-server-endpoint-create?tabs=azure-
portal
QUESTION 32
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure virtual machine mat runs Windows Server 2019 and has the following configurations:
* Name:VM1
* Location: Welt US
* Connected to: VNfT1
* Private IP address: 10.1.0.4
* Public IP address: 52 18685.63
* DNS suffix m Windows Server.Adatum.com
You create the Azure DNS zones shown in the following table.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 33
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains a resource group named RG1.
In RG1, you create an internal load balancer named LB1 and a public load balancer named LB2.
You need to ensure that an administrator named Admin1 can manage LB1 and LB2. The solution must
follow the principle of least privilege.
Which role should you assign to Admin1 for each task? To answer, select the appropriate options in the
answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 34
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com that contains the users shown
in the following table:
User3 is the owner of Group1.
Group2 is a member of Group1.
You configure an access review named Review1 as shown in the following exhibit:
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
In the Users section, specify the users that the access review applies to. Access reviews can be for the
members of a group or for users who were assigned to an application. You can further scope the access
review to review only the guest users who are members (or assigned to the application), rather than
reviewing all the users who are members or who have access to the application.
Present Use Case:
Group2 is a member of Group1 and User3 is the owner of Group1 So User3 can review both Group 1 and
2.
But for review the scope says only Guest.
Solution:
User1 is a member not a guest so 1st statement ==> NO
UserA is member not the guest so 2nd statement ==> No
UserB is a guest so 3rd statement ==> Yes
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/governance/create-access-review
QUESTION 35
HOTSPOT
You have the Azure management groups shown in the following table:
You add Azure subscriptions to the management groups as shown in the following table:
You create the Azure policies shown in the following table:
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
Virtual networks are not allowed at the root and is inherited. Deny overrides allowed.
Box 2: No
Box 3: Yes
Subscriptions can be moved between Management Groups provided the user has the required RBAC
permissions.
QUESTION 36
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the resources shown in the following table:
You assign a policy to RG6 as shown in the following table:

To RG6, you apply the tag: RGroup: RG6.
You deploy a virtual network named VNET2 to RG6.
Which tags apply to VNET1 and VNET2? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
VNET1: Department: D1, and Label:Value1 only.
Tags applied to the resource group or subscription are not inherited by the resources.
Note: Azure Policy allows you to use either built-in or custom-defined policy definitions and assign them to
either a specific resource group or across a whole Azure subscription.
VNET2: Label:Value1 only.
Incorrect Answers:
RGROUP: RG6
Tags applied to the resource group or subscription are not inherited by the resources.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/management/tag-policies
QUESTION 37
HOTSPOT
In Subscription1, you create an Azure file share named share1.
You create a shared access signature (SAS) named SAS1 as shown in the following exhibit:
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: will have no access
The IP 193.77.134.1 does not have access on the SAS since this IP falls outside of the allowed IP address
range for SAS. Hence "will have no access" is correct.
Box 2: will be prompted for credentials

The net use command is used to connect to file shares.To mount an Azure file share, you will need the
primary (or secondary) storage key. SAS keys are not currently supported for mounting. Based on the
provided SAS exhibit, IP address is an allowed IP and also on given date SAS is active, but account
storage key is must to have to run the "net use" command , which is not provided in the question. Hence
"will be prompted for credentials" is correct option for this. net use R: \rebelsa1.file.core.windows.net
\rebelshare <storage key> /user:Azure\rebelsa1
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vs-azure-tools-storage-manage-with-storage- explorer?
tabs=windows
https://feedback.azure.com/forums/217298-storage/suggestions/14498352-allow-azure-files-shares-to-be-
mounted-using-sas-s
http://www.rebeladmin.com/2018/03/step-step-guide-create-azure-file-share-map-windows-10/
QUESTION 38
HOTSPOT
You plan to create an Azure Storage account in the Azure region of East US 2.
You need to create a storage account that meets the following requirements:
1. Replicates synchronously.
2. Remains available if a single data center in the region fails.
How should you configure the storage account? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer
area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Zone-redundant storage (ZRS)
Zone-redundant storage (ZRS) replicates your data synchronously across three storage clusters in a single
region.
LRS would not remain available if a data center in the region fails
GRS and RA GRS use asynchronous replication.
Box 2: StorageV2 (general purpose V2)
ZRS only support GPv2.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-redundancy-zrs
QUESTION 39
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Storage account named storage1 that uses Azure Blob storage and Azure File
storage.
You need to use AzCopy to copy data to the blob storage and file storage in storage1.
Which authentication method should you use for each type of storage? To answer, select the appropriate
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
You can provide authorization credentials by using Azure Active Directory (AD), or by using a Shared
Access Signature (SAS) token.
Box 1:
Both Azure Active Directory (AD) and Shared Access Signature (SAS) token are supported for Blob
storage.
Box 2:
Only Shared Access Signature (SAS) token is supported for File storage.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-use-azcopy-v10
QUESTION 40
HOTSPOT
VM1.
You install and configure a web server and a DNS server on VM1.
VM1 has the effective network security rules shown in the following exhibit:
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1:
Rule2 blocks ports 50-60, which includes port 53, the DNS port. Internet users can reach the Web server,
since it uses port 80.
Box 2:
If Rule2 is removed internet users can reach the DNS server as well. Note: Rules are processed in priority
Once traffic matches a rule, processing stops. As a result, any rules that exist with lower priorities (higher
numbers) that have the same attributes as rules with higher priorities are not processed.
References:
QUESTION 41
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains a virtual machine scale set. The scale set contains four
instances that have the following configurations:
1. Operating system: Windows Server 2016
2. Size: Standard_D1_v2
You run the get-azvmss cmdlet as shown in the following exhibit:
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
The Get-AzVmssVM cmdlet gets the model view and instance view of a Virtual Machine Scale Set (VMSS)
virtual machine.
Box 1: 0
The enableAutomaticUpdates parameter is set to false. To update existing VMs, you must do a manual
upgrade of each existing VM.
Box 2: 1
Below is clearly mentioned in the official Website
"The upgrade orchestrator identifies the batch of VM instances to upgrade, with any one batch having a
maximum of 20% of the total instance count, subject to a minimum batch size of one virtual machine."So,
20% from 4 ~1
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machine-scale-sets/virtual-machine-scale-sets-upgrade-
scale-set
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machine-scale-sets/virtual-machine-scale-sets-automatic-
upgrade
QUESTION 42
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the resources in the following table:
In Azure, you create a private DNS zone named adatum.com. You set the registration virtual network to
VNet2. The adatum.com zone is configured as shown in the following exhibit:
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
Azure DNS provides automatic registration of virtual machines from a single virtual network that's linked to
a private zone as a registration virtual network. VM5 does not belong to the registration virtual network
though.
Box 2: No
Forward DNS resolution is supported across virtual networks that are linked to the private zone as
resolution virtual networks. VM5 does belong to a resolution virtual network.
Box 3: Yes
VM6 belongs to registration virtual network, and an A (Host) record exists for VM9 in the DNS zone.
By default, registration virtual networks also act as resolution virtual networks, in the sense that DNS
resolution against the zone works from any of the virtual machines within the registration virtual network.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/private-dns-overview
QUESTION 43
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains a virtual network named VNet1. VNet1 uses an IP address
space of 10.0.0.0/16 and contains the subnets in the following table:
Subnet1 contains a virtual appliance named VM1 that operates as a router.
You create a routing table named RT1.
You need to route all inbound traffic from the VPN gateway to VNet1 through VM1.
How should you configure RT1? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box1 : 10.0.0.0/16
Address prefix in networking refer to the destination IP address range. In this scenario, destination is Vnet1
, hence Address prefix will be the address space of Vnet1.
Box 2 : Virtual appliance

Next hop gets the next hop type and IP address of a packet from a specific VM and NIC. Knowing the next
hop helps you determine if traffic is being directed to the intended destination, or whether the traffic is
being sent nowhere Next Hop --> VM1 --> Virtual Appliance (You can specify IP address of VM 1 when
configuring next hop as virtual appliance)
Box 3 : GatewaySubnet
In the scenario it is asked for all the inbound traffic to Vnet1. Inbound traffic is flowing through SubnetGW.
You need to route all inbound traffic from the VPN gateway to VNet1 through VM1.So its traffic from
Gateway subnet only.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/manage-route-table#create-a-route-table
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/network-watcher/network-watcher-next-hop-overview
QUESTION 44
HOTSPOT
You have a virtual network named VNET1 that contains the subnets shown in the following table:
You have two Azure virtual machines that have the network configurations shown in the following table:
For NSG1, you create the inbound security rule shown in the following table:
For NSG2, you create the inbound security rule shown in the following table:
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Yes
The inbound security rule for NSG1 allows TCP port 1433 from 10.10.2.0/24 (or Subnet2 where VM2 and
VM3 are located) to 10.10.1.0/24 (or Subnet1 where VM1 is located) while the inbound security rule for
NSG2 blocks TCP port 1433 from 10.10.2.5 (or VM2) to 10.10.1.5 (or VM1). However, the NSG1 rule has
a higher priority (or lower value) than the NSG2 rule.
Box 2: Yes
No rule explicitly blocks communication from VM1. The default rules, which allow communication, are thus
applied.
Box 3: Yes
No rule explicitly blocks communication between VM2 and VM3 which are both on Subnet2. The default
rules, which allow communication, are thus applied.
Reference:
QUESTION 45
HOTSPOT
Subscription1 contains the virtual machines in the following table:

Subscription1 contains a virtual network named VNet1 that has the subnets in the following table:
VM3 has multiple network adapters, including a network adapter named NIC3. IP forwarding is enabled on
NIC3. Routing is enabled on VM3.
You create a route table named RT1 that contains the routes in the following table:
You apply RT1 to Subnet1 and Subnet2.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
IP forwarding enables the virtual machine a network interface is attached to:
Receive network traffic not destined for one of the IP addresses assigned to any of the IP configurations
assigned to the network interface.
Send network traffic with a different source IP address than the one assigned to one of a network
interface's IP configurations.
The setting must be enabled for every network interface that is attached to the virtual machine that
receives traffic that the virtual machine needs to forward. A virtual machine can forward traffic whether it
has multiple network interfaces or a single network interface attached to it.
Box 1: Yes
The routing table allows connections from VM3 to VM1 and VM2. And as IP forwarding is enabled on VM3,
VM3 can connect to VM1.
Box 2: No
VM3, which has IP forwarding, must be turned on, in order for VM2 to connect to VM1.
Box 3: Yes
The routing table allows connections from VM1 and VM2 to VM3. IP forwarding on VM3 allows VM1 to
connect to VM2 via VM3.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-networks-udr-overview
https://www.quora.com/What-is-IP-forwarding
QUESTION 46
HOTSPOT
You create a Recovery Services vault backup policy named Policy1 as shown in the following exhibit:
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: 10 years
The yearly backup point occurs to 1 March and its retention period is 10 years.
Box 2: 10 weeks
QUESTION 47
HOTSPOT
You have a virtual network named VNet1 that has the configuration shown in the following exhibit.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: add an address space
Your IaaS virtual machines (VMs) and PaaS role instances in a virtual network automatically receive a
private IP address from a range that you specify, based on the address space of the subnet they are
connected to. We need to add the 192.168.1.0/24 address space.
Box 2: add a subnet
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-365/solutions/cloud-architecture-models?view=o365-worldwide
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-networks-static-private-ip-arm-pportal
QUESTION 48
HOTSPOT
You plan to deploy five virtual machines to a virtual network subnet.
Each virtual machine will have a public IP address and a private IP address.
Each virtual machine requires the same inbound and outbound security rules.
What is the minimum number of network interfaces and network security groups that you require? To
answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: 5
A public and a private IP address can be assigned to a single network interface.
Box 2: 1
You can associate zero, or one, network security group to each virtual network subnet and network
interface in a virtual machine. The same network security group can be associated to as many subnets
and network interfaces as you choose.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-network-network-interface-addresses
QUESTION 49
HOTSPOT
You manage two Azure subscriptions named Subscription1 and Subscription2.

Subscription1 has the following virtual networks:
The virtual networks contain the following subnets:
Subscription2 contains the following virtual network:

* Name: VNETA
* Address space: 10.10.128.0/17
* Location: Canada Central
VNETA contains the following subnets:
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Yes
With VNet-to-VNet you can connect Virtual Networks in Azure across Different regions.
Box 2: Yes
Azure supports the following types of peering:
1. Virtual network peering: Connect virtual networks within the same Azure region.
2. Global virtual network peering: Connecting virtual networks across Azure regions.
Box 3: Yes
References:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/vnet-to-vnet-connecting-virtual-networks-in-azure-across-different-
regions/
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-network-manage-peering#requirements-and-
constraints
QUESTION 50
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains the resources in the following table.
You install the Web Server server role (IIS) on WM1 and VM2, and then add VM1 and VM2 to LB1. LB1 is
configured as shown in the LB1 exhibit. (Click the Exhibit button.)
Rule1 is configured as shown in the Rule1 exhibit. (Click the Exhibit button.)
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
To load balance with basic load balancer backend pool virtual machines has to be in a single availability
set or virtual machine scale set.
A health probe is used to determine the health status of the instances in the backend pool. During load
balancer creation, configure a health probe for the load balancer to use. This health probe will determine if
an instance is healthy and can receive traffic. A Load Balancer rule is used to define how incoming traffic is
distributed to the all the instances within the Backend Pool. So if you delete the rule, load balancing won't
happen.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/skus
QUESTION 51
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure virtual machine that runs Windows Server 2019 and has the following configurations:
1. Name: VM1
2. Location: West US
3. Connected to: VNET1
4. Private IP address: 10.1.0.4
5. Public IP address: 52.186.85.63
6. DNS suffix in Windows Server: Adatum.com
You need to identify which DNS zones you can link to VNET1 and the DNS zones to which VM1 can
automatically register.
Which zones should you identify? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
QUESTION 52
HOTSPOT
You have Azure virtual machines that run Windows Server 2019 and are configured as shown in the
following table.
You create a private Azure DNS zone named adatum.com. You configure the adatum.com zone to allow
auto registration from VNET1.
Which A records will be added to the adatum.com zone for each virtual machine? To answer, select the
appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
The virtual machines are registered (added) to the private zone as A records pointing to their private IP
addresses.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/private-dns-scenarios
QUESTION 53
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription. The subscription contains virtual machines that run Windows Server 2016
and are configured as shown in the following table.
You create a public Azure DNS zone named adatum.com and a private Azure DNS zone named
contoso.com.
You create a virtual network link for contoso.com as shown in the following exhibit.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-networks-name-resolution-for-vms-and-role-
instances
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/private-dns-autoregistration
QUESTION 54
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the resource groups shown in the following table.

VM1 is running and connects to NIC1 and Disk1. NIC1 connects to VNET1.
RG2 contains a public IP address named IP2 that is in the East US location. IP2 is not assigned to a virtual
machine.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Yes
You can move storage
Box 2: No
You can't move to a new resource group a NIC that is attached to a virtual machine.
Box 3: No
Azure Public IPs are region specific and can't be moved from one region to another.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/management/move-support-resources
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/move-across-regions-publicip-powershell
QUESTION 55
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1. Subscription1 contains two Azure virtual machines
VM1 and VM2. VM1 and VM2 run Windows Server 2016.
VM1 is backed up daily by Azure Backup without using the Azure Backup agent.
VM1 is affected by ransomware that encrypts data.
You need to restore the latest backup of VM1.
To which location can you restore the backup? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer
area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1 : VM1 and VM2 only
When recovering files, you can't restore files to a previous or future operating system version.You can
restore files from a VM to the same server operating system, or to the compatible client operating system.
Therefore -
"VM1 and VM2 only" is the best answer since both run on Windows Server 2016. "A new Azure virtual
machine only" ,this will also work but why to create unnecessary new VM in Azure if existing VM will do the
task. So this option is incorrect.
Box 2 : VM1 or A new Azure virtual machine only

When restoring a VM, you can't use the replace existing VM option for encrypted VMs. This option is only
supported for unencrypted managed disks. And also You can restore files from a VM to the same server
operating system, or to the compatible client operating system only. Hence "VM1 or A new Azure virtual
machine only" is correct answer.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-azure-arm-restore-vms
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-azure-restore-files-from-vm#system- requirements
QUESTION 56
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains the quotas shown in the following
table.
You deploy virtual machine to Subscription1 as shown in the following table.
You plan to deploy the virtual machines shown in the following table.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
The total regional vCPUs is 20 so that means a maximum total of 20 vCPUs across all the different VM
sizes. The deallocated VM with 16 vCPUs counts towards the total. VM20 and VM1 are using 18 of the
maximum 20 vCPUs leaving only two vCPUs available.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/quotas
QUESTION 57
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains a virtual network named VNet1.
You add the users in the following table.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
References:
QUESTION 58
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains the following resource group:
1. Name: RG1
2. Region: West US
3. Tag: "tag1": "value1"
You assign an Azure policy named Policy1 to Subscription1 by using the following configurations:
1. Exclusions: None
2. Policy definition: Append tag and its default value
3. Assignment name: Policy1
4. Parameters:
-Tag name: Tag2
-Tag value: Value2
After Policy1 is assigned, you create a storage account that has the following configurations:
1. Name: storage1
2. Location: West US
3. Resource group: RG1
4. Tags: "tag3": "value3"
You need to identify which tags are assigned to each resource. What should you identify? To answer,
select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: "tag1": "value1" only
Box 2: "tag2": "value2" and "tag3": "value3"
Tags applied to the resource group are not inherited by the resources in that resource group.
References:
QUESTION 59
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscroption1.

In Subscription1, you create an alert rule named Alert1. The Alert1 action group is configured as shown in
the following exhibit.
Alert1 alert criteria is triggered every minute.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: 60
One alert per minute will trigger one email per minute.
Box 2: 12
No more than 1 SMS every 5 minutes can be send, which equals 12 per hour. Note: Rate limiting is a
suspension of notifications that occurs when too many are sent to a particular phone number, email
address or device. Rate limiting ensures that alerts are manageable and actionable.
The rate limit thresholds are:

1. SMS: No more than 1 SMS every 5 minutes.
2. Voice: No more than 1 Voice call every 5 minutes.
3. Email: No more than 100 emails in an hour.
4. Other actions are not rate limited.
References:
https://github.com/MicrosoftDocs/azure-docs/blob/master/articles/monitoring-and- diagnostics/monitoring-
overview-alerts.md
QUESTION 60
HOTSPOT

You plan to use Azure Resource Manager templates to deploy 50 Azure virtual machines that will be part
of the same availability set.
You need to ensure that as many virtual machines as possible are available if the fabric fails or during
servicing.
How should you configure the template? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
as per https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/compute/availabilitysets/createorupdate you can only
specify an integer, so 3 and 20 are the answers (not max, and for sure not 0) Request
Body REQUEST BODY
Name Required Type Description
properties.platformFaultDomainCount
integer
Fault Domain count.
properties.platformUpdateDomainCount
integer
Update Domain count.
Use two fault domains.
2 or 3 is max value, depending on which region you are in.
Use 20 for platformUpdateDomainCount
Increasing the update domain (platformUpdateDomainCount) helps with capacity and availability planning
when the platform reboots nodes. A higher number for the pool (20 is max) means that fewer of their nodes
in any given availability set would be rebooted at once.
References:
https://www.itprotoday.com/microsoft-azure/check-if-azure-region-supports-2-or-3-fault-domains-
managed-disks
https://github.com/Azure/acs-engine/issues/1030
QUESTION 61
HOTSPOT
VMSS1 is set to VM (virtual machines) orchestration mode.

You need to deploy a new Azure virtual machine named VM1, and then add VM1 to VMSS1.
Which resource group and location should you use to deploy VM1? To answer, select the appropriate
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: RG1, RG2, or RG3
The resource group stores metadata about the resources. When you specify a location for the resource
group, you're specifying where that metadata is stored.
Box 2: West US only

Note: Virtual machine scale sets will support 2 distinct orchestration modes:
ScaleSetVM – Virtual machine instances added to the scale set are based on the scale set configuration
model. The virtual machine instance lifecycle - creation, update, deletion - is managed by the scale set.
VM (virtual machines) – Virtual machines created outside of the scale set can be explicitly added to the
scaleset.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/management/overview
QUESTION 62
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains the virtual networks in the following
table.
Subscripton1 contains the virtual machines in the following table.
In Subscription1, you create a load balancer that has the following configurations:
1. Name: LB1
2. SKU: Basic
3. Type: Internal
4. Subnet: Subnet12
NOTE: each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Statement 1 : Basic load balancer supports Virtual machine in a single Availability set or virtual machine
scale set (VMSS) only . Hence this statement is correct.
Statement 2 : Basic load balancer supports Virtual machine in a single Availability set or virtual scale set
only or one standalone VM. VM3 and VM4 are not part of any availability set or VMSS .Hence this
statement is incorrect.
Statement 3 : Basic load balancer supports Virtual machine in a single Availability set or virtual scale set
only or one standalone VM. VM5 and VM6 are not part of any availability set or VMSS .Hence this
statement is incorrect.
References:
QUESTION 63
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the Azure virtual machines shown in the following table.
You add inbound security rules to a network security group (NSG) named NSG1 as shown in the following
table.
You run Azure Network Watcher as shown in the following exhibit.

You run Network Watcher again as shown in the following exhibit.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
It limits traffic to VM2, but not VM1 traffic.
Box 2: Yes
Yes, the destination is VM2.
Box 3: No
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/network-security-group-how-it-works
QUESTION 64
HOTSPOT
You create the Azure Storage account shown in the following exhibit.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: 3
Locally Redundant Storage (LRS) provides highly durable and available storage within a single location
(sub region). We maintain an equivalent of 3 copies (replicas) of your data within the primary location as
described in our SOSP paper; this ensures that we can recover from common failures (disk, node, rack)
without impacting your storage account’s availability and durability.
Box 2: Access tier

Change the access tier from Hot to Cool.
Note: Azure storage offers different access tiers, which allow you to store blob object data in the most cost-
effective manner. The available access tiers include:
Hot - Optimized for storing data that is accessed frequently.

Cool - Optimized for storing data that is infrequently accessed and stored for at least 30 days.
Archive - Optimized for storing data that is rarely accessed and stored for at least 180 days with flexible
latency requirements (on the order of hours).
Reference:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/blog/data-series-introducing-locally-redundant-storage-for-windows-
azure-storage/
QUESTION 65
HOTSPOT
You need to create a conditional access policy that requires all users to use multi-factor authentication
when they access the Azure portal.
Which three settings should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate settings in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Assignments, Users and Groups
When you configure the sign-in risk policy, you need to set:
The users and groups the policy applies to: Select Individuals and Groups
Box 2:
When you configure the sign-in risk policy, you need to set the type of access you want to be enforced.
Box 3:
When you configure the sign-in risk policy, you need to set:
The type of access you want to be enforced when your sign-in risk level has been met:
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/identity-protection/howto-user-risk-policy
QUESTION 66
HOTSPOT
You purchase a new Azure subscription named Subscription1.
You create a virtual machine named VM1 in Subscription1. VM1 is not protected by Azure Backup.
You need to protect VM1 by using Azure Backup. Backups must be created at 01:00 and stored for 30
days.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: A Recovery Services vault
You can set up a Recovery Services vault and configure backup for multiple Azure VMs.
Box 2: A backup policy

In Choose backup policy, do one of the following:
1. Leave the default policy. This backs up the VM once a day at the time specified, and retains backups in
the vault for 30 days.
2. Select an existing backup policy if you have one.
3. Create a new policy, and define the policy settings.
What happens when I change my backup policy?

When a new policy is applied, schedule and retention of the new policy is followed.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-configure-vault
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-azure-backup-faq
QUESTION 67
HOTSPOT
You have the App Service plan shown in the following exhibit.
The scale-in settings for the App Service plan are configured as shown in the following exhibit.
The scale out rule is configured with the same duration and cool down tile as the scale in rule.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 68
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains a virtual network named VNET1 in the East US 2 region.
You have the following resources in an Azure Resource Manager template.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Yes
Box 2: Yes
VM1 is in Zone1, while VM2 is on Zone2.
Box 3: No
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/resiliency/recovery-loss-azure-region
QUESTION 69
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that contains three global administrators named
Admin1, Admin2, and Admin3.
The tenant is associated to an Azure subscription. Access control for the subscription is configured as
shown in the Access control exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)
You sign in to the Azure portal as Admin1 and configure the tenant as shown in the Tenant exhibit.
(Click the Exhibit tab.)
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
They are all Global admins so they can all modify user permission. i.e add self as owner etc. You can be
GA in one of the subscription, it doesn't mean that you can create the resources in all subscription. As a
Global Administrator in Azure Active Directory (Azure AD), you might not have access to all subscriptions
and management groups in your directory. Azure AD and Azure resources are secured independently from
one another. That is, Azure AD role assignments do not grant access to Azure resources, and Azure role
assignments do not grant access to Azure AD. However, if you are a Global Administrator in Azure AD,
you can assign yourself access to all Azure subscriptions and management groups in your directory
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-gb/azure/role-based-access-control/elevate-access-global-admin
QUESTION 70
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the Azure virtual machines shown in the following table.
You configure the network interfaces of the virtual machines to use the settings shown in the following
table.
From the settings of VNET1 you configure the DNS servers shown in the following exhibit.
The virtual machines can successfully connect to the DNS server that has an IP address of 192.168.10.15
and the DNS server that has an IP address of 193.77.134.10.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Yes
You can specify DNS server IP addresses in the VNet settings. The setting is applied as the default DNS
server(s) for all VMs in the VNet.
Box 2: No
You can set DNS servers per VM or cloud service to override the default network settings.
Box 3: Yes
You can set DNS servers per VM or cloud service to override the default network settings.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-networks-faq#name-resolution-dns
QUESTION 71
HOTSPOT
You plan to use Azure Network Watcher to perform the following tasks:
1. Task1: Identify a security rule that prevents a network packet from reaching an Azure virtual machine.
2. Task2: Validate outbound connectivity from an Azure virtual machine to an external host.
Which feature should you use for each task? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Task 1: IP flow verify
The IP flow verify capability enables you to specify a source and destination IPv4 address, port, protocol
(TCP or UDP), and traffic direction (inbound or outbound). IP flow verify then tests the communication and
informs you if the connection succeeds or fails. If the connection fails, IP flow verify tells you which security
rule allowed or denied the communication, so that you can resolve the problem.
Task 2: Connection troubleshoot

The connection troubleshoot capability enables you to test a connection between a VM and another VM,
an FQDN, a URI, or an IPv4 address. The test returns similar information returned when using the
connection monitor capability, but tests the connection at a point in time, rather than monitoring it over
time.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/network-watcher/network-watcher-connectivity-overview
QUESTION 72
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure virtual machine named VM1 that connects to a virtual network named VNet1. VM1 has
the following configurations:
1. Subnet: 10.0.0.0/24
2. Availability set: AVSet
3. Network security group (NSG): None
4. Private IP address: 10.0.0.4 (dynamic)
5. Public IP address: 40.90.219.6 (dynamic)
You deploy a standard, Internet-facing load balancer named slb1.
You need to configure slb1 to allow connectivity to VM1.
Which changes should you apply to VM1 as you configure slb1? To answer, select the appropriate options
in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Remove the public IP address from VM1
If the Public IP on VM1 is set to Dynamic, that means it is a Public IP with Basic SKU because Public IPs
with Standard SKU have Static assignments by default, that cannot be changed. We cannot associate
Basic SKUs IPs with Standard SKUs LBs. One cannot create a backend SLB pool if the VM to be
associated has a Public IP. For Private IP it doesn't matter weather it is dynamic or static, still we can add
the such VM into the SLB backend pool.
Box 2: Create and configure an NSG

Standard Load Balancer is built on the zero trust network security model at its core. Standard Load
Balancer secure by default and is part of your virtual network. The virtual network is a private and isolated
network. This means Standard Load Balancers and Standard Public IP addresses are closed to inbound
flows unless opened by Network Security Groups. NSGs are used to explicitly permit allowed traffic. If you
do not have an NSG on a subnet or NIC of your virtual machine resource, traffic is not allowed to reach this
resource. To learn more about NSGs and how to apply them for your scenario, see Network Security
Groups. Basic Load Balancer is open to the internet by default.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/quickstart-load-balancer-standard-public-portal
QUESTION 73
HOTSPOT
You install the Web Server server role (IIS) on VM1 and VM2, and then add VM1 and VM2 to LB1.
LB1 is configured as shown in the LB1 exhibit. (Click the LB1 tab.)
Rule1 is configured as shown in the Rule1 exhibit. (Click the Rule1 tab.)
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Yes
A Basic Load Balancer supports virtual machines in a single availability set or virtual machine scale set.
Box 2: Yes
When using load-balancing rules with Azure Load Balancer, you need to specify health probes to allow
Load Balancer to detect the backend endpoint status. The configuration of the health probe and probe
responses determine which backend pool instances will receive new flows. You can use health probes to
detect the failure of an application on a backend endpoint. You can also generate a custom response to a
health probe and use the health probe for flow control to manage load or planned downtime. When a
health probe fails, Load Balancer will stop sending new flows to the respective unhealthy instance.
Outbound connectivity is not impacted, only inbound connectivity is impacted.
Box 3: No
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/skus
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-custom-probe-overview
QUESTION 74
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that has a subscription ID of c276fc76-9cd4-44c9-
99a7-4fd71546436e.
You need to create a custom RBAC role named CR1 that meets the following requirements:
1. Can be assigned only to the resource groups in Subscription1

2. Prevents the management of the access permissions for the resource groups
3. Allows the viewing, creating, modifying, and deleting of resources within the resource groups
What should you specify in the assignable scopes and the permission elements of the definition of CR1?
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: "/subscription/c276fc76-9cd4-44c9-99a7-4fd71546436e" In the assignableScopes you need to

mention the subscription ID where you want to implement the RBAC
Box 2: "Microsoft.Authorization/*"
Microsoft.Authorization/* is used to Manage authorization
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/resource-provider-
operations#microsoftauthorization
QUESTION 75
HOTSPOT
You have Azure Storage accounts as shown in the following exhibit.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: storageaccount1 and storageaccount2 only
Box 2: All the storage accounts
Note: The three different storage account options are: General-purpose v2 (GPv2) accounts, General-
purpose v1 (GPv1) accounts, and Blob storage accounts.
1. General-purpose v2 (GPv2) accounts are storage accounts that support all of the latest features for
blobs, files, queues, and tables.
2. Blob storage accounts support all the same block blob features as GPv2, but are limited to supporting
only block blobs.
3. General-purpose v1 (GPv1) accounts provide access to all Azure Storage services, but may not have
the latest features or the lowest per gigabyte pricing.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-account-options
QUESTION 76
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Service app named App1 and an app named App2 that runs in an Azure container
instance. Each app uses a managed identity.
You need to ensure that App1 and App2 can read blobs from storage1. The solution must meet the
following requirements:
1. Minimize the number of secrets used.

2. Ensure that App2 can only read from storage1 for the next 30 days.
What should you configure in storage1 for each app? To answer, select the appropriate options in the
answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
App1: Access keys
App2: Shared access signature (SAS)

A shared access signature (SAS) provides secure delegated access to resources in your storage account
without compromising the security of your data. With a SAS, you have granular control over how a client
can access your data. You can control what resources the client may access, what permissions they have
on those resources, and how long the SAS is valid, among other parameters.
Reference:
QUESTION 77
HOTSPOT
The status of VM1 is Running.
You assign an Azure policy as shown in the exhibit. (Click the Exhibit tab.)
You assign the policy by using the following parameters:
Microsoft.ClassicNetwork/virtualNetworks
Microsoft.Network/virtualNetworks
Microsoft.Compute/virtualMachines
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Not allowed resource types (Deny): Prevents a list of resource types from being deployed. This means this
policy specifically prevents a list of resource types from being deployed. So that refers that except
deployment all the other operations like start/stop or move etc. are not prevented. But to be noted if the
resource already exists, it just marks it as non-compliant. Replicated this scenario in LAB keeping VM
running and below are the outcome :
1. VM is not deallocated
2. Able to stop and start VM successfully.
3. Not able to create new virtual network or VM.
4. Not able to modify VM size.
5. Not able change the address space of the virtual network. ?Successfully moved virtual network and VM
in another resource group.
Statement 1 : Yes
Based on above experiment the policy will mark the VNET1 as non-compliant but it can be moved to RG2 .
Hence this statement is true.
Statement 2 : No
Based on above experiment the policy will mark the VM as non-compliant but it will still be running, not
deallocated. Hence this statement is False.
Statement 3 : No
Based on above experiment the address space for VNET2 can not be modified. Hence this statement is
False.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/governance/policy/assign-policy-portal
QUESTION 78
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1. Subscription1 contains the resources in the
following table.
VNet1 is in RG1. VNet2 is in RG2. There is no connectivity between VNet1 and VNet2.
An administrator named Admin1 creates an Azure virtual machine named VM1 in RG1. VM1 uses a disk
named Disk1 and connects to VNet1. Admin1 then installs a custom application in VM1.
You need to move the custom application to VNet2. The solution must minimize administrative effort.
Which two actions should you perform? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
We cannot just move a virtual machine between networks. What we need to do is identify the disk used by
the VM, delete the VM itself while retaining the disk, and recreate the VM in the target virtual network and
then attach the original disk to it.
Reference:
https://blogs.technet.microsoft.com/canitpro/2014/06/16/step-by-step-move-a-vm-to-a-different-vnet-on-
azure/
https://4sysops.com/archives/move-an-azure-vm-to-another-virtual-network-vnet/#migrate-an-azure-vm-
between-vnets
QUESTION 79
HOTSPOT
You have the App Service plans shown in the following table.
You plan to create the Azure web apps shown in the following table.
You need to identify which App Service plans can be used for the web apps.
What should you identify? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: ASP1 ASP3
Asp1, ASP3: ASP.NET Core apps can be hosted both on Windows or Linux.
Not ASP2: The region in which your app runs is the region of the App Service plan it's in.
Box 2: ASP1
ASP.NET apps can be hosted on Windows only.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/quickstart-dotnetcore?pivots=platform-linux
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/app-service-plan-manage#
QUESTION 80
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Kubernetes Service (AKS) cluster named AKS1 and a computer named Computer1
that runs Windows 10. Computer1 that has the Azure CLI installed.
You need to install the kubectl client on Computer1.
Which command should you run? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
To install kubectl locally, use the az aks install-cli command:
az aks install-cli
Reference:
QUESTION 81
HOTSPOT
You have peering configured as shown in the following exhibit.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: vNET6 only
Peering status to both VNet1 and Vnet2 are disconnected.
Box 2: delete peering1

Peering to Vnet1 is Enabled but disconnected. We need to update or re-create the remote peering to get it
back to Initiated state.
Reference:
https://blog.kloud.com.au/2018/10/19/address-space-maintenance-with-vnet-peering/
QUESTION 82
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.onmicrosoft.com that contains the
users shown in the following table.
You configure the authentication methods for password reset as shown in the Authentication Methods
exhibit. (Click the Authentication Methods tab.)
You configure the authentication methods for password reset as shown in the Authentication Methods
exhibit. (Click the Authentication Methods tab.)
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
Two methods are required.
Box 2: No
Self-service password reset is only enabled for Group2, and User1 is not a member of Group2.
Box 3: Yes
As a User Administrator, User3 can add security questions to the reset process.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/quickstart-sspr
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/active-directory-passwords-faq
QUESTION 83
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Subscription named Subcription1.has

Subcription1 contains the virtual machines in the following table.
Subcription1 contains the virtual machines in the following table.

VM3 has multiple network, including a network adapter named NIC3, IP forwarding is enabled on NIC3.
Routing is enabled on VM3.
You create a route table named RT1 that contains the routes in the following table.
You apply RT1 to subnet1 and Sybnet2.

For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statements is true. Otherwise, select No.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
IP forwarding enables the virtual machine a network interface is attached to:
1. Receive network traffic not destined for one of the IP addresses assigned to any of the IP
configurations assigned to the network interface.
2. Send network traffic with a different source IP address than the one assigned to one of a network
interface's IP configurations.
The setting must be enabled for every network interface that is attached to the virtual machine that
receives traffic that the virtual machine needs to forward. A virtual machine can forward traffic whether it
has multiple network interfaces or a single network interface attached to it.
Box 1: Yes
The routing table allows connections from VM3 to VM1 and VM2. And as IP forwarding is enabled on VM3,
VM3 can connect to VM1.
Box 2: No
VM3, which has IP forwarding, must be turned on, in order for VM2 to connect to VM1.
Box 3: Yes
The routing table allows connections from VM1 and VM2 to VM3. IP forwarding on VM3 allows VM1 to
connect to VM2 via VM3.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-networks-udr-overview https://
www.quora.com/What-is-IP-forwarding
QUESTION 84
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains the quotas shown in the following
table.
You deploy virtual machines to Subscription1 as shown in the following table.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 85
HOTSPOT
You have an on premises data center and an Azure subscription. The data center contains two VPN
devices. The subscription contains an Azure virtual network named VNet1. VNet1 contains a gateway
subnet.
You need to create a site-to-site VPN. The solution must ensure that if a single instance of an Azure VPN
gateway fails, or a single on-premises VPN device fails, the failure will not cause an interruption that is
longer than two minutes.
What is the minimum number of public IP addresses, virtual network gateways, and local network
gateways required in Azure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: 4
Two public IP addresses in the on-premises data center, and two public IP addresses in the VNET. The
most reliable option is to combine the active-active gateways on both your network and Azure, as shown in
the diagram below.
Box 2: 2
Every Azure VPN gateway consists of two instances in an active-standby configuration. For any planned
maintenance or unplanned disruption that happens to the active instance, the standby instance would take
over (failover) automatically, and resume the S2S VPN or VNet-to-VNet connections.
Box 3: 2
Dual-redundancy: active-active VPN gateways for both Azure and on-premises networks Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-highlyavailable
QUESTION 86
HOTSPOT

You plan to deploy an Ubuntu Server virtual machine named VM1 to Subscription1. You need to perform a
custom deployment of the virtual machine. A specific trusted root certification authority (CA) must be added
during the deployment.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Cloud-init.txt
Cloud-init.txt is used to customize a Linux VM on first boot up. It can be used to install packages and write
files, or to configure users and security. No additional steps or agents are required to apply your
configuration.
Box 2: The az vm create command
Once Cloud-init.txt has been created, you can deploy the VM with az vm create cmdlet, sing the --
customdata parameter to provide the full path to the cloud-init.txt file.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/linux/tutorial-automate-vm-deployment
QUESTION 87
HOTSPOT

You need to implement a custom policy that meet the following requirements:
*Ensures that each new resource group in the subscription has a tag named organization set to a value of
Contoso.
*Ensures that resource group can be created from the Azure portal. *Ensures that compliance reports in
the Azure portal are accurate. How should you complete the policy? To answer, select the appropriate
options in the answers area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: "Microsoft.Resources/subscriptions/resourceGroups" To create a new resource group in a
subscription, account have at least the this permission.
Box 2: "Append"
Append adds fields to the resource when the if condition of the policy rule is met. If the append effect
would override a value in the original request with a different value, then it acts as a deny effect and rejects
the request. To append a new value to an existing array, use the [*] version of the alias
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/governance/policy/concepts/definition-structure
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/custom-roles
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/governance/policy/concepts/effects
QUESTION 88
HOTSPOT
You plan to deploy 20 Azure virtual machines by using an Azure Resource Manager template. The virtual
machines will run the latest version of Windows Server 2016 Datacenter by using an Azure Marketplace
image.
You need to complete the storageProfile section of the template. How should you complete the
storageProfile section? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
..
"storageProfile": {
"imageReference": {
"publisher": "MicrosoftWindowsServer",
"offer": "WindowsServer",
"sku": "2016-Datacenter",
"version": "latest"
},
...
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/rest/api/compute/virtualmachines/createorupdate
QUESTION 89
HOTSPOT
You plan to create a new Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) role. You need to ensure that the new role can
view all the resources in the Azure subscription and issue support requests to Microsoft. The solution must
use the principle of least privilege. How should you complete the JSON definition? To answer, select the
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: "*/read",
*/read lets you view everything, but not make any changes.
Box 2: " Microsoft.Support/*"
The action Microsoft.Support/* enables creating and management of support tickets.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/tutorial-custom-role-powershell
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/built-in-rolesg/details/app-service/
windows/
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-gb/pricing/details/app-service/plans/
QUESTION 90
HOTSPOT
You need to deploy two Azure web apps named WebApp1 and WebApp2. The web apps have the
1. WebApp1 must be able to use staging slots
2. WebApp2 must be able to access the resources located on an Azure virtual network
What is the least costly plan that you can use to deploy each web app? To answer, select the appropriate
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
References:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-au/pricing/details/app-service/windows/
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-gb/pricing/details/app-service/plans/
QUESTION 91
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1. You have a virtualization environment that contains
the virtualization server in the following table.
The virtual machines are configured as shown on the following table.
All the virtual machines use basic disks. VM1 is protected by using BitLocker Drive Encryption (BitLocker).
You plan to use Azure Site Recovery to migrate the virtual machines to Azure. Which virtual machines can
you migrate? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Not VM1 because it has BitLocker enabled.
Not VM2 because the OS disk is larger than 2TB.
Not VMC because the Data disk is larger than 4TB.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/site-recovery/hyper-v-azure-support-matrix#azure-vm-
requirements
QUESTION 92
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure web app named WebApp1 that runs in an Azure App Service plan named ASP1.
ASP1 is based on the D1 pricing tier.
You need to ensure that WebApp1 can be accessed only from computers on your on-premises network.
The solution must minimize costs.
What should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: B1
B1 (Basic) would minimize cost compared P1v2 (premium) and S1 (standard).
Box 2: Cross Origin Resource Sharing (CORS)

Once you set the CORS rules for the service, then a properly authenticated request made against the
service from a different domain will be evaluated to determine whether it is allowed according to the rules
you have specified.
Note: CORS (Cross Origin Resource Sharing) is an HTTP feature that enables a web application running
under one domain to access resources in another domain. In order to reduce the possibility of cross-site
scripting attacks, all modern web browsers implement a security restriction known as same-origin policy.
This prevents a web page from calling APIs in a different domain. CORS provides a secure way to allow
one origin (the origin domain) to call APIs in another origin.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cdn/cdn-cors
QUESTION 93
HOTSPOT
Your company has offices in New York and Los Angeles.

You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure virtual network named VNet1. Each office has a
site-to-site VPN connection to VNet1.
Each network uses the address spaces shown in the following table.
You need to ensure that all Internet-bound traffic from VNet1 is routed through the New York office. What
should you do? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1 : Set-AzureRmVirtualNetworkGatewayDefaultSite
The Set-AzureRmVirtualNetworkGatewayDefaultSite cmdlet assigns a forced tunneling default site to a
virtual network gateway. Forced tunneling provides a way for you to redirect Internet-bound traffic from
Azure virtual machines to your on-premises network; this enables you to inspect and audit traffic before
releasing it. Forced tunneling is carried out by using a virtual private network (VPN) tunnel; this tunnel
requires a default site, a local gateway where all the Azure Internet-bound traffic is redirected. Set-
AzureRmVirtualNetworkGatewayDefaultSite provides a way to change the default site assigned to a
gateway.
Box 2 : 0.0.0.0/0
Forced tunneling must be associated with a VNet that has a route-based VPN gateway. You need to set a
"default site" among the cross-premises local sites connected to the virtual network. Also, the on-premises
VPN device must be configured using 0.0.0.0/0 as traffic selectors.
Forced Tunneling:
The following diagram illustrates how forced tunneling works
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/azurerm.network/set-
azurermvirtualnetworkgatewaydefaultsite?view=azurermps-6.13.0
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-forced-tunneling-rm
QUESTION 94
HOTSPOT
You are creating an Azure load balancer.

You need to add an IPv6 load balancing rule to the load balancer.
How should you complete the Azure PowerShell script? To answer, select the appropriate options in the
answer area.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Powershell command to create a load balancer rule (AzureRm module new version is AZ as given in below
command):
$lbrule1v6 = New-AzLoadBalancerRuleConfig
-Name "HTTPv6"
-FrontendIpConfiguration $FEIPConfigv6
-BackendAddressPool $backendpoolipv6
-Probe $healthProbe
-Protocol Tcp
-FrontendPort 80
-BackendPort 8080
Powershell command to create the load balancer using the previously created objects :
New-AzLoadBalancer
-ResourceGroupName NRP-RG
-Name 'myNrpIPv6LB'
-Location 'West US'
-FrontendIpConfiguration $FEIPConfigv6
-InboundNatRule $inboundNATRule1v6
-BackendAddressPool $backendpoolipv6
-Probe $healthProbe
-LoadBalancingRule $lbrule1v6
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/load-balancer-ipv6-internet-ps
QUESTION 95
HOTSPOT
In Subscription1, you create an Azure web app named WebApp1. WebApp1 will access an external
service that requires certificate authentication.
You plan to require the use of HTTPS to access WebApp1.
You need to upload certificates to WebApp1.
In which formats should you upload the certificate? To answer, select the appropriate options in the
answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
A PFX file contains the public key file (SSL Certificate) and its unique private key file. This is required for
HTTPS access. The web app will distribute the public key (in a CER file) to clients that connect to the web
app.
The CER file is an SSL Certificate which has the public key of the external service. The external service
will have the private key associated with the public key contained in the CER file.
QUESTION 96
HOTSPOT
From Azure Active Directory (AD) Privileged Identify Management, you configure the Role settings for the
Owner role of an Azure subscription as shown in the following exhibit.
From Azure AD Privileged Identify Management, you assign the Owner role for the subscription to a user
named User1, and you set the Assignment type to Active and Permanently eligible. Use the drop-down
menus to select the answer choice that completes each statement based on the information presented in
the graphic.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/privileged-identity-management/pim-how-to-add-
role-to-user?tabs=new
QUESTION 97
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1. Subscription1 contains the virtual networks in the
following table.
Subscription1 contains the virtual machines in the following table:
The firewalls on all the virtual machines are configured to allow all ICMP traffic.
You add the peerings in the following table.
For each of the following statements, select Yest if the statement is true. Otherwise, select No.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Statement 1: Yes
Vnet1 and Vnet3 are peers.
Statement 2: No
Statement 3: No
Peering connections are non-transitive.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/reference-architectures/hybrid- networking/hub-spoke
QUESTION 98
HOTSPOT
Your network contains an Active Directory domain. The domain contains a user named User1. The domain
is synced to Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) as shown in the following exhibit.
information presented in the graphic NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: a computer joined in the Active Directory domain The Active Directory domain service stores
passwords in the form of a hash value representation, of the actual user password.
Box 2: Stored in both Azure AD and in the Active Director domain The Active Directory domain service
stores passwords in the form of a hash value representation, of the actual user password.
To synchronize your password, Azure AD Connect sync extracts your password hash from the on-
premises Active Directory instance.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/hybrid/how-to-connect-password-hash-
synchronization
QUESTION 99
HOTSPOT
Your network contains an Active Directory domain named adatum.com and an Azure Active Directory
(Azure AD) tenant named adatum.onmicrosoft.com.
Adatum.com contains the user accounts in the following table.
Adatum.onmicrosoft.com contains the user accounts in the following table.
You need to implement Azure AD Connect. The solution must follow the principle of least privilege. Which
user accounts should you use? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: User5
In Express settings, the installation wizard asks for the following:
AD DS Enterprise Administrator credentials
Azure AD Global Administrator credentials
The AD DS Enterprise Admin account is used to configure your on-premises Active Directory. These
credentials are only used during the installation and are not used after the installation has completed. The
Enterprise Admin, not the Domain Admin should make sure the permissions in Active Directory can be set
in all domains.
Box 2: UserA
Azure AD Global Admin credentials credentials are only used during the installation and are not used after
the installation has completed. It is used to create the Azure AD Connector account used for synchronizing
changes to Azure AD. The account also enables sync as a feature in Azure AD.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/connect/active-directory-aadconnect- accounts-
permissions
QUESTION 100
HOTSPOT

You have an Azure App Service app named app1 and an app named App2 that runs in an Azure container
instance. Each app uses a managed identity.
You need to ensure that App1 and App2 can read blobs from storage1 for the next 30 days.
What should you configure in storage1 for each app?
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
With Shared access signature you can limit the resources for access and at the same time can control the
duration of the access.
A shared access signature (SAS) provides secure delegated access to resources in your storage account
without compromising the security of your data. With a SAS, you have granular control over how a client
can access your data. You can control what resources the client may access, what permissions they have
on those resources, and how long the SAS is valid, among other parameters.
Reference:
QUESTION 101
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains several virtual machines and an Azure Log Analytics
workspace named Workspace1. You create a log search query as shown in the following exhibit.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: 14 days
Two weeks will be covered.
Note: Startofweek returns the start of the week containing the date, shifted by an offset, if provided.
Start of the week is considered to be a Sunday.
Endofweek returns the end of the week containing the date, shifted by an offset, if provided.
Last day of the week is considered to be a Saturday.
Box 2:
The render operator renders results in as graphical output. Timechart is a Line graph, where the first
column is x-axis, and should be datetime. Other columns are y-axes. In this case the Y axis has avg
(CounterValue) Values.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/log-query/log-query-overview
https://docs-analytics-eus.azurewebsites.net/queryLanguage/query_language_renderoperator.html
QUESTION 102
HOTSPOT
You create an Azure web app named WebApp1. WebApp1 has the autoscale settings shown in the
following exhibit.
The scale out and scale in rules are configured to have a duration of 10 minutes and a cool down time of
five minutes.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: one instance
Refer to scaling condition provided in the question, August 8, 2018 is outside the schedule of the scale
condition 1, and Default instance count is 1.
Box 2: two instances

The default instance count is important because autoscale scales your service to that count when metrics
are not available. Therefore, select a default instance count that's safe for your workloads. The Default
instance count of scale condition 1 is 4, and the Scale in rule decreases the count with 1. So initial instance
count before scale in condition met = 4 CPU utilization was at 15% for 60 mins so after first 10 mins ( The
scale out and scale in rules are configured to have a duration of 10 minutes )instance count reduces by 1
hence after first 10 mins instance count is 4-1=3
Now cool down period is 5 mins , after first 15 mins instance count is 3 .
After next 15 mins , instance count will be 3-1=2.
After next 15 mins , instance count will be =2 because minimum instance count must be 2 , it can't get
reduced beyond 2.
So after 60 mins instance count will be at 2.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/platform/autoscale-best-practices
QUESTION 103
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure web app named App1 that has two deployment slots named Production and Staging.
Each slot has the unique settings shown in the following table.
You perform a slot swap.

What are the configurations of the Production slot after the swap? To answer, select the appropriate
NOTE: Each correction is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Which settings are swapped?
When you clone configuration from another deployment slot, the cloned configuration is editable. Some
configuration elements follow the content across a swap (not slot specific), whereas other configuration
elements stay in the same slot after a swap (slot specific). The following lists show the settings that change
when you swap slots.
Box 1 : On
Settings that are swapped:
General settings, such as framework version, 32/64-bit, web sockets App settings (can be configured to
stick to a slot)
Connection strings (can be configured to stick to a slot) Handler mappings
Public certificates
WebJobs content
Hybrid connections *
Virtual network integration *
Service endpoints *
Azure Content Delivery Network *
Features marked with an asterisk (*) are planned to be unswapped. So web sockets settings will be
swapped. So Production will have web sockets settings from "Off" to "On" after the swap slot.
Box 2: App1-prod.contoso.com
Settings that aren't swapped:
Publishing endpoints
Custom domain names
Non-public certificates and TLS/SSL settings
Scale settings
WebJobs schedulers
IP restrictions
Always On
Diagnostic settings
Cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)
So Custom domain names will not be swapped. So Production will have Custom domain names of its own
after the swap slot.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/app-service/deploy-staging-slots#what-happens-during-a- swap
QUESTION 104
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains the resources in the following table.
VM1 and VM2 run the websites in the following table.
AppGW1 has the backend pools in the following table.
DNS resolves site1.contoso.com, site2.contoso.com, and site3.contoso.com to the IP address of AppGW1.

AppGW1 has the listeners in the following table.
AppGW1 has the rules in the following table.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Vm1 is in Pool1. Rule2 applies to Pool1, Listener 2, and site2.contoso.com
QUESTION 105
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure web app named WebApp1.
You need to provide developers with a copy of WebApp1 that they can modify without affecting the
production WebApp1.
When the developers finish testing their changes, you must be able to switch the current line version of
WebApp1 to the new version.
Which command should you run prepare the environment? To answer, select the appropriate options in
the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: New-AzureRmWebAppSlot
The New-AzureRmWebAppSlot cmdlet creates an Azure Web App Slot in a given a resource group that
uses the specified App Service plan and data center.
Box 2: -SourceWebApp
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/azurerm.websites/new-azurermwebappslot
QUESTION 106
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Service Bus.

You create a queue named Queue1. Queue1 is configured as shown in the following exhibit.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: retained until manually deleted
Since by default PeekLock shall be enabled in Queue, so it will move to DeadLetter after 2hours and stays
there until manually deleted. Messages in the dead letter queue should be deleted manually.
Box 2: deleted immediately

Once a message is pulled, it will be deleted immediately. It does not make sense to keep the message
further 5 minutes "locked" in the queue. Locking the message makes sense, for the case, when processing
the message from a receiver, to lock the message, to avoid processing/receiving the message
simultaneously by another receiver.
The receiving client initiates settlement of a received message with a positive acknowledgment when it
calls Complete at the API level. This indicates to the broker that the message has been successfully
processed and the message is removed from the queue or subscription.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/service-bus-messaging/message-expiration https://
docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/service-bus-messaging/message-transfers-locks-settlement
QUESTION 107
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Migrate project that has the following assessment properties:
1. Target location: East US
2. Storage redundancy: Locally redundant
3. Comfort factor: 2.0
4. Performance history: 1 month
5. Percentile utilization: 95th
6. Pricing tier: Standard
7. Offer: Pay as you go
You discover the following two virtual machines:

1. A virtual machine named VM1 that runs Windows Server 2016 and has 10 CPU cores at 20 percent
utilization
2. A virtual machine named VM2 that runs Windows Server 2012 and has four CPU cores at 50 percent
utilization
How many CPU cores will Azure Migrate recommend for each virtual machine?

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
The equation is: `core usage x comfort factor'. The comfort factor is 2.0. So VM 1 is 10 cores at 20%
utilization which equals 2 cores. Multiply that the comfort factor and you get 4 cores.
VM 2 is 4 cores at 50% utilization which equals 2 cores. Multiply that the comfort factor and you get 4
cores.
QUESTION 108
HOTSPOT
You have a hybrid deployment of Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) that contains the users shown in the
following table.
You need to modify the JobTitle and UsageLocation attributes for the users.
For which users can you modify the attributes from Azure AD? To answer, select the appropriate options in
the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 109
HOTSPOT
You create an Azure file sync group named Sync 1 and perform the following actions:
1. Add share as the cloud endpoint for Sync1.
2. Add data1 as a server endpoint for Sync1.
3. Register Server1 and Server2 to Sync1.
For each of the following statements, select Yes if the statement is true Otherwise, select No.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 110
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the hierarchy shown in the following exhibit.
You create an Azure Policy definition named Policy1.

To which Azure resources can you assign Policy and which Azure resources can you specify as exclusions
from Policy1? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 111
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Storage account storageaccount1.
You export storage account as an Azure Resource Manager template. The template contains the following
sections.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 112
HOTSPOT
Peering for VNET2 is configured as shown in the following exhibit.
Peering for VNET3 is configured as shown in the following exhibit.

How can packets be routed between the virtual networks? To answer, select the appropriate options in the
answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1. VNET2 and VNET3
Box 2: VNET1
Gateway transit is disabled.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-network-peering-overview
QUESTION 113
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that contains three global administrators named
Admin1, Admin2, and Admin3.
The tenant is associated to an Azure subscription. Access control for the subscription is configured as
shown in the Access control exhibit. (Click the Access Control tab.)
You sign in to the Azure portal as Admin1 and configure the tenant as shown in the Tenant exhibit. (Click
the Tenant tab.)
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
Only Admin3, the owner, can assign ownership.
Box 2: Yes
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/cost-management-billing/manage/add-change-subscription-
administrator
QUESTION 114
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the file shares shown in the following table.
You have the on-premises file shares shown in the following table.
You create an Azure file sync group named Sync1 and perform the following actions:
1. Add share1 as the cloud endpoint for Sync1.
2. Add data1 as a server endpoint for Sync1.
3. Register Server1 and Server2 to Sync1.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
A sync group must contain one cloud endpoint, which represents an Azure file share and one or more
server endpoints.
Box 2: Yes
Data2 is located on Server2 which is registered to Sync1.
Box 3: No
Data3 is located on Server3 which is not registered to Sync1.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-sync-files-deployment-guide?tabs=azure-
portal%2Cproactive-portal#create-a-sync-group-and-a-cloud-endpoint
QUESTION 115
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the storage accounts shown in the following exhibit.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: contoso104 only
Premium file shares are hosted in a special purpose storage account kind, called a FileStorage account.
Box 2: contoso101, contoso102, and contos103 only
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-how-to-create-premium-fileshare?tabs=azure-
portal
QUESTION 116
HOTSPOT
You plan to use an Azure Resource Manager template to deploy a virtual network named VNET1 that will
use Azure Bastion.
How should you complete the template? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://medium.com/charot/deploy-azure-bastion-preview-using-an-arm-template-15e3010767d6
QUESTION 117
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the virtual networks shown in the following table.
The subscription contains the private DNS zones shown in the following table.
You add virtual network links to the private DNS zones as shown in the following table.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/private-dns-virtual-network-links
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/private-dns-autoregistration
QUESTION 118
HOTSPOT
You have an on-premises data center and an Azure subscription. The data center contains two VPN
devices. The subscription contains an Azure virtual network named VNet1. VNet1 contains a gateway
subnet.
You need to create a site-to-site VPN. The solution must ensure that if a single instance of an Azure VPN
gateway fails, or a single on-premises VPN device fails, the failure will not cause an interruption that is
longer than two minutes.
What is the minimum number of public IP addresses, virtual network gateways, and local network
gateways required in Azure? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: 4
Two public IP addresses in the on-premises data center, and two public IP addresses in the VNET.
The most reliable option is to combine the active-active gateways on both your network and Azure, as
shown in the diagram below.
Box 2: 2
Every Azure VPN gateway consists of two instances in an active-standby configuration. For any planned
maintenance or unplanned disruption that happens to the active instance, the standby instance would take
over (failover) automatically, and resume the S2S VPN or VNet-to-VNet connections.
Box 3: 2
Dual-redundancy: active-active VPN gateways for both Azure and on-premises networks
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-highlyavailable
QUESTION 119
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the public load balancers shown in the following table.
You plan to create six virtual machines and to load balance requests to the virtual machines. Each load
balancer will load balance three virtual machines.
You need to create the virtual machines for the planned solution.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: be created in the same availability set or virtual machine scale set.
The Basic tier is quite restrictive. A load balancer is restricted to a single availability set, virtual machine
scale set, or a single machine.
Box 2: be connected to the same virtual network

The Standard tier can span any virtual machine in a single virtual network, including blends of scale sets,
availability sets, and machines.
Reference:
https://www.petri.com/comparing-basic-standard-azure-load-balancers
QUESTION 120
HOTSPOT
You need to use an Azure Resource Manager (ARM) template to create a virtual machine that will have
multiple data disks.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 121
HOTSPOT
You want to implement Multi-Factor Authentication by making use of a conditional access policy. The
conditional access policy must be applied to all users when they access the Azure portal.
Which three settings should you configure? To answer, select the appropriate settings to the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1:
The conditional access policy must be applied or assigned to Users and Groups.
Box 2:
The conditional access policy must be applied when users access the Azure portal, which is a cloud app.
That is: Microsoft Azure Management
Box 3:
Access control must require multi-factor authentication when granting access.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/conditional-access/app-based-mfa
QUESTION 122
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains a storage account named storage1. The subscription is
linked to an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant named contoso.com that syncs to an on-premises
Active Directory domain.
The domain contains the security principals shown in the following table.
In Azure AD, you create a user named User2.
The storage1 account contains a file share named share1 and has the following configurations.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-files-identity-ad-ds-assign-permissions?
tabs=azure-portal
QUESTION 123
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Subscription1 that contains a virtual network VNet1.
You add the users in the following table.
Which user can perform each configuration? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: User1 and User3 only.
User1: The Owner Role lets you manage everything, including access to resources.
User3: The Network Contributor role lets you manage networks, including creating subnets.
Box 2: User1 only.

The Security Admin role: In Security Center only: Can view security policies, view security states, edit
security policies, view alerts and recommendations, dismiss alerts and recommendations.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/resource-provider-
operations#microsoftnetwork
QUESTION 124
HOTSPOT
You have the Azure resources shown on the following exhibit.
You plan to track resource usage and prevent the deletion of resources.
To which resources can you apply locks and tags? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer
area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Sub1, RG1, and VM1 only
You can lock a subscription, resource group, or resource to prevent other users in your organization from
accidentally deleting or modifying critical resources.
Box 2: Sub1, RG1, and VM1 only

You apply tags to your Azure resources, resource groups, and subscriptions.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/management/lock-resources?tabs=json
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/management/tag-resources?tabs=json
QUESTION 125
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Storage account named storage1 that contains a blob container. The blob container
has a default access tier of Hot. Storage1 contains a container named conainer1.
You create lifecycle management rules in storage1 as shown in the following table.
You perform the actions shown in the following table.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 126
HOTSPOT
You plan to use Azure Resource Manager templates to deploy 50 Azure virtual machines that will be part
of the same availability set.
You need to ensure that as many virtual machines as possible are available if the fabric fails or during
servicing.
How should you configure the template? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: 2
Use two fault domains.
2 or 3 is max, depending on which region you are in.
Box 2: 20
Use 20 for platformUpdateDomainCount
Increasing the update domain (platformUpdateDomainCount) helps with capacity and availability planning
when the platform reboots nodes. A higher number for the pool (20 is max) means that fewer of their nodes
in any given availability set would be rebooted at once.
Reference:
https://www.itprotoday.com/microsoft-azure/check-if-azure-region-supports-2-or-3-fault-domains-managed-
disks
https://github.com/Azure/acs-engine/issues/1030
QUESTION 127
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains the virtual networks shown in the following table.
You have the virtual machines shown in the following table.

You have the virtual network interfaces shown in the following table.
Server1 is a DNS server that contains the resources shown in the following table.
You have an Azure private DNS zone named contoso.com that has a virtual network link to VNET2 and the
records shown in the following table.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 128
HOTSPOT
You have a network security group (NSG) named NSG1 that has the rules defined in the exhibit. (Click the
Exhibit tab.)
NSG1 is associated to a subnet named Subnet1. Subnet1 contains the virtual machines shown in the
following table.
You need to add a rule to NSG1 to ensure that VM1 can ping VM2. The solution must use the principle of
least privilege.
How should you configure the rule? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://www.thomasmaurer.ch/2019/09/how-to-enable-ping-icmp-echo-on-an-azure-vm/
QUESTION 129
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription named Sub1 that contains the Azure resources shown in the following
table.
You assign an Azure policy that has the following settings:
1. Scope: Sub1
2. Exclusions: Sub1/RG1/VNET1
3. Policy definition: Append a tag and its value to resources
4. Policy enforcement: Enabled
5. Tag name: Tag4
6. Tag value: value4
You assign tags to the resources as shown in the following table.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
The Azure Policy will add Tag4 to RG1.
Box 2: No
Tags applied to the resource group or subscription aren't inherited by the resources although you can
enable inheritance with Azure Policy. Storage1 has Tag3: Value1 and the Azure Policy will add Tag4.
Box 3: No
Tags applied to the resource group or subscription aren't inherited by the resources so VNET1 does not
have Tag2.
VNET1 has Tag3:value2. VNET1 is excluded from the Azure Policy so Tag4 will not be added to VNET1.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-resource-manager/management/tag-resources?tabs=json
QUESTION 130
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Load Balancer named LB1.
You assign a user named User1 the roles shown in the following exhibit.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/built-in-roles#virtual-machine-contributor
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/role-based-access-control/rbac-and-directory-admin-roles
QUESTION 131
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Storage account named storage1 that stores images.
You need to create a new storage account and replicate the images in storage1 to the new account by
using object replication.
How should you configure the new account? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/blobs/object-replication-overview
QUESTION 132
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Storage account named storageaccount1.
You export storageaccount1 as an Azure Resource Manager template. The template contains the following
sections.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/templates/microsoft.storage/storageaccounts?tabs=json
QUESTION 133
HOTSPOT
You deploy a virtual machine scale set that is configured as shown in the following exhibit.
Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that answers each question based on the
information presented in the graphic
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machine-scale-sets/virtual-machine-scale-sets-autoscale-
portal
QUESTION 134
HOTSPOT
In Azure Cloud Shell, you need to create a virtual machine by using an Azure Resource Manager (ARM)
template.
How should you complete the command? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/az.resources/new-azresourcegroupdeployment?
view=azps-6.6.0
QUESTION 135
HOTSPOT
You have the web apps shown in the following table.
You need to monitor the performance and usage of the apps by using Azure Application Insights. The
solution must minimize modifications to the application code.
What should you do on each app? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/azure-monitor/app/azure-web-apps
QUESTION 136
HOTSPOT
You have two Azure App Service app named App1 and App2. Each app has a production deployment slot
and a test deployment slot.
The Backup Configuration settings for the production slots are shown in the following table.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 137
HOTSPOT
contoso.com. The tenant is synced to the on-premises Active Directory domain. The domain contains the
users shows in the following table.
You enable self-service password reset (SSPR) for all users and configure SSPR to have the following
authentication methods:
1. Number of methods required to reset: 2
2. Methods available to users: Mobile phone, Security questions
3. Number of questions required to register: 3
4. Number of questions required to reset: 3
You select the following security questions:
1. What is your favorite food?

2. In what city was your first job?
3. What was the name of your first pet?
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: No
Administrator accounts are special accounts with elevated permissions. To secure them, the following
restrictions apply to changing passwords of administrators:
On-premises enterprise administrators or domain administrators cannot reset their password through Self-
service password reset (SSPR). They can only change their password in their on-premises environment.
Thus, we recommend not syncing on-prem AD admin accounts to Azure AD. An administrator cannot use
secret Questions & Answers as a method to reset password.
Box 2: Yes
Self-service password reset (SSPR) is an Azure Active Directory feature that enables employees to reset
their passwords without needing to contact IT staff.
Box 3: Yes
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/authentication/howto-sspr-deployment
QUESTION 138
HOTSPOT
VNET1, VNET2, and VNET3 are peered.
VM4 has a DNS server that is authoritative for a zone named Contoso.com and contains the records
VNET1 and VNET2 are linked to an Azure private DNS zone named Contoso.com that contains the
records shown in the following table.
The virtual networks are configured to use the DNS servers shown in the following table.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 139
HOTSPOT
You have two Azure virtual machines as shown in the following table.
You perform the following actions:
1. To fabrikam.com, you add a virtual network link to vnet1 and enable auto registration.
2. For contoso.com, you assign vm1 and vm2 the Owner role.
NOTE: Each correct selection is worm one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 140
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription. The subscription contains a virtual machine that runs Windows 10.
You need to join the virtual machine to an Active Directory domain.
How should you complete the Azure Resource Manager (ARM) template? To answer, select the
NOTE: Bach correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Azure Resource Manager template overview
Resource Manager templates let you define Azure infrastructure in code. The required resources, network
connections, or configuration of VMs can all be defined in a template. These templates create consistent,
reproducible deployments each time, and can be versioned as you make changes. For more information,
see Azure Resource Manager templates overview.
Each resource is defined in a template using JavaScript Object Notation (JSON). The following JSON
example uses the Microsoft.Compute/virtualMachines/extensions resource type to install the Active
Directory domain join extension. Parameters are used that you specify at deployment time. When the
extension is deployed, the VM is joined to the specified managed domain.
JSON
{
"apiVersion": "2015-06-15",
"type": "Microsoft.Compute/virtualMachines/extensions", "name": "[concat(parameters('dnsLabelPrefix'),'/
joindomain')]", "location": "[parameters('location')]",
"dependsOn": [
"[concat('Microsoft.Compute/virtualMachines/', parameters('dnsLabelPrefix'))]" ],
"properties": {
"publisher": "Microsoft.Compute",
"type": "JsonADDomainExtension",
"typeHandlerVersion": "1.3",
"autoUpgradeMinorVersion": true,
"settings": {
"Name": "[parameters('domainToJoin')]",
"OUPath": "[parameters('ouPath')]",
"User": "[concat(parameters('domainToJoin'), '\\', parameters('domainUsername'))]", "Restart": "true",
"Options": "[parameters('domainJoinOptions')]"
},
"protectedSettings": {
"Password": "[parameters('domainPassword')]"
}
}
}
This VM extension can be deployed even if you don't create a VM in the same template. The examples in
this article show both of the following approaches:
Create a Windows Server VM and join to a managed domain Join an existing Windows Server VM to a
managed domain
QUESTION 141
CORRECT TEXT
You need to configure Azure Backup to back up the file shares and virtual machines.
What is the minimum number of Recovery Services vaults and backup policies you should create? To
answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 142
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains a virtual network named VNET1 in the East US 2 region. A
network interface named VM1-NI is connected to VNET1.
You successfully deploy the following Azure Resource Manager template.
NOTE:Eachcorrectselectionisworthonepoint.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 143
HOTSPOT
You plan to deploy an Azure virtual machine named VM1 by using an Azure Resource Manager template.
You need to complete the template.
What should you include in the template? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 144
HOTSPOT
Shown in the following table.
You create an Azure Resource Manager template named Template1 as shown in the following exhibit.
From the Azure portal, you deploy Template1 four times by using the settings shown in the following table.
What is the result of the deployment? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 145
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure subscription that contains multiple resource groups.

You create an availability set as shown in the following exhibit.
You deploy 10 virtual machines to AS1.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 146
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Resource Manager template for a virtual machine named Template1. Template1 has
the following parameters section.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 147
HOTSPOT
You plan to deploy Azure Databricks to support a machine learning application.

Data engineers will mount an Azure Data Lake Storage account to the Databricks file system. Permissions
to folders are granted directly to the data engineers.
You need to recommend a design for the planned Databrick deployment. The solution must meet the
Ensure that the data engineers can only access folders to which they have permissions.
Minimize development effort.
Minimize costs.
What should you include in the recommendation? To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer
area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 148
HOTSPOT
You plan to deploy an Azure web app named App1 that will use Azure Active Directory (Azure AD)
authentication.
App1 will be accessed from the internet by the users at your company. All the users have computers that
run Windows 10 and are joined to Azure AD.
You need to recommend a solution to ensure that the users can connect to App1 without being prompted
for authentication and can access App1 only from company-owned computers.
What should you recommend for each requirement? To answer, select the appropriate options in the
answer area.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 149
HOTSPOT
You need to deploy a virtual machine by using an Azure Resource Manager (ARM) template.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
1: resourceld
2: ImageReference
QUESTION 150
HOTSPOT
You need to create a bar chart that shows the number of distinct computers that have sent heartbeats
each week.
How should you complete the Log Analytics query?
To answer, select the appropriate options in the answer area. NOTE; Each correct selection is worth one
point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 151
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure Storage accounts as shown in the following exhibit.

Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: storageaccount1 and storageaccount2 only
Box 2: All the storage accounts
Note:
The three different storage account options are: General-purpose v2 (GPv2) accounts, General-purpose
v1 (GPv1) accounts, and Blob storage accounts.
General-purpose v2 (GPv2) accounts are storage accounts that support all of the latest features for blobs,
files, queues, and tables.
Blob storage accounts support all the same block blob features as GPv2, but are limited to supporting only
block blobs.
General-purpose v1 (GPv1) accounts provide access to all Azure Storage services, but may not have the
latest features or the lowest per gigabyte pricing.
References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-account-options
QUESTION 152
HOTSPOT
You deploy a virtual machine scale set that is configure as shown in the following exhibit.
Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that answers each questions based on the
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 153
HOTSPOT
You have an Azure App Service web app named app1.
You configure autoscaling as shown in following exhibit.

You configure the autoscale rule criteria as shown in the following exhibit.
Use the drop-down menus to select the answer choice that answers each question based on the
information presented in the graphic. NOTE Each correct selection is worth one point.
Hot Area:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Mix Questions D
QUESTION 1
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure Linux virtual machine that is protected by Azure Backup.
One week ago, two files were deleted from the virtual machine.
You need to restore the deleted files to an on-premises Windows Server 2016 computer as quickly as
possible.
Which four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list
of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Step 1: From the Azure portal, click File Recovery from the vault
Step 2. Select a restore point that contains the deleted files
Step 3: Download and run the script to mount a drive on the local computer
Generate and download script to browse and recover files:
Step 4: Copy the files using File Explorer!

After the disks are attached, use Windows File Explorer to browse the new volumes and files. The restore
files functionality provides access to all files in a recovery point. Manage the files via File Explorer as you
would for normal files.
Step 1-3 below:

To restore files or folders from the recovery point, go to the virtual machine and perform the following
steps:
1. Sign in to the Azure portal and in the left pane, select Virtual machines. From the list of virtual machines,
select the virtual machine to open that virtual machine's dashboard.
2. In the virtual machine's menu, select Backup to open the Backup dashboard.
3. In the Backup dashboard menu, select File Recovery.
The File Recovery menu opens.
4. From the Select recovery point drop-down menu, select the recovery point that holds the files you want.
By default, the latest recovery point is already selected.
5. Select Download Executable (for Windows Azure VMs) or Download Script (for Linux Azure VMs, a
python script is generated) to download the software used to copy files from the recovery point.
Running the script and identifying volumes:

For Linux machines, a python script is generated. Download the script and copy it to the relevant/
compatible Linux server.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/backup/backup-azure-vms-automation#restore-files-from-an-azure-
vm-backup
QUESTION 2
DRAG DROP
You need to use Azure Automation State Configuration to manage the ongoing consistency of virtual
machine configurations.
Which five actions should you perform in sequence?
To answer, move the appropriate action from the list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the
correct order. NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of
the correct orders you select.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:
Explanation
Step 1: Upload a configuration to Azure Automation State Configuration. Import the configuration into the
Automation account.
Step 2: Compile a configuration into a node configuration. A DSC configuration defining that state must be
compiled into one or more node configurations (MOF document), and placed on the Automation DSC Pull
Server.
Step 3: Onboard the virtual machines to Azure Automation State Configuration. Onboard the Azure VM for
management with Azure Automation State Configuration
Step 4: Assign the node configuration
Step 5: Check the compliance status of the node Each time Azure Automation State Configuration
performs a consistency check on a managed node, the node sends a status report back to the pull server.
You can view these reports on the page for that node.
On the blade for an individual report, you can see the following status information for the corresponding
consistency check:
The report status - whether the node is "Compliant", the configuration "Failed", or the node is "Not
Compliant"
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/automation/automation-dsc-getting-started
QUESTION 3
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure file share.
You have an on-premises server named Server1 that runs Windows Server 2016.
You plan to set up Azure File Sync between Server1 and the Azure file share.
You need to prepare the subscription for the planned Azure File Sync.
Which two actions should you perform in the Azure subscription? To answer, drag the appropriate actions
to the correct targets. Each action may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag
the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
As per the official MS doc:
The recommended steps to onboard on Azure File Sync for the first with zero downtime while preserving
full file fidelity and access control list (ACL) are as follows:
1. Deploy a Storage Sync Service. --> This needs to be done on Azure .
2. Create a sync group. --> This needs to be done on Azure
3. Install Azure File Sync agent on the server with the full data set. --> This needs to be done on server1.
4. Register that server and create a server endpoint on the share. --> This needs to be done on server1.
5. Let sync do the full upload to the Azure file share (cloud endpoint).
6. After the initial upload is complete, install Azure File Sync agent on each of the remaining servers.
7. Create new file shares on each of the remaining servers.
8. Create server endpoints on new file shares with cloud tiering policy, if desired. (This step requires
additional storage to be available for the initial setup.)
9. Let Azure File Sync agent do a rapid restore of the full namespace without the actual data transfer. After
the full namespace sync, sync engine will fill the local disk space based on the cloud tiering policy for the
server endpoint.
10. Ensure sync completes and test your topology as desired.
11. Redirect users and applications to this new share.
12. You can optionally delete any duplicate shares on the servers.
First action: Create a Storage Sync Service

The deployment of Azure File Sync starts with placing a Storage Sync Service resource into a resource
group of your selected subscription.
Second action: Create a sync group
one or more server endpoints. A server endpoint represents a path on a registered server. A server can
have server endpoints in multiple sync groups. You can create as many sync groups as you need to
appropriately describe your desired sync topology.
Third action: Run Server Registration
your server (or cluster) and the Storage Sync Service. A server can only be registered to one Storage Sync
Service and can sync with other servers and Azure file shares associated with the same Storage Sync
Service.)
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-sync-files-deployment- guide?tabs=azure-
portal
QUESTION 4
DRAG DROP
You create an Azure Storage account named contosostorage, and then you create a file share named
data.
Which UNC path should you include in a script that references files from the data file share? To answer,
drag the appropriate values to the correct targets. Each value may be used once, more than once or not at
all. You may need to drag the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: contosostorage
The name of account
Box 2: file.core.windows.net
Box 3: data
The name of the file share is data.
Example:
Reference:
QUESTION 5
DRAG DROP
You have an on-premises file server named Server1 that runs Windows Server 2016.
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure file share.
You deploy an Azure File Sync Storage Sync Service, and you create a sync group.
You need to synchronize files from Server1 to Azure.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the
list of actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:
Explanation
Step 1: Install the Azure File Sync agent on Server1
The Azure File Sync agent is a downloadable package that enables Windows Server to be synced with an
Azure file share
Step 2: Register Server1.

Register Windows Server with Storage Sync Service
your server (or cluster) and the Storage Sync Service.
Step 3: Add a server endpoint

Create a sync group and a cloud endpoint.
one or more server endpoints. A server endpoint represents a path on registered server.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/files/storage-sync-files-deployment-guide
QUESTION 6
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure subscription that contains two virtual networks named VNet1 and VNet2.
Virtual machines connect to the virtual networks.
The virtual networks have the address spaces and the subnets configured as shown in the following table.
You need to add the address space of 10.33.0.0/16 to VNet1. The solution must ensure that the hosts on
VNet1 and VNet2 can communicate.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Step 1: Remove peering between Vnet1 and VNet2.
You can't add address ranges to, or delete address ranges from a virtual network's address space once a
virtual network is peered with another virtual network. To add or remove address ranges, delete the
peering, add or remove the address ranges, then re-create the peering.
Step 2: Add the 10.44.0.0/16 address space to VNet1.
Step 3: Recreate peering between VNet1 and VNet2
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-network/virtual-network-manage-peering
QUESTION 7
DRAG DROP
You have an on-premises network that you plan to connect to Azure by using a site-so-site VPN.
In Azure, you have an Azure virtual network named VNet1 that uses an address space of 10.0.0.0/16
VNet1 contains a subnet named Subnet1 that uses an address space of 10.0.0.0/24.
You need to create a site-to-site VPN to Azure.
NOTE: More than one order of answer choice is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct
orders you select.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
A Site-to-Site VPN gateway connection is used to connect your on-premises network to an Azure virtual
network over an IPsec/IKE (IKEv1 or IKEv2) VPN tunnel. This type of connection requires a VPN device
located on-premises that has an externally facing public IP address assigned to it. For more information
about VPN gateways, see About VPN gateway.
1. Create a virtual network
You can create a VNet with the Resource Manager deployment model and the Azure portal
2. Create the gateway subnet :
The virtual network gateway uses specific subnet called the gateway subnet. The gateway subnet is part of
the virtual network IP address range that you specify when configuring your virtual network. It contains the
IP addresses that the virtual network gateway resources and services use.
3. Create the VPN gateway :
You create the virtual network gateway for your VNet. Creating a gateway can often take 45 minutes or
more, depending on the selected gateway SKU.
4. Create the local network gateway:
The local network gateway typically refers to your on-premises location. You give the site a name by which
Azure can refer to it, then specify the IP address of the on-premises VPN device to which you will create a
connection. You also specify the IP address prefixes that will be routed through the VPN gateway to the
VPN device. The address prefixes you specify are the prefixes located on your on- premises network. If
your on-premises network changes or you need to change the public IP address for the VPN device, you
can easily update the values later.
5. Configure your VPN device:
Site-to-Site connections to an on-premises network require a VPN device. In this step, you configure your
VPN device. When configuring your VPN device, you need the following:
A shared key. This is the same shared key that you specify when creating your Site-to-Site VPN
connection. In our examples, we use a basic shared key. We recommend that you generate a more
complex key to use.
The Public IP address of your virtual network gateway. You can view the public IP address by using the
Azure portal, PowerShell, or CLI. To find the Public IP address of your VPN gateway using the Azure
portal, navigate to Virtual network gateways, then click the name of your gateway.
6. Create the VPN connection:
Create the Site-to-Site VPN connection between your virtual network gateway and your on-premises VPN
device.
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/vpn-gateway/vpn-gateway-howto-site-to-site-resource- manager-
portal
QUESTION 8
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure subscription that contains a storage account.
You have an on-premises server named Server1 that runs Windows Server 2016. Server1 has 2 TB of
data.
You need to transfer the data to the storage account by using the Azure Import/Export service.
In which order should you perform the actions? To answer, move all actions from the list of actions to the
answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct
orders you select.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
At a high level, an import job involves the following steps:
Step 1: Attach an external disk to Server1 and then run waimportexport.exe

Determine data to be imported, number of drives you need, destination blob location for your data in Azure
storage.
Use the WAImportExport tool to copy data to disk drives. Encrypt the disk drives with BitLocker.
Step 2: From the Azure portal, create an import job.

Create an import job in your target storage account in Azure portal. Upload the drive journal files.
Step 3: Detach the external disks from Server1 and ship the disks to an Azure data center.
Provide the return address and carrier account number for shipping the drives back to you.
Ship the disk drives to the shipping address provided during job creation.
Step 4: From the Azure portal, update the import job
Update the delivery tracking number in the import job details and submit the import job.
The drives are received and processed at the Azure data center.
The drives are shipped using your carrier account to the return address provided in the import job.
Reference:
QUESTION 9
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure subscription that is used by four departments in your company. The subscription
contains 10 resource groups. Each department uses resources in several resource groups.
You need to send a report to the finance department. The report must detail the costs for each department.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: Assign a tag to each resource.
You apply tags to your Azure resources giving metadata to logically organize them into a taxonomy. After
you apply tags, you can retrieve all the resources in your subscription with that tag name and value. Each
resource or resource group can have a maximum of 15 tag name/value pairs. Tags applied to the resource
group are not inherited by the resources in that resource group.
Box 2: From the Cost analysis blade, filter the view by tag
After you get your services running, regularly check how much they're costing you. You can see the
current spend and burn rate in Azure portal.
1. Visit the Subscriptions blade in Azure portal and select a subscription.

You should see the cost breakdown and burn rate in the popup blade.
2. Click Cost analysis in the list to the left to see the cost breakdown by resource. Wait 24 hours after you
add a service for the data to populate.
3. You can filter by different properties like tags, resource group, and timespan. Click Apply to confirm the
filters and Download if you want to export the view to a Comma-Separated Values (.csv) file.
Box 3: Download the usage report
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/billing/billing-getting-started
QUESTION 10
DRAG DROP
You have an on-premises network that includes a Microsoft SQL Server instance named SQL1.
You create an Azure Logic App named App1.
You need to ensure that App1 can query a database on SQL1.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:
Explanation
To access data sources on premises from your logic apps, you can create a data gateway resource in
Azure so that your logic apps can use the on-premises connectors. Box 1: From an on-premises computer,
install an on-premises data gateway. Before you can connect to on-premises data sources from Azure
Logic Apps, download and install the on-premises data gateway on a local computer.
Box 2: From the Azure portal, create an on-premises data gateway Create Azure resource for gateway
After you install the gateway on a local computer, you can then create an Azure resource for your gateway.
This step also associates your gateway resource with your Azure subscription.
Sign in to the Azure portal. Make sure you use the same Azure work or school email address used to
install the gateway.
On the main Azure menu, select Create a resource > Integration > On-premises data gateway.
On the Create connection gateway page, provide this information for your gateway resource. To add the
gateway resource to your Azure dashboard, select Pin to dashboard. When you're done, choose Create.
Box 3: From the Logic Apps Designer in the Azure portal, add a connector After you create your gateway
resource and associate your Azure subscription with this resource, you can now create a connection
between your logic app and your on-premises data source by using the gateway.
In the Azure portal, create or open your logic app in the Logic App Designer. Add a connector that supports
on-premises connections, for example, SQL Server.
Set up your connection.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/logic-apps/logic-apps-gateway-connection
QUESTION 11
DRAG DROP
Your network is configured as shown in the following exhibit.
The firewalls are configured as shown in the following table.
Prod1 contains a vCenter server.

You install an Azure Migrate Collector on Test1.
You need to discover the virtual machines.
Which TCP port should be allowed on each firewall? To answer, drag the appropriate ports to the correct
firewalls. Each port may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar
between panes or scroll to view content.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/migrate/concepts-collector
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/migrate/migrate-appliance
QUESTION 12
DRAG DROP
You are developing an Azure web app named WebApp1. WebApp1 uses an Azure App Service plan
named Plan1 that uses the B1 pricing tier.
You need to configure WebApp1 to add additional instances of the app when CPU usage exceeds 70
percent for 10 minutes.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Box 1: From the Scale up (App Service Plan) settings blade, change the pricing tier The B1 pricing tier only
allows for 1 core. We must choose another pricing tier. Box 2: From the Scale out (App Service Plan)
settings blade, enable autoscale
1. Log in to the Azure portal at http://portal.azure.com
1. Navigate to the App Service you would like to autoscale.
2. Select Scale out (App Service plan) from the menu
3. Click on Enable autoscale. This activates the editor for scaling rules.
Box 3: From the Scale mode to Scale based on metric, add a rule, and set the instance limits. Click on Add
a rule. This shows a form where you can create a rule and specify details of the scaling.
References:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/pricing/details/app-service/windows/ https://blogs.msdn.microsoft.com/
hsirtl/2017/07/03/autoscaling-azure-web-apps/
QUESTION 13
DRAG DROP
You have two Azure virtual machines named VM1 and VM2. VM1 has a single data disk named Disk1.
You need to attach Disk1 to VM2. The solution must minimize downtime for both virtual machines. Which
four actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of
actions to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Step 1: Stop VM1.
Step 2: Detach Disk1 from VM1.
Step 3: Start VM1.
Detach a data disk using the portal

1. In the left menu, select Virtual Machines.
2. Select the virtual machine that has the data disk you want to detach and click Stop to deallocate the
VM.
3. In the virtual machine pane, select Disks.
4. At the top of the Disks pane, select Edit.
5. In the Disks pane, to the far right of the data disk that you would like to detach, click the Detach button
image detach button.
6. After the disk has been removed, click Save on the top of the pane.
7. In the virtual machine pane, click Overview and then click the Start button at the top of the pane to
restart the VM.
8. The disk stays in storage but is no longer attached to a virtual machine.
Step 4: Attach Disk1 to VM2

Attach an existing disk
Follow these steps to reattach an existing available data disk to a running VM.
1. Select a running VM for which you want to reattach a data disk.
2. From the menu on the left, select Disks.
3. Select Attach existing to attach an available data disk to the VM.
4. From the Attach existing disk pane, select OK.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-machines/windows/detach-disk https://docs.microsoft.com/
en-us/azure/lab-services/devtest-lab-attach-detach-data-disk
QUESTION 14
DRAG DROP
You have an availability set named AS1 that contains three virtual machines named VM1, VM2, and VM3.
You attempt to reconfigure VM1 to use a larger size. The operation fails and you receive an allocation
failure message.
You need to ensure that the resize operation succeeds. Which three actions should you perform in
sequence? To answer, move the appropriate actions from the list of actions to the answer area and
arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Action 1: Stop VM1, VM2 and VM3
If the VM you wish to resize is part of an availability set, then you must stop all VMs in the availability set
before changing the size of any VM in the availability set. The reason all VMs in the availability set must be
stopped before performing the resize operation to a size that requires different hardware is that all running
VMs in the availability set must be using the same physical hardware cluster. Therefore, if a change of
physical hardware cluster is required to change the VM size then all VMs must be first stopped and then
restarted one-by-one to a different physical hardware clusters.
Action 2: Resize VM1
Action 3: Start VM1, VM2, and VM3
References:
https://azure.microsoft.com/es-es/blog/resize-virtual-machines/
QUESTION 15
DRAG DROP
You create an Azure Migrate project named TestMig in a resource group named test-migration. You need
to discover which on-premises virtual machines to assess for migration.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, select the appropriate actions from the
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Step 1: Download the OVA file for the collection appliance Azure Migrate uses an on-premises VM called
the collector appliance, to discover information about your on-premises machines. To create the appliance,
you download a setup file in Open Virtualization Appliance (.ova) format, and import it as a VM on your on-
premises vCenter Server.
Step 2: Create a migration group in the project

For the purposes of assessment, you gather the discovered VMs into groups. For example, you might
group VMs that run the same application. For more precise grouping, you can use dependency
visualization to view dependencies of a specific machine, or for all machines in a group and refine the
group.
Step 3: Create an assessment in the project

After a group is defined, you create an assessment for it.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/migrate/migrate-overview
QUESTION 16
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure Active Directory (Azure AD) tenant that has the contoso.onmicrosoft.com domain
name.
You have a domain name of contoso.com registered at a third-party registrar.
You need to ensure that you can create Azure AD users that have names containing a suffix of
@contoso.com.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
The process is simple:
1. Add the custom domain name to your directory
2. Add a DNS entry for the domain name at the domain name registrar
3. Verify the custom domain name in Azure AD
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/dns-web-sites-custom-domain
QUESTION 17
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure virtual machine named VM1. VM1 runs Windows
Server 2016 and is part of an availability set.
VM1 has virtual machine-level backup enabled.
VM1 is deleted.
You need to restore VM1 from the backup. VM1 must be part of the availability set.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 18
DRAG DROP
1. a virtual network named VNet1
2. a replication policy named ReplPolicy1
3. a Recovery Services vault named Vault1
4. an Azure Storage account named Storage1
You have an Amazon Web Services (AWS) EC2 virtual machine named VM1 that runs Windows Server
You need to migrate VM1 to VNet1 by using Azure Site Recovery.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Step 1: Deploy an EC2 virtual machine as a configuration server Prepare source include:
Use an EC2 instance that's running Windows Server 2012 R2 to create a configuration server and register
it with your recovery vault.
Configure the proxy on the EC2 instance VM you're using as the configuration server so that it can access
the service URLs.
Step 2: Install Azure Site Recovery Unified Setup.

Download Microsoft Azure Site Recovery Unified Setup. You can download it to your local machine and
then copy it to the VM you're using as the configuration server.
Step 3: Enable replication for VM1.

Enable replication for each VM that you want to migrate. When replication is enabled, Site Recovery
automatically installs the Mobility service.
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/site-recovery/migrate-tutorial-aws-azure
QUESTION 19
DRAG DROP
You are configuring serverless computing in Azure.

You need to receive an email message whenever a resource is created in or deleted from a resource
group.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/event-grid/monitor-virtual-machine-changes-event-grid-logic-app
Action 1: Create an Azure Logic App

Action 2: Create an Azure Event Grid Trigger
Action 3: Create conditions and actions
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/event-grid/monitor-virtual-machine-changes-event-grid- logic-app
QUESTION 20
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure subscription that contains an Azure Service Bus named Bus1. Your company plans to
deploy two Azure web apps named App1 and App2. The web apps will create messages that have the
1. Each message created by App1 must be consumed by only a single consumer

2. Each message created by App2 will be consumed by multiple consumers.
Which resource should you create for each web app? To answer, drag the appropriate resources to the
correct web apps. Each resource may be used once, more than once, or not at all. You may need to drag
the split bar between panes or scroll to view content.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/service-bus-messaging/service-bus-queues-topics-subscriptions
QUESTION 21
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure subscription. The subscription includes a virtual network named VNet1. Currently,
VNet1 does not contain any subnets.
You plan to create subnets on VNet1 and to use application security groups to restrict the traffic between
the subnets. You need to create the application security groups and to assign them to the subnets.
Which four cmdlets should you run in sequence? To answer, move the appropriate cmdlets from the list of
cmdlets to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Step 1: New-AzureRmNetworkSecurityRuleConfig
Step 2: New-AzureRmNetworkSecurityGroup
Step 3: New-AzureRmVirtualNetworkSubnetConfig
Step 4: New-AzureRmVirtualNetwork
Example: Create a virtual network with a subnet referencing a network security group New-
AzureRmResourceGroup -Name TestResourceGroup -Location centralus $rdpRule = New-
AzureRmNetworkSecurityRuleConfig -Name rdp-rule -Description "Allow RDP" - Access Allow -Protocol
Tcp -Direction Inbound -Priority 100 -SourceAddressPrefix Internet - SourcePortRange * -
DestinationAddressPrefix * -DestinationPortRange 3389 $networkSecurityGroup = New-
AzureRmNetworkSecurityGroup -ResourceGroupName TestResourceGroup -Location centralus -Name
"NSG-FrontEnd" -SecurityRules $rdpRule $frontendSubnet = New-AzureRmVirtualNetworkSubnetConfig -
Name frontendSubnet - AddressPrefix "10.0.1.0/24" -NetworkSecurityGroup $networkSecurityGroup
$backendSubnet = New-AzureRmVirtualNetworkSubnetConfig -Name backendSubnet - AddressPrefix
"10.0.2.0/24" -NetworkSecurityGroup $networkSecurityGroup New-AzureRmVirtualNetwork -Name
MyVirtualNetwork -ResourceGroupName TestResourceGroup - Location centralus -AddressPrefix
"10.0.0.0/16" -Subnet $frontendSubnet,$backendSubnet
References:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/powershell/module/azurerm.network/new- azurermvirtualnetwork?
view=azurermps-6.7.0
QUESTION 22
DRAG DROP
You onboard 10 Azure virtual machines to Azure Automation State Configuration.

You need to use Azure Automation State Configuration to manage the ongoing consistency of the virtual
machine configurations.
NOTE: More than one order of answer choices is correct. You will receive credit for any of the correct
orders you select.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:
Explanation
Step 1: Upload a configuration to Azure Automation State Configuration.
Import the configuration into the Automation account.
Step 2: Compile a configuration into a node configuration.

A DSC configuration defining that state must be compiled into one or more node configurations (MOF
document), and placed on the Automation DSC Pull Server.
Step 3: Assign the node configuration
Step 4: Check the compliance status of the node

Each time Azure Automation State Configuration performs a consistency check on a managed node, the
node sends a status report back to the pull server. You can view these reports on the page for that node.
On the blade for an individual report, you can see the following status information for the corresponding
consistency check:
The report status — whether the node is "Compliant", the configuration "Failed", or the node is "Not
Compliant"
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/automation/automation-dsc-getting-started
QUESTION 23
DRAG DROP
You have downloaded an Azure Resource Manager (ARM) template to deploy numerous virtual machines
(VMs). The ARM template is based on a current VM, but must be adapted to reference an administrative
password.
You need to make sure that the password cannot be stored in plain text.
You are preparing to create the necessary components to achieve your goal.
Which of the following should you create to achieve your goal? Answer by dragging the correct option from
the list to the answer area.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
You can use a template that allows you to deploy a simple Windows VM by retrieving the password that is
stored in a Key Vault. Therefore, the password is never put in plain text in the template parameter file.
Reference:
https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/resources/templates/101-vm-secure-password/
QUESTION 24
DRAG DROP
Your company has an Azure subscription that includes a number of Azure virtual machines (VMs), which
are all part of the same virtual network.
Your company also has an on-premises Hyper-V server that hosts a VM, named VM1, which must be
replicated to Azure.
Which of the following objects that must be created to achieve this goal? Answer by dragging the correct
option from the list to the answer area.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 25
DRAG DROP
You need to load balance HTTPS connections to vm1 and vm2 by using lb1.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/load-balancer/tutorial-load-balancer-standard-public-zone-
redundant-portal
QUESTION 26
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure subscription that contains two om-premises locations named site1 and site2.
You need to connect site1 and site2 by using an Azure Virtual WAN.
Select and Place:

Correct Answer:
Explanation
Reference:
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/virtual-wan/virtual-wan-site-to-site-portal
QUESTION 27
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure subscription that contains the storage accounts shown in in the following table.
You plan to use AzCopy to copy a blob from container 1 directly to share1.
You need to identity which authentication method to use when you use AzCopy.
What should you identify for each account? To answer, drag the appropriate authentication methods to the
correct accounts Each method may be used once, or not at all. You may need to drag the split bar
between panes or scroll to view content.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 28
DRAG DROP
You have an Azure subscription that contains a virtual network named VNET1. VNET1 contains the
subnets shown in the following table.
VNET1 contains a virtual network gateway named VNG1 that uses policy-based routing and has a single
Site-to-Site VPN connection to an on-premises datacenter.
You need to Implement ExpressRoute, The solution must include a Site-to-Site VPN as a backup.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
QUESTION 29
DRAG DROP
You need to configure the alerts for VM1 and VM2 to meet the technical requirements.
Which three actions should you perform in sequence? To answer, move all actions from the list of actions
to the answer area and arrange them in the correct order.
Select and Place:
Correct Answer:
Explanation
About CertBus.com
As a professional IT exam study guide provider, CertBus.com provides our
candidates with the most accurate and high quality IT exam training material.
Cisco Citrix CompTIA Check Point

EMC EXIN HP Juniper
LPI Nortel Oracle VMware
and so on, you can find all kinds of exam questions, study guides, practice tests here.
Our aim is to be your assistance on your way to be successful in your IT certifications.
We provide our customers with the 100% Pass Guaranteed or Full Refund.
We spare no efforts to help you to pass any IT Certification exams at the first try.
Do not hesitate to contact us if you need any help on the products, payments or
questions about IT exams.
You can reach us on:

https://www.certbus.com/contact-us.html
We will get in touch with you in 24 hours. You satisfactory is the recognition for us.
You could rely upon us anytime you need help. We are at your service.
Guarantee & Policy | Privacy & Policy | Terms & Conditions
Any charges made through this site will appear as Global Simulators Limited.
All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Copyright © CertBus.com, All Rights Reserved.

Az-104 605 Q&a

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Az-104 605 Q&a

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Az-104 605 Q&a

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of the document?

What is the purpose of the document?

What certification exam is discussed?

What certification exam is discussed?

Get

Copyright © CertBus.com, All Rights Reserved.

Exam Code: AZ-104

Exam Name: Microsoft Azure Administrator

To start the case study

All the resources used by Litware are hosted on-premises.

Litware.com contains a user named User1.

All the offices connect by using private connections.

The Azure subscription contains the resources in the following table.

Litware plans to implement the following changes:

1. Deploy Azure ExpressRoute to the Montreal office.

Litware must meet the following technical requirements:

What should you do?

A. Create an NSG and associate the NSG to VM1 and VM4.

What should you use?

What should you create and configure?

A. an Azure Notification Hub

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Box 2: Install the Azure Site Recovery Provider

You need to implement Role1.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Box 2: Configure a site-to-site VPN connection

You implement The planned changes for NSG1 and NSG2.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Active Directory Environment

Active Directory Issue

Planned Azure AD Infrastructure

Planned Azure Networking Infrastructure

Planned Azure Computer Infrastructure

Select and Place:

Invoice: Incorrect Option

Resource Provider: Incorrect Option

Payment method: Incorrect Option

A. Azure Active Directory (AD) Identity Protection and an Azure policy

A. Join the client computers in the Miami office to Azure AD.

To start the case study

Contoso plans to implement the following changes to the infrastructure:

1. Move all the tiers of App1 to Azure.

1. Move all the virtual machines for App1 to Azure.

Contoso identifies the following requirements for users:

What should you do?

References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/machine-learning/team-data-science- process/move-

What should you create first?

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

Technical requirements include:

References: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/architecture/reference-architectures/n-tier/n- tier-sql-

You create a network security group (NSG).

You need to recommend a solution to provide users with access to App1.

What should you recommend?

You need to identify the storage requirements for Contoso.

NOTE: Each correct selection is worth one point.

To start the case study

Sub1 contains the storage accounts shown in the following table.

Contoso plans to implement the following changes: